16._o v._o 16._o the_o second_o be_v call_v the_o vintage_n 19_o v._o 19_o and_o the_o other_o angel_n thrust_v in_o his_o sickle_n into_o the_o earth_n and_o gather_v the_o vine_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o great_a wine-press_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god._n it_o be_v plain_a at_o least_o that_o these_o two_o period_n must_v be_v distant_a one_o from_o the_o other_o as_o much_o as_o ordinary_o the_o harvest_n be_v from_o the_o vintage_n now_o it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o the_o prophecy_n represent_v in_o a_o little_a what_o the_o event_n show_v in_o the_o great_a and_o consequent_o as_o the_o harvest_n be_v many_o day_n distant_a from_o the_o vintage_n it_o will_v be_v necessary_a that_o the_o two_o part_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n shall_v be_v many_o year_n distant_a one_o from_o the_o other_o now_o if_o mere_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n take_v up_o many_o year_n the_o flourish_a and_o the_o strength_n of_o this_o empire_n must_v take_v up_o much_o more_o time_n a_o empire_n so_o strong_a can_v be_v ruin_v in_o the_o twinkle_n of_o a_o eye_n and_o in_o one_o month_n time_n moreover_o there_o must_v be_v a_o interval_n of_o rest_n between_o the_o harvest_n and_o the_o vintage_n all_o this_o necessary_o suppose_v more_o than_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a the_o 15_o and_o 16_o chapt._n contain_v the_o vision_n of_o the_o seven_o viol_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n that_o must_v be_v pour_v out_o on_o the_o earth_n it_o be_v evident_a that_o all_o these_o seven_o viol_n respect_v the_o antichristian_a empire_n the_o first_o plague_n be_v a_o ulcer_n that_o seize_v on_o the_o man_n that_o have_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n 16.2_o c._n 16.2_o the_o 15_o viol_n be_v cast_v on_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n 10._o v._o 10._o at_o the_o seven_o 19_o v._o 19_o the_o great_a city_n which_o be_v the_o same_o beast_n 15.2_o c._n 15.2_o be_v divide_v into_o three_o part_n and_o before_o the_o viol_n be_v give_v to_o the_o seven_o angel_n they_o that_o have_v obtain_v victory_n over_o the_o beast_n over_o his_o image_n over_o his_o mark_n and_o over_o his_o name_n be_v represent_v as_o rejoice_v in_o the_o presence_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n that_o have_v receive_v the_o seven_o plague_n age._n the_o five_o argument_n the_o seven_o viol_n of_o the_o 15_o chap._n be_v seven_o period_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n &_o every_o one_o of_o these_o period_n contain_v more_o than_o a_o age._n five_o all_o this_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o these_o seven_o viol_n be_v seven_o period_n include_v in_o the_o duration_n of_o antichrist_n empire_n under_o which_o god_n must_v pour_v out_o his_o terrible_a judgement_n on_o that_o empire_n these_o seven_o period_n must_v divide_v his_o duration_n into_o seven_o part_n very_o near_o equal_a even_o though_o one_o shall_v suppose_v that_o the_o seven_o period_n contain_v this_o whole_a duration_n every_o viol_n and_o every_o period_n will_v have_v but_o six_o month_n to_o last_o according_a to_o the_o supposition_n of_o the_o romish_a doctor_n the_o truth_n be_v that_o these_o seven_o viol_n be_v include_v in_o the_o half_a of_o the_o duration_n of_o antichrist_n empire_n or_o a_o little_a more_o for_o it_o be_v the_o history_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o that_o empire_n if_o it_o last_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a it_o be_v necessary_a that_o at_o the_o least_o it_o shall_v be_v two_o year_n a_o grow_v so_o there_o will_v remain_v no_o more_o than_o eighteen_o month_n for_o these_o seven_o viol_n and_o to_o every_o period_n we_o must_v assign_v a_o little_a more_o than_o two_o month_n this_o be_v very_o plain_o absurd_a there_o be_v no_o example_n of_o the_o like_a matter_n in_o all_o the_o prophecy_n the_o seven_o seal_n the_o seven_o trumpet_n of_o the_o revelation_n contain_v many_o age_n it_o be_v ridiculous_a to_o suppose_v that_o the_o seven_o viol_n contain_v but_o some_o month_n we_o shall_v see_v afterward_o that_o every_o viol_n extend_v itself_o to_o more_o than_o a_o 100_o year_n half_a the_o six_o argument_n what_o be_v foretell_v in_o the_o 17_o chap._n can_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a six_o the_o 17_o chapt._n represent_v to_o we_o the_o empire_n and_o the_o religion_n of_o antichrist_n under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o woman_n sit_v on_o a_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n it_o be_v say_v this_o woman_n must_v make_v herself_o drink_v with_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o martyr_n that_o first_o of_o all_o the_o ten_o king_n must_v give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n that_o afterward_o 17.6_o c._n 17.6_o they_o must_v fight_v against_o the_o lamb_n in_o favour_n of_o the_o beast_n 13._o v._o 13._o and_o that_o at_o last_o 14._o v._o 14._o these_o very_a same_o king_n must_v change_v their_o side_n and_o their_o opinion_n 16._o v._o 16._o strip_v the_o whore_n make_v she_o desolate_a eat_v her_o flesh_n burn_v she_o with_o fire_n can_v so_o many_o change_n in_o man_n spirit_n and_o in_o the_o world_n can_v so_o many_o revolution_n happen_v in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a in_o the_o same_o chapt._n we_o find_v a_o head_n that_o last_v a_o little_a 10._o v._o 10._o the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v fall_v the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o when_o he_o come_v he_o must_v continue_v a_o short_a space_n i_o once_o believe_v that_o he_o that_o be_v to_o come_v and_o be_v to_o continue_v a_o little_a time_n be_v antichrist_n but_o look_v more_o careful_o into_o the_o text_n with_o reference_n to_o the_o event_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o that_o can_v be_v we_o must_v therefore_o 11._o v._o 11._o by_o he_o that_o be_v to_o continue_v a_o little_a time_n understand_v the_o eight_o king._n and_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o even_o he_o be_v the_o eight_o king._n and_o this_o king_n be_v the_o second_o part_n of_o the_o head_n of_o the_o emperor_n which_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o christian_a emperor_n and_o pagan_a one_o make_v eight_o head_n or_o eight_o king_n together_o with_o the_o other_o six_o this_o eight_o head_n which_o be_v that_o of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n in_o truth_n last_v but_o a_o very_a little_a while_n viz._n from_o constantine_n to_o valentinian_n who_o be_v assassinate_v by_o maximus_n about_o 130_o or_o 140_o year_n see_v what_o the_o holy_a spirit_n call_v a_o little_a time_n judge_n if_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n that_o must_v last_v long_o than_o the_o eight_o head_n must_v last_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a empire_n the_o seven_o argument_n the_o duration_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o old_a babel_n be_v the_o figure_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n seven_o the_o 18_o chap._n contain_v a_o large_a description_n of_o the_o last_o ruin_n of_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n it_o be_v there_o represent_v as_o a_o great_a city_n call_v babylon_n rich_a merchandize_v puff_v up_o with_o the_o concourse_n of_o people_n and_o of_o their_o riches_n carry_v thither_o for_o many_o age_n its_o inhabitant_n be_v describe_v as_o merchant_n grow_v rich_a by_o its_o commerce_n she_o be_v describe_v as_o a_o city_n abound_v in_o pleasure_n as_o well_o as_o in_o riches_n for_o all_o that_o contribute_v to_o pleasure_n and_o luxury_n enter_v into_o this_o description_n 12.15_o chap._n 1â—_n v._o 12.15_o gold_n silver_n precious_a stone_n pearl_n purple_a silk_n sweet_a smell_a vessel_n and_o most_o precious_a wood_n brass_n iron_n marble_n cinnamon_n 22._o v._o 22._o perfume_n ointment_n incense_n wine_n oil_n musician_n player_n on_o the_o harp_n piper_n trumpeter_n in_o conscience_n be_v this_o the_o description_n of_o a_o empire_n and_o of_o a_o city_n that_o must_v last_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a that_o in_o that_o little_a space_n of_o time_n must_v be_v build_v raise_v enrich_v and_o ruin_v first_o of_o all_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v call_v babylon_n because_o ancient_a babylon_n be_v its_o type_n and_o figure_n that_o empire_n of_o old_a babel_n last_v many_o age_n and_o shall_v these_o many_o age_n be_v the_o type_n and_o figure_n of_o these_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a can_v this_o be_v say_v or_o think_v it_o happen_v well_o that_o the_o prophet_n represent_v future_a thing_n that_o be_v great_a by_o type_n that_o be_v much_o less_o this_o be_v the_o very_a nature_n of_o type_n they_o be_v little_a draught_n of_o that_o which_o the_o event_n must_v produce_v at_o large_a so_o day_n in_o the_o type_n must_v natural_o represent_v year_n but_o it_o be_v absurd_a to_o say_v that_o year_n in_o the_o type_n represent_v but_o day_n in_o the_o thing_n signify_v by_o the_o type_n
commerce_n the_o 8_o argument_n spiritual_a babel_n be_v represent_v as_o a_o city_n en_fw-fr rich_v by_o a_o long_a commerce_n eight_o moreover_n do_v a_o city_n become_v rich_a in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a what_o kind_n of_o commerce_n than_o must_v that_o of_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v that_o shall_v make_v the_o fortune_n of_o her_o merchant_n in_o so_o little_a a_o time_n the_o h._n spirit_n borrow_v these_o figure_n from_o what_o be_v do_v and_o see_v inhuman_a life_n it_o be_v see_v therein_o that_o city_n become_v rich_a and_o powerful_a by_o long_a commerce_n but_o never_o be_v any_o of_o they_o see_v to_o attain_v to_o a_o surprise_v greatness_n by_o two_o or_o three_o year_n commerce_n last_o a_o city_n and_o a_o empire_n that_o be_v raise_v and_o destroy_v in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a have_v not_o time_n to_o gather_v together_o voluptuous_a thing_n peace_n the_o 9th_o argument_n spiritual_a babylon_n be_v represent_v as_o have_v enjoy_v a_o long_a peace_n and_o to_o enjoy_v they_o it_o must_v always_o fight_v to_o conquer_v to_o grow_v great_a or_o to_o defend_v itself_o if_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n last_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a this_o be_v not_o too_o much_o to_o establish_v its_o greatness_n by_o sword_n and_o by_o fire_n and_o to_o repel_v that_o force_n that_o must_v destroy_v it_o of_o necessity_n antichrist_n and_o his_o adherent_n must_v always_o be_v in_o violent_a motion_n in_o trouble_n and_o in_o war._n whereas_o the_o description_n of_o spiritual_a babylon_n import_v the_o possession_n of_o a_o long_a peace_n during_o which_o she_o must_v heap_v together_o both_o all_o the_o riches_n and_o all_o the_o pleasure_n of_o the_o world._n half_a the_o 10_o argument_n the_o ruin_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n according_a to_o its_o description_n in_o the_o 19_o ch._n can_v be_v wrought_v in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a the_o 19_o chapt._n be_v the_o last_o where_o in_o the_o ruin_n of_o this_o empire_n be_v describe_v to_o we_o we_o there_o see_v he_o who_o be_v call_v the_o faithful_a and_o the_o true_a and_o the_o word_n of_o god_n i._n e._n j._n christ_n that_o prepare_v himself_o for_o the_o combat_n that_o cause_v the_o army_n of_o heaven_n to_o follow_v he_o that_o call_v all_o the_o bird_n of_o heaven_n and_o all_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o earth_n to_o the_o slaughter_n that_o give_v battle_n that_o obtain_v the_o victory_n that_o cast_v the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n for_o this_o alone_a more_o be_v necessary_a than_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a for_o a_o empire_n so_o vast_a so_o large_a and_o so_o strong_a as_o that_o of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v be_v not_o destroy_v in_o a_o few_o day_n chap._n ii_o the_o last_o argument_n against_o the_o chimaera_n of_o three_o year_n and_o half_a take_v from_o the_o time_n during_o which_o the_o temple_n be_v profane_v by_o antiochus_n four_o quite_o different_a time_n set_v down_o for_o that_o in_o daniel_n prophecy_n a_o explication_n and_o a_o reconcile_n of_o those_o four_o time_n a_o application_n of_o these_o four_o time_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o ruin_n of_o that_o kingdom_n i_o draw_v my_o last_o argument_n against_o this_o chimerical_a duration_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a from_o the_o most_o famous_a of_o all_o the_o type_n of_o antichrist_n viz._n antiochus_n epiphanes_n it_o be_v he_o that_o persecute_v the_o church_n that_o oppress_v it_o that_o defile_v the_o temple_n that_o cause_v the_o daily_a sacrifice_n to_o cease_v for_o the_o space_n of_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o a_o half_a wherein_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o god_n have_v set_v he_o as_o a_o type_n of_o antichrist_n who_o during_o the_o space_n of_o three_o prophetical_a year_n and_o a_o half_a be_v in_o like_a manner_n to_o seize_v on_o the_o church_n to_o fill_v the_o temple_n of_o god_n with_o idol_n and_o make_v the_o pure_a service_n of_o god_n the_o continual_a sacrifice_n of_o praise_n and_o prayer_n which_o god_n have_v reserve_v for_o himself_o alone_o to_o cease_v now_o we_o must_v remember_v this_o maxim_n which_o we_o have_v already_o advance_v in_o the_o foregoing_a chapter_n viz._n that_o type_n be_v oenigmatical_a and_o short_a picture_n of_o great_a event_n great_a in_o their_o extent_n as_o well_o as_o in_o their_o quality_n little_a type_n be_v short_a picture_n in_o a_o little_a this_o maxim_n be_v evident_a it_o have_v no_o need_n of_o proof_n and_o according_a to_o this_o principle_n see_v the_o time_n must_v be_v short_a as_o well_o as_o the_o other_o stroke_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o contract_v year_n can_v be_v better_a represent_v than_o by_o day_n not_o by_o month_n for_o a_o month_n be_v the_o revolution_n of_o the_o moon_n and_o consequent_o it_o can_v be_v proper_a to_o represent_v the_o revolution_n of_o the_o sun_n which_o be_v a_o quite_o different_a star._n but_o the_o day_n and_o the_o year_n be_v the_o revolution_n of_o the_o sun_n the_o year_n be_v the_o great_a revolution_n the_o day_n the_o little_a one_o if_o one_o will_v represent_v in_o short_a the_o great_a revolution_n of_o the_o sun_n one_o can_v do_v it_o better_o than_o by_o the_o small_a revolution_n of_o the_o same_o star._n and_o thence_o i_o conclude_v that_o the_o oppression_n of_o the_o church_n by_o antiochus_n who_o be_v the_o type_n have_v last_v 1260_o little_a revolution_n of_o the_o sun_n they_o must_v represent_v so_o many_o of_o the_o great_a revolution_n of_o the_o same_o star._n i_o spend_v a_o chapter_n on_o this_o last_o proof_n because_o in_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o oppression_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n by_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n there_o be_v considerable_a difficulty_n which_o spring_n from_o the_o difference_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o event_n such_o as_o the_o first_o book_n of_o the_o macchabee_n represent_v they_o to_o we_o i_o hope_v that_o the_o clear_v these_o difficulty_n about_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o persecution_n of_o antiochus_n will_v give_v we_o such_o light_n into_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n as_o will_v please_v the_o curious_a persecution_n four_o time_n note_v by_o daniel_n for_o the_o duration_n of_o antiochus_n persecution_n we_o must_v therefore_o observe_v that_o the_o prophet_n daniel_n describe_v the_o time_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o persecution_n that_o be_v to_o befall_v his_o nation_n in_o four_o different_a manner_n first_o of_o all_o he_o say_v in_o the_o eight_o chap._n after_o have_v speak_v of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n under_o the_o emblem_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n 13._o c._n 8._o v._n 13._o then_o i_o hear_v one_o saint_n speak_v and_o another_o saint_n say_v unto_o that_o certain_a saint_n that_o speak_v how_o long_o shall_v be_v the_o vision_n concern_v the_o daily_a sacrifice_n and_o the_o transgression_n of_o desolation_n to_o give_v both_o the_o sanctuary_n and_o the_o host_n to_o be_v tread_v under_o foot_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o unto_o 2300_o day_n then_o shall_v the_o sanctuary_n be_v cleanse_v 14._o v._o 14._o daniel_n reassume_v the_o affair_n of_o antiochus_n in_o the_o eleven_o chapter_n and_o continue_v it_o in_o the_o twelve_o observe_v three_o time_n 7._o cap._n 12._o v._n 6_o 7._o and_o one_o say_v to_o the_o man_n clothe_v in_o linen_n which_o be_v upon_o the_o water_n of_o the_o river_n how_o long_o shall_v it_o be_v to_o the_o end_n of_o these_o wonder_n and_o i_o hear_v the_o man_n clothe_v in_o linen_n which_o be_v on_o the_o water_n of_o the_o river_n when_o he_o hold_v up_o his_o right_a hand_n and_o his_o left_a hand_n unto_o heaven_n and_o swear_v by_o he_o that_o live_v for_o ever_o that_o it_o shall_v be_v for_o a_o time_n time_n and_o a_o half_a it_o be_v plain_a this_o signify_v one_o year_n two_o year_n and_o half_a a_o year_n three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a so_o than_o you_o see_v the_o second_o time_n the_o three_o be_v observe_v in_o the_o same_o chapt._n 11._o c._n 12._o v._n 11._o and_o from_o the_o time_n that_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n shall_v be_v take_v away_o and_o the_o abomination_n that_o make_v desolate_a set_v up_o there_o shall_v be_v 1290_o day_n last_o the_o four_o time_n be_v find_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n bless_a be_v he_o that_o wait_v 12_o v._o 12_o and_o come_v to_o the_o 1335_o day_n see_v then_o four_o different_a number_n two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o evening_n and_o morning_n 2300._o 2300._o a_o time_n time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n 1260._o 1260._o that_o make_v three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a and_o day_n one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o fourscore_o and_o ten_o day_n 1290._o 1290._o and_o last_o 1335._o 1335._o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o
certain_a that_o the_o corruption_n be_v great_o increase_v last_o if_o we_o take_v the_o last_o account_n and_o reckon_v from_o the_o year_n 94_o in_o which_o saint_n john_n compose_v his_o prophecy_n the_o 360_o year_n will_v end_v about_o the_o year_n 454_o and_o it_o be_v about_o that_o time_n that_o theodoret_n write_v in_o who_o word_n we_o have_v see_v that_o the_o false_a worship_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o the_o doctrine_n of_o secondary_a intercessor_n be_v so_o well_o form_v choose_v which_o of_o the_o four_o point_n we_o must_v choose_v if_o we_o place_v the_o birth_n of_o antichristianism_n in_o the_o 360_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n when_o man_n begin_v to_o render_v a_o religious_a worship_n to_o relic_n this_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v to_o last_v 1260_o year_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o they_o shall_v have_v end_v in_o the_o year_n 1620._o i_o e._n 65_o year_n ago_o if_o we_o begin_v it_o according_a to_o the_o second_o computation_n in_o the_o year_n 393_o or_o 394_o it_o shall_v have_v end_v in_o the_o year_n 1653_o or_o 1654._o if_o we_o begin_v it_o according_a to_o the_o three_o calculation_n at_o the_o year_n 430_o it_o shall_v end_v in_o the_o year_n 1690_o about_o four_o or_o five_o year_n hence_o last_o if_o follow_v the_o last_o computation_n we_o begin_v it_o about_o the_o 450_o or_o 454_o year_n it_o must_v end_v in_o the_o year_n 1710_o or_o one_o of_o the_o follow_a year_n to_o 1714._o it_o be_v clear_a by_o the_o event_n that_o we_o must_v not_o begin_v the_o 1260_o year_n neither_o from_o the_o year_n 360_o nor_o that_o of_o 393._o for_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n do_v not_o fall_v in_o the_o year_n 1620_o and_o 1653_o as_o it_o shall_v have_v do_v according_a to_o these_o calculation_n in_o those_o time_n in_o the_o year_n 360_o and_o the_o year_n 393_o superstition_n be_v yet_o but_o in_o its_o birth_n the_o worship_n of_o the_o creature_n be_v not_o yet_o establish_v in_o the_o public_a service_n great_a caution_n also_o be_v use_v not_o to_o confound_v the_o service_n of_o god_n with_o the_o service_n of_o the_o creature_n which_o be_v just_o ready_a to_o receive_v its_o birth_n moreover_o the_o pride_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v moderate_a and_o their_o tyranny_n do_v not_o yet_o extend_v itself_o very_o far_o man_n reckon_v the_o year_n of_o the_o life_n of_o a_o man_n from_o the_o time_n of_o his_o birth_n not_o from_o that_o of_o his_o conception_n idolatry_n and_o tyranny_n be_v as_o yet_o but_o like_o a_o faetus_n that_o be_v form_v and_o perfect_v but_o be_v not_o yet_o perfect_v 17.12_o the_o principal_a reason_n why_o god_n will_v not_o have_v the_o 1260_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n begin_v but_o in_o the_o four_o age._n rev._n 17.12_o but_o the_o principal_a reason_n why_o god_n will_v not_o have_v we_o count_v the_o birth_n of_o antichristianism_n from_o the_o year_n 360_o and_o 393_o be_v because_o there_o be_v a_o four_o character_n of_o the_o birth_n of_o that_o antichristian_a empire_n that_o have_v not_o yet_o happen_v that_o be_v the_o ten_o king_n that_o be_v to_o take_v their_o power_n together_o with_o the_o beast_n these_o ten_o king_n be_v ten_o kingdom_n into_o which_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v to_o be_v subdivide_v and_o the_o ten_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v ten_o king_n which_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n as_o yet_o but_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n these_o word_n be_v admirable_a to_o i_o they_o appear_v express_v and_o i_o be_o astonish_v that_o it_o have_v not_o be_v observe_v that_o they_o precise_o mark_v the_o time_n wherein_o we_o must_v begin_v to_o reckon_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n especial_o if_o we_o consider_v they_o with_o the_o word_n of_o st._n paul_n he_o who_o now_o let_v or_o possess_v will_v let_v or_o possess_v until_o he_o be_v take_v out_o of_o the_o way_n then_o shall_v that_o wicked_a one_o be_v reveal_v that_o be_v to_o say_v till_o the_o time_n that_o the_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n be_v destroy_v these_o two_o passage_n signify_v express_o from_o what_o time_n we_o must_v compute_v the_o 1260_o year_n it_o be_v from_o the_o time_n that_o the_o goth_n vandal_n etc._n etc._n after_o have_v a_o long_a time_n harrass_v and_o rend_v the_o roman_a empire_n at_o last_o divide_v it_o into_o ten_o piece_n moreover_o the_o falsification_n of_o the_o translation_n of_o the_o port-royal_a that_o render_v it_o thus_o the_o ten_o king_n shall_v take_v power_n for_o a_o little_a time_n with_o the_o beast_n will_v not_o destroy_v the_o evidence_n of_o the_o oracle_n though_o we_o shall_v suffer_v the_o ill_a translation_n of_o these_o gentleman_n to_o pass_v for_o if_o we_o must_v translate_v it_o for_o a_o little_a time_n by_o that_o little_a time_n we_o must_v understand_v the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o antichrist_n duration_n and_o see_v we_o have_v invincible_o prove_v that_o these_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a consist_v of_o 1260_o prophetical_a day_n i._n e._n 1260._o year_n it_o be_v clear_a we_o must_v understand_v that_o little_a time_n in_o a_o prophetical_a and_o compendious_a sense_n for_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a that_o which_o be_v essential_a here_o and_o which_o the_o rashness_n of_o man_n have_v not_o be_v able_a to_o take_v away_o be_v that_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v to_o receive_v their_o power_n together_o with_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v to_o say_v at_o the_o same_o time_n whethey_n it_o be_v for_o a_o short_a or_o a_o long_a one_o it_o be_v still_o certain_a that_o this_o oracle_n plain_o teach_v we_o that_o we_o must_v seek_v for_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n in_o the_o time_n when_o we_o find_v ten_o kingdom_n arise_v from_o the_o dismember_a roman_a empire_n we_o must_v therefore_o see_v when_o that_o be_v thus_o dismember_v the_o great_a part_n of_o man_n make_v the_o roman_a empire_n to_o subsist_v till_o the_o year_n 475_o under_o certain_a petty_a king_n that_o retain_v the_o name_n of_o roman_a emperor_n because_o they_o do_v yet_o possess_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n from_o valentinian_n the_o three_o to_o augustulus_n but_o the_o truth_n of_o it_o be_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v parcel_v out_o and_o rend_v in_o piece_n and_o entire_o destroy_v immediate_o after_o the_o death_n of_o this_o valentinian_n who_o be_v kill_v by_o maximus_n genseric_n king_n of_o the_o vandal_n come_v from_o africa_n be_v call_v in_o by_o the_o empress_n eudoxia_n to_o revenge_v the_o death_n of_o her_o husband_n he_o take_v rome_n carry_v away_o all_o the_o riches_n precious_a thing_n and_o rarity_n of_o it_o they_o spend_v fifteen_o whole_a day_n in_o spoil_v it_o of_o its_o treasure_n genseric_n transport_v they_o into_o africa_n together_o with_o the_o empress_n her_o daughter_n and_o the_o principal_a man_n of_o rome_n just_o in_o the_o same_o manner_n as_o nabuchadnezzar_n carry_v away_o the_o vessel_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o lead_v the_o flower_n of_o the_o people_n into_o captivity_n it_o be_v assure_o from_o this_o very_a time_n that_o we_o must_v compute_v the_o entire_a ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n though_o it_o have_v still_o a_o shadow_n of_o a_o kingdom_n under_o the_o image_n of_o emperor_n that_o last_v about_o twenty_o year_n jeremy_n reckon_v 70_o year_n for_o the_o captivity_n of_o babylon_n yet_o it_o be_v certain_a the_o from_o the_o last_o ruin_n of_o jerusalem_n till_o the_o return_n there_o be_v not_o sixty_o year_n but_o the_o prophet_n count_v upon_o jerusalem_n as_o destroy_v and_o its_o kingdom_n as_o entire_o ruin_v from_o jehojakim_n time_n under_o who_o in_o truth_n be_v the_o first_o transportation_n of_o the_o people_n and_o since_o who_o time_n the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n under_o zedekiah_n be_v but_o a_o shadow_n of_o that_o of_o his_o predecessor_n because_o he_o be_v the_o chaldaean_n vassal_n on_o this_o account_n i_o say_v god_n reckon_v it_o for_o nothing_o by_o the_o like_a reason_n we_o must_v reckon_v for_o nothing_o those_o petty_a king_n of_o rome_n who_o have_v as_o it_o be_v nothing_o more_o than_o the_o city_n of_o that_o name_n retain_v however_o the_o name_n of_o roman_a emperor_n to_o augustulus_n time_n three_o we_o must_v reckon_v the_o dismember_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o kingdom_n from_o the_o death_n of_o valentinian_n the_o three_o then_o therefore_o from_o the_o wreck_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v form_v 1._o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o britain_n in_o britanny_n 2._o of_o the_o saxon_n 3._o of_o the_o frank_n 4._o of_o the_o burgundian_n in_o the_o gaul_n 5._o of_o the_o visigoth_n in_o the_o south_n of_o gaul_n and_o in_o spain_n 6._o of_o the_o sueve_n in_o gallicia_n
be_v ever_o see_v nay_o if_o we_o shall_v interpret_v these_o change_n which_o ought_v to_o happen_v only_o by_o those_o which_o fall_v out_o in_o the_o last_o age_n sure_o we_o may_v say_v that_o never_o be_v great_a and_o more_o surprise_v alteration_n reformation_n the_o earthquake_n signify_v the_o great_a change_n of_o the_o world_n by_o the_o reformation_n in_o less_o than_o twenty_o or_o thirty_o year_n a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o christian_a world_n be_v reform_v and_o at_o the_o same_o time_n there_o be_v dreadful_a war_n trouble_n and_o shedding_n of_o blood_n in_o germany_n in_o flanders_n in_o holland_n in_o england_n and_o in_o france_n as_o every_o body_n know_v v._o 19_o and_o the_o great_a city_n be_v divide_v into_o three_o part_n behold_v something_o which_o do_v furnish_v we_o with_o a_o plain_a character_n of_o this_o last_o period_n and_o of_o this_o last_o viol_n these_o word_n have_v not_o hitherto_o be_v understand_v but_o i_o persuade_v myself_o that_o it_o will_v be_v judge_v that_o they_o can_v be_v understand_v we_o have_v already_o say_v and_o shall_v hereafter_o prove_v it_o that_o the_o great_a city_n be_v not_o rome_n strict_o take_v but_o rome_n make_v up_o and_o join_v with_o its_o whole_a empire_n in_o a_o word_n this_o city_n be_v the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n otherwise_o call_v the_o latin_a church_n reform_v a_o remarliable_a prediction_n of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o latin_a church_n into_o three_o principal_a part_n papist_n lutheran_n and_o reform_v this_o city_n upon_o the_o pour_v out_o of_o the_o seven_o viol_n be_v to_o be_v divide_v into_o three_o part_n this_o be_v exact_o come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o reformer_n the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n be_v divide_v into_o three_o one_o part_n remain_v with_o antichrist_n one_o part_n do_v separate_v from_o he_o under_o the_o name_n of_o the_o ausburg_n confession_n a_o three_o part_n do_v separate_v under_o the_o confession_n of_o those_o who_o be_v bare_o style_v the_o reform_a sweden_n denmark_n and_o a_o great_a part_n of_o germany_n make_v the_o second_o part_n england_n the_o unite_z province_n the_o reform_a part_n of_o france_n a_o part_n of_o germany_n make_v the_o three_o part_n these_o be_v the_o three_o grand_a part_n that_o divide_v the_o western_a church_n which_o be_v the_o great_a city_n let_v this_o be_v attentive_o mind_v for_o i_o affirm_v that_o this_o passage_n do_v as_o it_o be_v speak_v with_o a_o tongue_n and_o be_v able_a alone_o to_o convince_v that_o our_o system_n of_o the_o seven_o plague_n be_v a_o most_o undoubted_a truth_n this_o division_n of_o the_o great_a city_n into_o three_o part_n so_o clear_o point_v out_o the_o three_o communion_n of_o the_o latin_a church_n that_o to_o deny_v it_o can_v proceed_v only_o from_o unreasonable_a passion_n and_o opiniatrety_n and_o if_o we_o have_v hit_v upon_o the_o truth_n in_o this_o point_n we_o have_v do_v so_o in_o all_o for_o if_o this_o character_n of_o the_o seven_o plague_n be_v true_a and_o be_v already_o accomplish_a all_o the_o other_o plague_n be_v also_o accomplish_v and_o if_o they_o be_v accomplish_v i_o do_v bold_o affirm_v they_o can_v be_v apply_v to_o any_o other_o event_n than_o those_o to_o which_o we_o have_v apply_v they_o and_o it_o must_v not_o be_v hope_v that_o to_o obscure_v this_o evidence_n a_o four_o part_n may_v be_v make_v viz._n the_o church_n of_o england_n because_o of_o the_o controversy_n about_o church_n government_n for_o the_o church_n of_o england_n never_o refuse_v to_o receive_v other_o reform_a once_o into_o her_o communion_n nor_o have_v these_o again_o ever_o refuse_v to_o receive_v she_o into_o they_o we_o have_v always_o profess_v the_o same_o religion_n with_o the_o church_n of_o england_n on_o the_o account_n of_o the_o perfect_a agreement_n of_o our_o doctrine_n notwithstanding_o the_o difference_n of_o discipline_n and_o government_n when_o as_o the_o lutheran_n have_v constant_o refuse_v to_o receive_v the_o reform_a into_o their_o communion_n there_o be_v among_o the_o lutheran_n themselves_o a_o difference_n in_o point_n of_o government_n sweden_n have_v bishop_n denmark_n have_v none_o at_o least_o not_o such_o bishop_n as_o those_o of_o sweden_n and_o england_n and_o nevertheless_o this_o make_v not_o a_o different_a sect._n there_o be_v also_o the_o same_o difference_n among_o the_o reform_a on_o this_o side_n the_o sea_n for_o the_o superintendant_o who_o be_v in_o many_o reform_a church_n of_o germany_n be_v real_a bishop_n and_o notwithstanding_o the_o reform_a be_v not_o divide_v one_o from_o another_o thus_o in_o truth_n there_o be_v but_o three_o grand_a part_n into_o which_o the_o latin_a church_n be_v divide_v i._n e._n papist_n lutheran_n and_o reform_a as_o they_o be_v call_v by_o one_o another_o or_o catholik_o reform_a evangelici_fw-la as_o they_o style_v themselves_o and_o the_o city_n of_o the_o nation_n fall_v i._n e._n they_o fall_v with_o respect_n to_o popery_n they_o depart_v out_o of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n in_o the_o same_o sense_n that_o in_o the_o eleven_o chapter_n it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n fall_v and_o great_a babylon_n come_v in_o remembrance_n before_o god_n to_o give_v unto_o she_o the_o cup_n of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o fierceness_n of_o his_o wrath_n these_o word_n let_v we_o see_v that_o the_o expression_n it_o be_v do_v do_v not_o signify_v the_o very_a point_n of_o the_o final_a ruin_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n for_o behold_v after_o it_o be_v say_v it_o be_v do_v babylon_n come_v in_o remembrance_n before_o god_n to_o give_v she_o the_o cup._n now_o these_o expression_n signify_v both_o the_o future_a and_o the_o present_a time_n and_o indeed_o it_o be_v within_o the_o duration_n of_o this_o period_n that_o god_n will_v remember_v babylon_n to_o give_v she_o the_o last_o cup_n of_o his_o wrath_n and_o observe_v it_o that_o the_o great_a babylon_n come_v not_o in_o remembrance_n before_o god_n to_o give_v she_o the_o cup_n i._n e._n the_o last_o cup_n of_o her_o ruin_n till_o after_o her_o divide_v into_o three_o part_n this_o division_n be_v not_o her_o total_a ruin_n but_o after_o that_o she_o shall_v be_v thus_o divide_v into_o papist_n lutheran_n and_o calvinist_n than_o god_n will_v prepare_v to_o give_v she_o the_o last_o cup_n of_o his_o wrath_n which_o signify_v that_o the_o division_n of_o the_o latin_a church_n into_o three_o part_n must_v continue_v until_o the_o complete_a ruin_n of_o popery_n v._o 20._o and_o every_o island_n flee_v away_o and_o the_o mountain_n be_v not_o find_v this_o be_v nothing_o but_o a_o paraphrase_n and_o a_o description_n of_o the_o earthquake_n which_o he_o have_v speak_v of_o a_o little_a before_o for_o these_o be_v the_o effect_n of_o earthquake_n where_o mountain_n once_o stand_v they_o be_v not_o to_o be_v see_v new_a island_n be_v produce_v and_o the_o old_a one_o be_v often_o swallow_v up_o but_o yet_o if_o any_o will_v interpret_v island_n to_o signify_v lesser_a state_n and_o mountain_n great_a one_o i_o do_v not_o contradict_v it_o for_o it_o be_v real_o true_a that_o the_o reformation_n have_v already_o take_v away_o from_o the_o popedom_n and_o shall_v yet_o take_v away_o all_o state_n both_o small_a and_o great_a v._o 21._o and_o there_o fall_v upon_o man_n a_o great_a hail_n out_o of_o heaven_n i._n e._n upon_o the_o subject_n of_o antichrist_n this_o signify_v the_o judgement_n of_o god_n which_o fall_v upon_o this_o kingdom_n and_o these_o judgement_n be_v well_o know_v for_o it_o have_v suffer_v of_o all_o kind_n war_n famine_n pestilence_n mortality_n and_o man_n blaspheme_v god_n because_o of_o the_o plague_n of_o the_o hail_n the_o subject_n of_o the_o popedom_n have_v not_o hitherto_o be_v convert_v by_o all_o these_o chastisement_n but_o have_v always_o stick_v firm_a to_o the_o kingdom_n and_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o head_n be_v cover_v with_o name_n of_o blasphemy_n end_n the_o seven_o hour-glass_n be_v run_v out_o the_o kingdom_n of_o autichrist_n must_v be_v at_o its_o end_n this_o be_v the_o seven_o and_o last_o viol_n or_o hourglass_n which_o thanks_o be_v to_o god_n will_v in_o a_o little_a time_n be_v run_v out_o now_o we_o have_v that_o which_o we_o seek_v namely_o a_o evidence_n that_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n be_v near_o its_o end_n we_o need_v not_o long_o wait_v for_o the_o accomplishment_n either_o of_o all_o the_o seven_o plague_n as_o some_o of_o our_o interpreter_n say_v or_o of_o some_o of_o the_o seven_o plague_n as_o other_o say_v it_o be_v do_v all_o be_v accomplish_v we_o be_v in_o the_o last_o period_n of_o the_o seven_o yea_o we_o be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o seven_o period_n i_o be_o inform_v that_o since_o the_o first_o edition_n of_o this_o work_n some_o
contrary_a he_o reckon_v these_o to_o be_v a_o victory_n which_o they_o gain_v over_o the_o world_n and_o the_o devil_n he_o speak_v of_o martyr_n when_o he_o say_v he_o that_o overcome_v i_o will_v make_v he_o sit_v down_o on_o my_o throne_n so_o that_o when_o it_o be_v here_o say_v that_o the_o beast_n shall_v overcome_v the_o witness_n this_o signify_v that_o he_o shall_v make_v they_o faint_v under_o the_o trial_n which_o thing_n ought_v to_o be_v well_o observe_v that_o we_o may_v discern_v the_o singular_a character_n of_o this_o present_a persecution_n that_o have_v conquer_v and_o overcome_v above_o a_o million_o of_o soul_n 3._o this_o victory_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v prevail_v even_o to_o a_o total_a extinction_n of_o profession_n there_o shall_v remain_v no_o more_o sign_n of_o outward_a life_n in_o the_o faithful_a who_o shall_v stand_v for_o the_o truth_n they_o shall_v lie_v on_o the_o ground_n as_o dead_a body_n 4._o this_o murder_n and_o the_o effect_n of_o this_o persecution_n shall_v be_v do_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n 5._o the_o death_n of_o these_o witness_n must_v last_v three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a denote_v by_o three_o prophetic_a day_n and_o a_o half_a 6._o during_o these_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a the_o truth_n shall_v remain_v as_o it_o be_v dead_a but_o not_o withstand_v not_o bury_v man_n shall_v not_o dare_v to_o make_v profession_n of_o it_o notwithstanding_o it_o shall_v be_v visible_a the_o people_n who_o be_v neighbour_n of_o they_o who_o shall_v have_v stain_v it_o shall_v hinder_v it_o from_o perish_v and_o putrefaction_n to_o which_o the_o body_n that_o be_v in_o the_o grave_n be_v obnoxious_a 7._o at_o the_o end_n of_o these_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a the_o faithful_a who_o be_v oppress_v and_o who_o profession_n shall_v have_v be_v violent_o suppress_v shall_v rise_v again_o after_o that_o shall_v ascend_v to_o heaven_n and_o shall_v be_v exalt_v in_o the_o world_n 8._o at_o the_o same_o time_n and_o after_o the_o exaltation_n of_o the_o faithful_a there_o shall_v be_v a_o earthquake_n i._n e._n a_o great_a emotion_n and_o trouble_n in_o the_o world_n and_o in_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n 9_o in_o this_o emotion_n a_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n shall_v fall_v i._n e._n a_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n shall_v be_v take_v away_o from_o it_o 10._o seven_o thousand_o man_n shall_v perish_v in_o this_o earthquake_n and_o be_v bury_v under_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o city_n i._n e._n that_o this_o shall_v be_v bring_v about_o with_o some_o blood_n shed_v though_o not_o considerable_a in_o that_o part_n of_o the_o city_n which_o shall_v be_v take_v away_o from_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o popedom_n 11._o and_o last_o within_o a_o little_a while_n this_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n which_o shall_v be_v take_v from_o the_o popedom_n shall_v give_v glory_n to_o god_n and_o be_v convert_v behold_v what_o be_v the_o character_n of_o this_o last_o antichristian_a persecution_n now_o when_o i_o search_v after_o the_o time_n in_o which_o this_o persecution_n must_v happen_v i_o can_v doubt_v but_o that_o it_o be_v that_o in_o which_o we_o now_o be_v after_o this_o persecution_n shall_v be_v over_o god_n will_v begin_v to_o strike_v those_o sore_a blow_n to_o destroy_v the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n which_o must_v be_v destroy_v within_o 25_o or_o 30._o year_n last_o that_o the_o present_a persecution_n be_v the_o last_o that_o none_o may_v wonder_v that_o i_o speak_v so_o positive_o about_o a_o thing_n which_o seem_v to_o be_v as_o yet_o hide_v in_o futurity_n i_o entreat_v all_o equitable_a mind_n to_o consider_v that_o i_o have_v as_o i_o think_v with_o great_a evidence_n prove_v 1._o that_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o popedom_n must_v last_v 1260_o year_n 2._o that_o these_o 1260_o year_n begin_v about_o the_o year_n 450_o or_o 455_o and_o consequent_o they_o must_v end_v about_o the_o year_n 1710_o or_o 1715._o this_o be_v so_o we_o be_v but_o 25_o or_o 30_o year_n from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o popish_a kingdom_n and_o if_o this_o be_v so_o the_o present_a persecution_n must_v needs_o be_v the_o last_o since_o there_o be_v no_o probability_n that_o this_o present_a persecution_n be_v end_v the_o calm_a restore_v to_o the_o church_n shall_v leave_v room_n for_o another_o persecution_n which_o must_v happen_v before_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o popish_a kingdom_n for_o we_o must_v allow_v the_o space_n of_o at_o least_o 20_o or_o 25_o year_n in_o which_o popery_n shall_v be_v persecute_v and_o attack_v and_o not_o be_v the_o aggressor_n and_o the_o persecutor_n and_o certain_o a_o short_a time_n can_v serve_v for_o the_o utter_a destruction_n of_o this_o vast_a kingdom_n for_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v destroy_v in_o a_o way_n of_o violence_n but_o in_o a_o way_n of_o persuasion_n and_o because_o the_o charm_n that_o hold_v man_n enchant_v can_v cease_v in_o a_o moment_n speedy_o the_o harvest_n be_v pass_v a_o long_a while_n ago_o the_o vintage_n must_v come_v speedy_o i_o have_v further_o prove_v that_o the_o fall_n of_o this_o popish_a and_o babylonian_a monarchy_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o part_n the_o harvest_n and_o the_o vintage_n that_o the_o harvest_n be_v the_o reformation_n of_o the_o last_o age_n and_o the_o vintage_n be_v the_o reformation_n that_o must_v be_v make_v in_o this_o that_o be_v present_a now_o the_o space_n of_o time_n that_o be_v already_o run_v out_o since_o the_o reformation_n of_o the_o last_o age_n do_v already_o equal_a the_o proportion_n of_o time_n that_o be_v between_o the_o natural_a harvest_n and_o vintage_n and_o consequent_o we_o must_v be_v very_o near_o the_o vintage_n i._n e._n the_o time_n wherein_o god_n will_v begin_v the_o first_o blow_n in_o order_n to_o the_o final_a destruction_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n these_o thing_n be_v so_o this_o persecution_n must_v be_v the_o last_o and_o immediate_o after_o it_o shall_v be_v end_v begin_v the_o first_o event_n which_o shall_v bring_v the_o popish_a kingdom_n to_o its_o final_a fall_n popery_n a_o time_n of_o some_o length_n must_v be_v assign_v for_o the_o last_o fall_n of_o popery_n i_o have_v last_o observe_v that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n have_v style_v these_o two_o part_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o popish_a kingdom_n harvest_n and_o vintage_n to_o let_v we_o understand_v that_o as_o the_o harvest_n and_o the_o vintage_n be_v not_o reap_v in_o a_o moment_n but_o require_v many_o day_n nay_o week_n so_o the_o two_o overturning_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n must_v not_o be_v make_v in_o the_o twinkle_n of_o a_o eye_n but_o in_o several_a year_n this_o have_v be_v already_o verify_v in_o the_o harvest_n i._n e._n the_o fall_n which_o happen_v to_o popery_n in_o the_o last_o age_n for_o this_o take_v up_o five_o and_o twenty_o or_o thirty_o year_n and_o more_o and_o no_o few_o can_v serve_v to_o complete_a the_o ruin_n of_o this_o kingdom_n but_o if_o this_o be_v so_o this_o must_v needs_o be_v the_o last_o persecution_n yea_o it_o can_v last_v a_o great_a number_n of_o year_n long_o for_o if_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n begin_v to_o decline_v 25_o or_o 30_o year_n before_o its_o last_o and_o final_a destruction_n it_o must_v begin_v to_o decline_v and_o fall_v within_o four_o of_o five_o year_n suppose_v that_o it_o be_v true_a that_o it_o can_v last_v long_o than_o the_o year_n 1710_o or_o 1715._o we_o must_v therefore_o see_v if_o the_o character_n of_o this_o present_a persecution_n that_o the_o church_n suffer_v agree_v with_o those_o of_o the_o last_o persecution_n which_o the_o church_n must_v suffer_v from_o the_o beast_n according_a to_o the_o text_n of_o the_o revelation_n and_o we_o be_v about_o to_o find_v these_o character_n so_o agree_v and_o like_a that_o what_o at_o first_o seem_v only_o a_o conjecture_n will_v be_v able_a to_o become_v a_o kind_n of_o certainty_n the_o last_o antichristian_a persecution_n of_o which_o this_o chapter_n speak_v must_v happen_v when_o the_o witness_n shall_v be_v almost_o at_o the_o end_n of_o their_o testimony_n and_o antichrist_n near_o the_o end_n of_o his_o reign_n now_o we_o have_v prove_v by_o the_o prediction_n and_o type_n of_o the_o forego_n chapter_n that_o antichrist_n be_v finish_v his_o reign_n therefore_o this_o must_v be_v the_o last_o persecution_n it_o have_v already_o last_v 30_o year_n for_o it_o begin_v in_o the_o year_n 1655._o when_v the_o duke_n of_o savoy_n undertake_v to_o destroy_v the_o faithful_a of_o the_o valley_n of_o piedmont_n he_o send_v thither_o soldier_n who_o make_v a_o great_a massacre_n but_o because_o the_o time_n of_o slay_v the_o witness_n be_v not_o as_o yet_o come_v god_n raise_v deliverance_n for_o they_o they_o defend_v themselves_o with_o success_n and_o
among_o the_o consideration_n lay_v down_o by_o i_o in_o the_o preface_n which_o induce_v i_o to_o believe_v that_o this_o persecution_n be_v the_o last_o i_o mention_v the_o singularity_n of_o it_o i_o name_v several_a such_o behold_v one_o which_o in_o my_o judgement_n deserve_v to_o be_v add_v to_o the_o rest_n it_o be_v the_o horrible_a edict_n which_o command_v that_o the_o new_a convert_v be_v sick_a shall_v communicate_v after_o the_o popish_a way_n this_o be_v the_o worst_a effect_n that_o ever_o be_v produce_v by_o the_o spirit_n of_o rage_n and_o reprobation_n and_o it_o be_v not_o conceivable_a how_o a_o clergy_n that_o will_v be_v call_v christian_n can_v do_v such_o horrible_a action_n the_o edict_n ordain_v that_o they_o who_o will_v not_o communicate_v shall_v be_v send_v to_o the_o galley_n if_o they_o recover_v there_o be_v none_o who_o be_v so_o mortal_o sick_a that_o be_v sure_a that_o he_o shall_v die_v and_o fear_v to_o recover_v he_o will_v also_o fear_v to_o go_v to_o the_o galley_n and_o this_o affright_a object_n be_v able_a to_o induce_v a_o sick_a man_n to_o communicate_v without_o faith_n and_o to_o worship_n that_o which_o he_o judge_v to_o be_v a_o piece_n of_o bread_n that_o be_v to_o say_v to_o commit_v a_o horrible_a sacrilege_n and_o a_o act_n of_o idolatry_n and_o consequent_o to_o damn_v himself_o certain_o so_o that_o proper_o this_o edict_n be_v a_o trick_n of_o the_o clergy_n to_o procure_v the_o damnation_n of_o all_o the_o new_a convert_v this_o be_v perfect_o to_o imitate_v that_o italian_a who_o that_o he_o may_v take_v a_o complete_a vengeance_n have_v his_o enemy_n in_o his_o power_n promise_v he_o his_o life_n on_o condition_n that_o he_o will_v deny_v god_n which_o have_v do_v he_o murder_v both_o his_o body_n and_o soul_n will_v man_n never_o open_v their_o eye_n to_o behold_v such_o object_n as_o these_o method_n the_o reformation_n be_v foretell_v by_o three_o figure_n signify_v three_o method_n and_o the_o spirit_n of_o life_n from_o god_n enter_v into_o they_o these_o word_n teach_v we_o how_o the_o reformation_n shall_v be_v re-establisht_a in_o france_n for_o in_o these_o prophecy_n i_o find_v three_o way_n by_o which_o the_o truth_n be_v establish_v or_o re-establisht_a the_o first_o be_v by_o lightning_n voice_n and_o thunder_n thus_o after_o the_o seven_o viol_n be_v pour_v on_o the_o air_n the_o reformation_n in_o the_o last_o age_n be_v make_v by_o lightning_n voice_n and_o thunder_n i._n e._n by_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o divine_a oracle_n and_o the_o seven_o angel_n pour_v out_o his_o viol_n into_o the_o air_n and_o there_o be_v voice_n and_o lightning_n and_o thunder_n in_o this_o prophecy_n thunder_v always_o signify_v the_o divine_a oracle_n the_o seven_o thunder_n that_o utter_v their_o voice_n in_o the_o ten_o chapter_n be_v the_o oracle_n of_o god_n which_o ought_v to_o be_v utter_v in_o the_o sequel_n thus_o the_o reformation_n be_v make_v in_o the_o last_o age_n in_o a_o most_o sensible_a manner_n by_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o word_n grace_n the_o reformation_n shall_v come_v into_o france_n by_o way_n of_o internal_a grace_n but_o behold_v a_o second_o way_n of_o reform_v a_o spirit_n of_o life_n from_o god_n enter_v again_o into_o the_o dead_a witness_n i_o e._n those_o who_o be_v at_o this_o day_n under_o oppression_n shall_v sudden_o rise_v up_o again_o by_o a_o secret_a operation_n of_o grace_n and_o a_o extraordinary_a motion_n not_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o preach_v the_o word_n not_o by_o the_o ministry_n of_o some_o new_a preacher_n but_o by_o a_o heavenly_a operation_n that_o shall_v open_v the_o eye_n of_o they_o who_o be_v as_o yet_o in_o darkness_n and_o strengthen_v again_o the_o heart_n of_o those_o who_o at_o this_o day_n have_v fall_v through_o weakness_n at_o that_o time_n in_o all_o appearance_n the_o yoke_n of_o the_o persecutor_n shall_v be_v break_v a_o time_n of_o ease_n shall_v come_v and_o all_o those_o who_o at_o this_o day_n groan_v under_o the_o captivity_n of_o babylon_n shall_v lift_v up_o their_o head_n and_o shall_v improve_v that_o season_n of_o calm_a to_o repair_v that_o which_o they_o be_v now_o force_v to_o do_v by_o violence_n it_o be_v these_o word_n signify_v a_o spirit_n of_o life_n from_o god_n not_o from_o any_o man_n nor_o by_o the_o ministry_n of_o any_o man_n but_o from_o god_n enter_v into_o they_o and_o their_o zeal_n be_v enliven_v again_o but_o thing_n shall_v not_o stay_v there_o god_n be_v prepare_v other_o wonder_n there_o be_v a_o three_o reformation_n which_o shall_v be_v set_v on_o foot_n by_o way_n of_o authority_n by_o the_o royal_a power_n and_o this_o be_v express_v in_o the_o word_n that_o follow_v and_o the_o witness_n hear_v a_o great_a voice_n from_o heaven_n say_v unto_o they_o come_v up_o hither_o and_o they_o ascend_v up_o to_o heaven_n in_o a_o cloud_n and_o their_o enemy_n behold_v they_o prophecy_n what_o heaven_n and_o lift_v up_o to_o heaven_n signify_v in_o the_o prophecy_n in_o the_o style_n of_o the_o prophet_n heaven_n and_o lift_v up_o to_o heaven_n be_v the_o throne_n and_o to_o be_v exalt_v to_o dignity_n greatness_n and_o power_n even_o in_o the_o language_n of_o heathen_a prophet_n for_o apomasar_n in_o his_o apostelismata_fw-la insomniorum_fw-la say_v if_o a_o king_n dream_n that_o he_o sit_v upon_o the_o cloud_n and_o be_v carry_v where_o ever_o he_o please_v this_o signify_v that_o his_o enemy_n shall_v serve_v he_o but_o if_o he_o fanci_v that_o he_o be_v carry_v up_o to_o heaven_n where_o the_o star_n be_v this_o presage_n that_o he_o shall_v be_v lift_v up_o above_o all_o king_n the_o prophet_n of_o god_n do_v also_o make_v use_n of_o these_o representation_n to_o signify_v the_o same_o thing_n 14.13_o isa_n 14.13_o isaiah_n describe_v the_o exaltation_n of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n by_o a_o ascend_a up_o into_o heaven_n i_o will_v ascend_v into_o heaven_n i_o will_v exalt_v my_o throne_n above_o the_o star_n and_o jesus_n christ_n say_v of_o capernaum_n that_o she_o have_v be_v lift_v up_o unto_o heaven_n but_o shall_v be_v bring_v down_o unto_o hell_n it_o be_v therefore_o evident_a that_o god_n do_v here_o signify_v that_o some_o time_n after_o these_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o death_n the_o reformation_n shall_v be_v lift_v up_o to_o a_o great_a glory_n but_o not_o every_o where_n it_o be_v only_o in_o that_o place_n which_o be_v call_v the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n and_o be_v after_o call_v the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n for_o the_o total_a destruction_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n must_v not_o happen_v until_o some_o year_n afterward_o authority_n there_o will_v short_o be_v a_o reformation_n in_o france_n by_o the_o royal_a authority_n and_o after_o these_o word_n signify_v that_o when_o the_o reformation_n shall_v be_v establish_v again_o in_o france_n by_o way_n of_o divine_a immediate_a operation_n by_o which_o the_o zeal_n of_o the_o apostate_n and_o of_o other_o who_o know_v the_o truth_n but_o withhold_v it_o in_o unrighteousness_n shall_v be_v quicken_v again_o some_o space_n of_o time_n shall_v pass_v probable_o some_o year_n before_o france_n shall_v whole_o throw_v off_o the_o yoke_n of_o popery_n that_o kingdom_n shall_v not_o be_v entire_o reform_v by_o way_n of_o authority_n immedate_o after_o out_o reformation_n shall_v be_v again_o set_v on_o foot_n by_o way_n of_o inspiration_n and_o recover_v of_o zeal_n for_o and_o after_o signify_v a_o interval_n of_o time_n but_o whether_o it_o shall_v be_v short_a or_o long_o be_v not_o express_v notwithstanding_o i_o see_v no_o likelihood_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v very_o long_o nor_o do_v i_o believe_v so_o they_o hear_v a_o great_a voice_n from_o heaven_n yet_o once_o again_o heaven_n be_v the_o throne_n it_o be_v the_o sovereign_a dignity_n which_o in_o a_o state_n be_v exact_o the_o same_o that_o heaven_n be_v to_o the_o earth_n in_o light_n in_o lustre_n in_o good_a or_o bad_a influence_n in_o situation_n and_o in_o elevation_n from_o heaven_n i.e._n from_o authority_n and_o the_o prince_n who_o reign_v they_o hear_v a_o voice_n they_o receive_v a_o order_n not_o a_o small_a clandestinsilent_a voice_n but_o a_o great_a voice_n i.e._n a_o public_a command_n a_o solemn_a edict_n and_o this_o voice_n say_v to_o they_o come_v up_o hither_o then_o the_o truth_n shall_v get_v up_o into_o the_o throne_n and_o as_o god_n have_v contrary_a to_o all_o probability_n give_v a_o popish_a prince_n to_o england_n so_o god_n will_v give_v a_o protestant_a prince_n to_o france_n in_o spite_n of_o all_o opposition_n of_o the_o papist_n and_o the_o ascend_v up_o to_o heaven_n in_o a_o cloud_n i.e._n their_o elevation_n and_o that_o of_o the_o reform_a religion_n shall_v be_v make_v public_o as_o the_o
beast_n from_o which_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n signify_v here_o one_o of_o those_o ten_o kingdom_n under_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n a_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n fall_v i.e._n one_o of_o these_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o make_v up_o the_o great_a city_n the_o babyonian_a empire_n shall_v forsake_v it_o this_o therefore_o be_v exact_o that_o which_o must_v happen_v within_o a_o little_a while_n after_o the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o total_a suppression_n of_o the_o truth_n shall_v be_v exspire_v and_o a_o while_n after_o that_o the_o witness_n shall_v be_v raise_v i.e._n after_o the_o profession_n of_o the_o truth_n shall_v be_v raise_v to_o life_n again_o in_o france_n and_o elsewhere_o and_o then_o the_o same_o hour_n immediate_o after_o that_o the_o reformation_n shall_v be_v establish_v by_o a_o royal_a edict_n without_o delay_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o earthquake_n and_o a_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n shall_v be_v overturn_v mark_v that_o the_o earthquake_n i.e._n the_o great_a alteration_n of_o affair_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o papacy_n must_v for_o that_o time_n happen_v only_o in_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n that_o shall_v fall_v for_o this_o shall_v be_v the_o effect_n of_o this_o earthquake_n pepery_n frahte_o shall_v short_o fall_v not_o by_o a_o ruin_n of_o the_o monarchy_n but_o by_o a_o ruin_n of_o pepery_n now_o what_o be_v this_o ten_o part_n of_o this_o city_n which_o shall_v fall_v in_o my_o opinion_n we_o can_v doubt_v that_o it_o be_v france_n this_o kingdom_n be_v the_o most_o considerable_a part_n or_o piece_n of_o the_o ten_o horn_n or_o state_n which_o once_o make_v up_o the_o great_a babylonian_a city_n it_o fall_v this_o do_v not_o signify_v that_o the_o french_a monarchy_n shall_v be_v ruin_v it_o may_v be_v humble_v but_o in_o all_o appearance_n providence_n do_v design_n a_o great_a elevation_n for_o she_o afterward_o it_o be_v high_o probable_a that_o god_n will_v not_o let_v go_v unpunished_a the_o horrible_a outrage_n which_o it_o act_v at_o this_o day_n afterward_o it_o must_v build_v its_o greatness_n upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o papal_a empire_n and_o enrich_v itself_o with_o the_o spoil_n of_o those_o who_o shall_v take_v part_n with_o the_o papacy_n they_o who_o at_o this_o day_n persecute_v the_o protestant_n know_v not_o wither_v god_n be_v lead_v they_o this_o be_v not_o the_o way_n by_o which_o he_o will_v lead_v france_n to_o the_o height_n of_o glory_n if_o she_o come_v thither_o it_o be_v because_o she_o shall_v short_o change_v her_o road_n her_o greatn_a will_v be_v no_o damage_n to_o protestant_a state_n on_o the_o contrary_a the_o protestant_a state_n shall_v be_v enrich_v with_o the_o spoil_n of_o other_o &_o be_v strengthen_v by_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n empire_n this_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n shall_v fall_v with_o respect_n to_o the_o papacy_n it_o shall_v break_v with_o rome_n and_o the_o roman_a religion_n one_o thing_n be_v certain_a that_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n shall_v perish_v through_o the_o refusal_n of_o obedience_n by_o the_o ten_o king_n who_o have_v give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n the_o thing_n be_v already_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o part_n the_o kingdom_n of_o sweden_n denmark_n england_n and_o several_a sovereign_a state_n in_o germany_n have_v withdraw_v themselves_o from_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o the_o pope_n they_o have_v spoil_v the_o harlot_n of_o her_o riches_n they_o have_v eat_v her_o flesh_n i.e._n seize_v on_o her_o benefice_n and_o revenue_n which_o she_o have_v in_o their_o country_n this_o must_v go_v on_o and_o be_v finish_v as_o it_o be_v begin_v the_o king_n who_o yet_o remain_v under_o the_o empire_n of_o rome_n must_v break_v with_o she_o leave_v her_o solitary_a and_o desolate_a but_o who_o must_v begin_v this_o last_o revolt_n it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o france_n shall_v not_o spain_n which_o as_o yet_o be_v plunge_v in_o superstition_n and_o be_v as_o much_o under_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o clergy_n as_o ever_o not_o the_o emperor_n who_o in_o temporal_n be_v subject_a to_o the_o pope_n and_o permit_v that_o in_o his_o state_n the_o archbishop_n of_o strigonium_n shall_v teach_v that_o the_o pope_n can_v take_v away_o the_o imperial_a crown_n from_o he_o it_o can_v be_v any_o country_n but_o france_n which_o a_o long_a time_n ago_o have_v begin_v to_o shake_v off_o the_o yoke_n of_o rome_n it_o be_v well_o know_v how_o solemn_o and_o open_o war_n have_v be_v declare_v against_o the_o pope_n by_o a_o declaration_n of_o the_o king_n ratify_v in_o all_o the_o parliament_n by_o the_o decision_n of_o the_o assembly_n of_o the_o french_a clergy_n by_o a_o disputation_n against_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o pope_n manage_v in_o the_o sorbon_n solemn_o and_o by_o order_n of_o the_o court._n and_o to_o heighten_v the_o affront_n the_o thesis_n be_v post_v up_o even_o upon_o the_o gate_n of_o his_o nuntio_n nothing_o of_o this_o kind_n have_v hitherto_o happen_v at_o least_o in_o a_o time_n of_o peace_n and_o unless_o the_o pope_n have_v give_v occasion_n by_o his_o insolence_n beside_o this_o superstition_n and_o idolatry_n lose_v their_o credit_n much_o in_o france_n there_o be_v a_o secret_a party_n though_o well_o enough_o know_v which_o great_o despise_v the_o popular_a devotion_n image_n worship_n of_o saint_n and_o be_v convince_v that_o these_o be_v humane_a institution_n god_n be_v beforehand_o prepare_v for_o this_o great_a work_n to_o this_o it_o may_v be_v object_v that_o for_o the_o last_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n the_o pope_n empire_n have_v not_o be_v make_v up_o of_o ten_o king_n because_o the_o king_n of_o england_n sweden_n denmark_n etc._n etc._n have_v throw_v off_o his_o government_n and_o consequent_o france_n be_v not_o at_o this_o day_n the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n for_o it_o be_v more_o than_o a_o ten_o part_n of_o it_o but_o this_o be_v no_o difficulty_n for_o we_o must_v know_v that_o thing_n retain_v the_o name_n which_o they_o bear_v in_o their_o original_n without_o regard_v the_o alteration_n which_o time_n do_v bring_v along_o though_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v not_o ten_o kingdom_n under_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n it_o be_v notwithstanding_o certain_a that_o each_o kingdom_n be_v call_v and_o aught_o to_o be_v call_v in_o this_o prophecy_n the_o ten_o part_n because_o the_o prophet_n have_v describe_v this_o empire_n in_o its_o beginning_n by_o its_o ten_o horn_n or_o ten_o king_n it_o be_v necessary_a for_o our_o clear_a understanding_n that_o every_o one_o of_o these_o ten_o king_n and_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v call_v one_o of_o the_o ten_o king_n or_o of_o the_o ten_o kingdom_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o original_a constitution_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n see_v the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n which_o must_v fall_v be_v france_n this_o give_v i_o some_o hope_n that_o the_o death_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n have_v a_o particular_a relation_n to_o this_o kingdom_n it_o be_v the_o street_n or_o place_n of_o this_o city_n i.e._n the_o most_o fair_a and_o eminent_a part_n of_o it_o the_o witness_n must_v remain_v dead_a upon_o this_o street_n and_o upon_o it_o they_o must_v be_v raise_v again_o and_o as_o the_o death_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o their_o resurrection_n have_v a_o relation_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o france_n it_o may_v well_o fall_v out_o that_o we_o may_v not_o be_v far_o distant_a from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o witness_n see_v the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o lalf_a of_o their_o death_n be_v either_o begin_v or_o will_v begin_v short_o and_o in_o the_o earthquake_n be_v slay_v seven_o thousand_o in_o the_o greek_a it_o be_v seven_o thousand_o name_n of_o man_n and_o not_o seven_o thousand_o man_n i_o confess_v that_o this_o seem_v somewhat_o mysterious_a in_o other_o place_n we_o find_v not_o this_o phrase_n name_n of_o man_n put_v simple_o for_o man_n perhaps_o there_o be_v here_o a_o figure_n of_o grammar_n call_v hypallage_n casus_fw-la so_o that_o name_n of_o man_n be_v put_v for_o man_n of_o name_n i.e._n of_o raise_v and_o considerable_a quality_n be_v its_o on_o the_o account_n of_o riches_n or_o of_o dignity_n or_o of_o learning_n but_o i_o be_o more_o incline_v to_o say_v that_o here_o these_o word_n name_n of_o man_n must_v be_v take_v in_o their_o natural_a signification_n and_o do_v intimate_v that_o the_o total_a reformation_n of_o france_n shall_v not_o be_v make_v with_o bloodshed_n nothing_o shall_v be_v destroy_v but_o name_n such_o as_o be_v the_o name_n of_o monk_n of_o carmelites_n of_o augustine_n of_o dominican_n of_o jacobins_n franciscan_n capucines_n jesuite_n minim_n and_o a_o infinite_a company_n of_o other_o
the_o whole_a babylonian_a empire_n we_o must_v not_o imagine_v that_o all_o this_o great_a circuit_n of_o country_n shall_v be_v lay_v desolate_a the_o 19_o chapter_n be_v the_o last_o in_o which_o mention_n be_v make_v of_o the_o destruction_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n the_o ten_o first_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n must_v not_o be_v disjoin_v from_o the_o foregoing_a chapter_n for_o they_o be_v only_o the_o continuation_n of_o it_o the_o solemn_a rejoice_n of_o the_o elect_n after_o the_o ruin_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o consummation_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n here_o below_o upon_o earth_n the_o eleven_o last_o verse_n of_o the_o chapter_n contain_v a_o wonderful_a vision_n wherein_o jesus_n christ_n appear_v sit_v upon_o a_o white_a horse_n have_v the_o title_n of_o faithful_a of_o true_a of_o the_o word_n of_o god_n of_o king_n of_o king_n of_o lord_n of_o lord_n he_o gather_v his_o army_n together_o to_o fight_v against_o the_o beast_n and_o against_o the_o false_a prophet_n a_o angel_n stand_v in_o the_o sun_n and_o call_v to_o all_o the_o fowl_n of_o heaven_n to_o come_v and_o eat_v the_o flesh_n of_o those_o man_n that_o must_v be_v slay_v in_o that_o great_a battle_n which_o be_v to_o be_v fight_v on_o the_o other_o side_n the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n gather_v their_o force_n the_o battle_n be_v fight_v the_o beast_n and_o king_n be_v overcome_v he_o be_v take_v with_o his_o false_a prophet_n both_o be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n together_o with_o all_o those_o who_o have_v worship_v the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o this_o be_v magnificent_a and_o the_o figure_n be_v lofty_a but_o there_o be_v nothing_o new_a in_o this_o and_o in_o my_o judgement_n it_o be_v nothing_o but_o a_o recapitulation_n of_o the_o foregoing_a vision_n concern_v the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n reign_v the_o vision_n of_o the_o eleven_o chapter_n be_v a_o epitome_n of_o the_o vision_n that_o follow_v and_o this_o be_v proper_o a_o epitome_n of_o the_o vision_n which_o go_v before_o therefore_o i_o do_v not_o judge_v it_o necessary_a to_o insist_v upon_o it_o especial_o see_v nothing_o be_v find_v of_o that_o which_o we_o seek_v for_o namely_o the_o sign_n and_o mark_n by_o which_o it_o may_v be_v know_v when_o and_o at_o what_o time_n the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n must_v end_v it_o be_v in_o the_o 11_o 14_o and_o above_o all_o in_o the_o 16_o chapter_n that_o we_o find_v the_o character_n of_o this_o end_n and_o of_o the_o time_n in_o which_o it_o must_v come_v to_o pass_v therefore_o it_o be_v necessary_a only_o that_o we_o shall_v insist_v upon_o those_o chater_n literal_o the_o slaughter_n and_o murder_n in_o the_o 19_o chapter_n must_v nor_o be_v understand_v literal_o i_o will_v only_o make_v the_o observation_n upon_o this_o chapter_n which_o i_o make_v upon_o the_o foregoing_a that_o we_o must_v not_o understand_v literal_o the_o expression_n of_o war_n and_o destroy_v that_o be_v use_v here_o for_o example_n that_o jesus_n christ_n must_v tread_v the_o wine-press_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n that_o he_o must_v give_v to_o be_v eat_v by_o the_o fowl_n the_o flesh_n of_o king_n of_o captain_n of_o mighty_a man_n of_o horse_n of_o free_a and_o bond_n etc._n etc._n these_o be_v metaphor_n borrow_v from_o war_n and_o must_v be_v understand_v surable_o to_o the_o nature_n of_o this_o spiritual_a war_n which_o jesus_n christ_n must_v make_v against_o idolatry_n superstition_n heresy_n and_o tyranny_n his_o quarrel_n be_v with_o these_o and_o not_o with_o man_n beside_o the_o reason_n allege_v we_o have_v here_o a_o convince_a one_o that_o the_o instrument_n of_o so_o many_o victory_n and_o which_o must_v make_v such_o a_o slaughter_n 15._o verse_n 15._o be_v the_o sharp_a sword_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o he_o who_o sit_v upon_o the_o white_a horse_n and_o the_o remnant_n be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v upon_o the_o horse_n and_o all_o the_o folw_n be_v fill_v with_o their_o flesh_n now_o all_o know_v that_o this_o sharp_a sword_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o jesus_n christ_n be_v the_o word_n of_o god_n a_o spiritual_a sword_n which_o must_v act_v only_o spiritual_a slaughter_n and_o which_o do_v not_o destroy_v the_o life_n of_o man_n but_o their_o manner_n and_o idolatry_n so_o that_o i_o fear_v lest_o those_o be_v mistake_v who_o hope_v to_o render_v to_o babylon_n that_o which_o we_o have_v receive_v form_n she_o and_o in_o the_o cup_n which_o she_o have_v fill_v to_o fill_v to_o her_o double_a i._n e._n to_o give_v her_o blood_n for_o blood_n torment_n for_o torment_n this_o be_v not_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o true_a church_n i_o have_v now_o do_v with_o this_o subject_n and_o i_o think_v there_o remain_v but_o one_o thing_n to_o do_v that_o i_o may_v give_v a_o clear_a idea_n of_o our_o prophecy_n and_o that_o be_v to_o epitomise_v and_o rank_n according_a to_o the_o order_n of_o time_n the_o various_a event_n which_o relate_v to_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n which_o the_o holy_a ghost_n displace_v and_o confound_v to_o the_o end_n that_o the_o prophecy_n may_v not_o be_v clear_a than_o god_n do_v intend_v they_o shall_v be_v as_o for_o the_o seven_o plague_n of_o the_o seven_o viol_n they_o be_v perfect_o rank_v according_a to_o their_o order_n and_o according_a to_o their_o time_n ruin_n a_o commendious_a methodize_n of_o the_o event_n which_o must_v bring_v antichrist_n kingdom_n to_o its_o ruin_n 1._o the_o first_o plague_n of_o the_o first_o viol_n begin_v about_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n 900._o it_o last_v almost_o 150._o year_n and_o end_n under_o the_o popedom_n of_o leo_n ix_o about_o the_o year_n 1050._o 2._o the_o second_o and_o three_o plague_n which_o be_v the_o croisades_n begin_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o eleven_o age_n and_o end_n at_o the_o go_v out_o of_o the_o thirteen_o in_o the_o year_n 1270._o or_o 1292._o for_o till_o then_o some_o of_o the_o latin_n keep_v possession_n in_o palestine_n so_o that_o they_o take_v up_o the_o space_n of_o about_o two_o hundred_o year_n 3._o the_o four_o plague_n begin_v before_o the_o croisades_n but_o if_o we_o please_v we_o may_v place_v its_o beginning_n where_o the_o forego_n end_n this_o four_o plague_n be_v the_o increase_n of_o the_o papal_a yoke_n and_o this_o period_n beginning_n at_o the_o year_n 1270_o shall_v continue_v until_o the_o year_n 1378_o when_o the_o consequent_a of_o the_o five_o plague_n begin_v namely_o the_o weaken_n of_o the_o papal_a reign_n by_o the_o schism_n therefore_o this_o period_n will_v contain_v 108_o year_n 4_o the_o five_o plague_n be_v the_o remove_n of_o the_o pope_n to_o dwell_v at_o avignon_n and_o the_o grand_a schism_n of_o the_o west_n it_o begin_v in_o the_o year_n 1305_o and_o last_v until_o the_o year_n 1440._o this_o period_n be_v a_o little_a joint_v within_o the_o former_a shall_v last_v 130_o or_o 135._o year_n 5._o the_o six_o plague_n which_o be_v the_o passage_n of_o the_o turk_n into_o europe_n and_o the_o desolation_n which_o they_o make_v in_o the_o pope_n dominion_n and_o in_o the_o latin_a church_n begin_v towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o fourteen_o age_n about_o the_o year_n 1370._o and_o last_v until_o the_o siege_n of_o vienna_n under_o charles_n the_o five_o in_o 1529_o this_o period_n will_v be_v 150_o year_n 6._o the_o seven_o plague_n beginning_n about_o the_o year_n 1520_o and_o last_v until_o the_o end_n of_o our_o age_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o next_o must_v last_v about_o 190_o year_n this_o last_o period_n be_v long_a than_o the_o rest_n because_o god_n intend_v to_o subdivide_v it_o into_o three_o other_o period_n 7._o the_o first_o period_n of_o this_o last_o viol_n be_v the_o harvest_n which_o last_v 30_o or_o 40_o year_n from_o the_o year_n 1520_o until_o 1560_o when_o all_o the_o country_n which_o be_v to_o be_v reform_v have_v embrace_v the_o reformation_n 8._o the_o second_o period_n of_o this_o seven_o viol_n be_v that_o season_n and_o state_n of_o rest_n and_o victory_n which_o the_o papacy_n regain_v and_o this_o period_n last_v from_o 1560_o or_o 1570_o for_o since_o that_o time_n popery_n have_v receive_v no_o considerable_a check_n but_o rather_o have_v much_o prevail_v it_o have_v make_v war_n against_o the_o saint_n have_v have_v overcome_v they_o 9_o towards_o the_o conclusion_n of_o this_o second_o period_n of_o the_o seven_o viol_n a_o sore_a persecution_n must_v happen_v the_o witness_n clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n i.e._n the_o faithful_a who_o be_v under_o the_o cross_n shall_v be_v oppress_v and_o remain_v dead_a in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n for_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a that_o be_v the_o profession_n
necessary_a to_o premise_v in_o the_o first_o place_n a_o observation_n which_o i_o call_v the_o key_n of_o the_o revelation_n it_o be_v that_o this_o whole_a book_n be_v nothing_o but_o a_o paraphrase_n on_o what_o daniel_n say_v in_o the_o seven_o ch._n of_o his_o revelation_n touch_v the_o four_o beast_n certain_o this_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o if_o some_o great_a &_o strange_a event_n be_v find_v therein_o it_o be_v always_o with_o respect_n to_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o must_v endure_v to_o the_o come_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o j._n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n revelation_n why_o god_n have_v nor_o take_v notice_n of_o other_o state_n in_o the_o revelation_n the_o reason_n why_o god_n take_v no_o notice_n of_o so_o many_o great_a event_n that_o happen_v without_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n of_o the_o great_a empire_n that_o be_v establish_v the_o nation_n that_o be_v overturn_v the_o bloody_a war_n that_o be_v every_o where_o &_o insist_o only_o on_o the_o four_o monarchy_n or_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v because_o god_n reveal_v not_o future_a event_n but_o with_o respect_n to_o the_o church_n which_o he_o love_v which_o he_o conduct_n &_o which_o he_o will_v instruct_v concern_v his_o will._n now_o the_o church_n be_v to_o be_v enclose_v in_o or_o very_o near_o within_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n i_o know_v that_o there_o be_v christian-churche_n in_o persia_n &_o it_o may_v be_v some_o in_o the_o indies_n but_o all_o this_o be_v but_o a_o small_a matter_n euphrates_n be_v the_o bound_n of_o christianity_n it_o spread_v itself_o but_o a_o little_a beyond_o it_o the_o church_n therefore_o have_v no_o need_n to_o know_v that_o which_o shall_v happen_v on_o the_o other_o side_n euphrates_n nor_o to_o understand_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o tartar_n the_o king_n of_o persia_n the_o mogul_n &_o the_o chinois_n for_o all_o this_o have_v no_o respect_n to_o she_o wherefore_o the_o revelation_n say_v not_o one_o word_n of_o they_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n also_o have_v no_o intention_n to_o instruct_v we_o in_o the_o adventure_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o saracen_n &_o that_o of_o the_o turk_n but_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o four_o monarchy_n therefore_o we_o shall_v not_o see_v these_o two_o empire_n that_o of_o the_o saracen_n &_o that_o of_o the_o tarck_n but_o only_o by_o the_o by_o in_o the_o five_o &_o six_o trumpet_n &_o we_o shall_v not_o see_v they_o there_o but_o as_o the_o scourge_v of_o god_n that_o fall_n on_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o vex_v &_o to_o destroy_v it_o this_o observation_n be_v the_o key_n of_o the_o revelation_n for_o first_o it_o remove_v that_o difficulty_n which_o many_o make_v so_o great_a a_o stir_n about_o viz._n that_o the_o revelation_n as_o it_o be_v usual_o explain_v do_v not_o at_o all_o touch_n on_o or_o if_o it_o do_v it_o be_v but_o by_o the_o by_o the_o great_a revolution_n of_o the_o world_n that_o happen_v in_o the_o east_n since_o 1200_o year_n yet_o once_o more_o it_o be_v not_o the_o work_n of_o he_o who_o will_v speak_v of_o nothing_o but_o the_o church_n &_o those_o event_n that_o have_v in_o immediate_a reference_n to_o the_o church_n second_o this_o observation_n will_v teach_v we_o right_o to_o divide_v the_o time_n of_o the_o revelation_n &_o proper_o to_o apply_v the_o vision_n to_o each_o time_n &_o to_o discover_v the_o event_n that_o be_v signify_v by_o those_o vision_n we_o must_v know_v therefore_o that_o the_o four_o monarchy_n without_o comparison_n the_o great_a period_n the_o division_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n into_o two_o period_n &_o most_o distinguish_v in_o the_o prophecy_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o great_a period_n the_o first_o be_v from_o the_o birth_n of_o rome_n ab_fw-la urbe_fw-la conditâ_fw-la which_o be_v the_o great_a epocha_n of_o the_o roman_n to_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o be_v after_o the_o death_n of_o valentinian_n the_o three_o about_o the_o year_n 455._o for_o then_o the_o empire_n be_v tear_v in_o piece_n between_o the_o greek_n the_o vandal_n the_o goth_n the_o burgundian_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v i_o say_v divide_v into_o ten_o principal_a part_n the_o second_o period_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v since_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n among_o ten_o king_n &_o the_o reunion_n of_o those_o ten_o king_n under_o one_o sole_a head_n that_o call_v himself_o the_o universal_a bishop_n to_o the_o end_n of_o this_o monarchy_n &_o the_o come_n of_o the_o five_o which_o be_v that_o of_o j._n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n these_o two_o period_n be_v very_o near_o of_o the_o same_o length_n viz._n 1200_o year_n or_o a_o little_a more_o the_o lord_n j._n christ_n come_v into_o the_o world_n anno_fw-la v._n c._n 754._o or_o 752._o as_o dionysius_n the_o lesser_a pretend_v the_o empire_n be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n about_o the_o year_n of_o j._n christ_n 455._o i_o e._n in_o the_o year_n 1209_o or_o 1207_o of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n since_o that_o time_n under_o the_o roman_a &_o gothish_n king_n the_o count_a ab_fw-la urbe_fw-la conditâ_fw-la be_v continue_v till_o the_o time_n of_o dionysius_n the_o lesser_a asleep_o roman_a abbot_n a_o scythian_a by_o nation_n who_o die_v in_o the_o year_n 540_o according_a to_o baronius_n &_o who_o make_v his_o paschal_n cycle_n in_o the_o year_n 527._o it_o be_v about_o the_o year_n 530_o that_o the_o christian_a aera_fw-la begin_v to_o be_v in_o use_n &_o the_o count_a by_o the_o year_n of_o j._n christ_n then_o man_n leave_v off_o count_a ab_fw-la urbe_fw-la conditâ_fw-la after_o they_o have_v use_v this_o epocha_n about_o 1280_o year_n however_o that_o be_v the_o period_n from_o the_o build_n of_o rome_n to_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n among_o ten_o king_n be_v more_o than_o 1200_o year_n the_o second_o period_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n since_o its_o division_n among_o ten_o king_n to_o the_o end_n must_v be_v also_o above_o 1200_o year_n the_o prophecy_n make_v it_o 1260_o prophetical_a day_n i.e._n 1260_o year_n now_o we_o must_v observe_v that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n i_o e._n in_o the_o time_n when_o he_o write_v the_o revelation_n there_o be_v above_o two_o three_o of_o the_o first_o period_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n past_a &_o go_v for_o the_o write_v about_o the_o year_n 850_o after_o the_o build_n of_o the_o city_n there_o remain_v therefore_o but_o a_o little_a more_o than_o 350_o year_n of_o this_o first_o period_n but_o he_o have_v before_o he_o the_o whole_a entire_a second_o period_n of_o 1260_o year_n wherefore_o it_o be_v not_o very_o strange_a that_o he_o enlarge_v himself_o much_o more_o on_o this_o late_a part_n than_o on_o the_o former_a so_o that_o we_o shall_v not_o find_v proper_o more_o than_o two_o chapter_n the_o six_o &_o the_o eight_o that_o respect_v this_o first_o period_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o all_o the_o rest_n from_o the_o nine_o ch_z inclusive_o to_o the_o 20_o exclusive_o contain_v the_o event_n that_o belong_v to_o the_o period_n of_o the_o 1260_o year_n which_o be_v the_o second_o of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o render_v this_o truth_n more_o plain_a that_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n touch_v the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v the_o text_n on_o which_o the_o h._n spirit_n treat_v in_o the_o revelation_n we_o must_v here_o view_v the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n &_o apply_v it_o to_o divers_a part_n of_o that_o of_o st._n john._n after_o this_o i_o see_v in_o the_o night_n vision_n 7.7_o dan._n 7.7_o &_o behold_v a_o four_o beast_n dreadful_a &_o terrible_a &_o strong_a exceed_o &_o it_o have_v great_a iron_n tooth_n it_o devour_v &_o break_v in_o piece_n &_o stamp_v the_o residue_n with_o the_o foot_n of_o it_o &_o it_o be_v diverse_a from_o all_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v before_o it_o &_o it_o have_v ten_o horn_n daniel_n have_v ask_v the_o explication_n of_o this_o vision_n the_o angel_n say_v to_o he_o hereupon_o the_o four_o beast_n shall_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n on_o the_o earth_n 23._o v._o 23._o which_o shall_v be_v diverse_a from_o all_o kingdom_n &_o shall_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n &_o tread_v it_o down_o &_o break_v it_o in_o piece_n this_o refer_v to_o the_o establishment_n of_o this_o empire_n &_o its_o conquest_n that_o be_v begin_v under_o the_o consul_n &_o dictator_n &_o be_v finish_v under_o the_o emperor_n of_o which_o st._n john._n have_v see_v a_o part_n &_o some_o follow_v after_o he_o under_o who_o also_o the_o empire_n be_v always_o enlarge_v or_o at_o least_o preserve_v in_o its_o greatness_n even_o to_o the_o child_n of_o theodosius_n it_o break_v in_o
throughout_o the_o whole_a 18._o chap._n the_o frequent_a repetition_n of_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v to_o note_v the_o certainty_n of_o it_o the_o three_o follow_a chapter_n viz._n the_o 20_o 21_o and_o 22._o contain_v the_o history_n of_o the_o three_o &_o last_o general_a period_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o christianity_n it_o be_v the_o reign_n of_o j._n christ_n upon_o earth_n the_o matter_n contain_v in_o the_o 20_o chapter_n be_v so_o remarkable_a that_o they_o deserve_v a_o particular_a attention_n but_o see_v that_o hereafter_o we_o shall_v have_v occasion_n careful_o to_o examine_v they_o it_o be_v not_o necessary_a to_o stay_v about_o they_o at_o present_a so_o much_o suffice_v for_o a_o general_a idea_n both_o of_o the_o chronology_n &_o of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o twelve_o last_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n which_o contain_v the_o destiny_n of_o the_o church_n chap._n xi_o several_a thing_n that_o all_o be_v agree_v on_o in_o reference_n to_o antichrist_n which_o will_v serve_v to_o clear_v up_o those_o wherein_o we_o be_v not_o agree_v we_o seek_v first_o the_o character_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n two_o the_o time_n of_o its_o duration_n three_o its_o establishment_n &_o end_n 4thly_a what_o must_v happen_v after_o its_o ruin_n the_o two_o first_o point_n respect_v what_o be_v past_a or_o present_a &_o shall_v be_v the_o subject_n of_o the_o first_o part_n of_o this_o work_n about_o the_o first_o of_o these_o four_o thing_n there_o be_v no_o controversy_n among_o the_o orthodox_n but_o there_o be_v a_o great_a dispute_n about_o it_o between_o the_o papist_n &_o the_o true_a church_n however_o we_o have_v one_o great_a advantage_n for_o the_o determine_v this_o controversy_n viz._n there_o be_v some_o certain_a principle_n in_o which_o both_o side_n do_v agree_v in_o controversy_n where_o man_n be_v agree_v in_o nothing_o but_o where_o every_o thing_n must_v be_v prove_v it_o be_v very_o hard_a to_o determine_v any_o thing_n but_o where_o man_n be_v agree_v in_o many_o thing_n ordinary_o those_o thing_n which_o they_o be_v agree_v in_o serve_v for_o the_o clear_n up_o of_o those_o thing_n wherein_o they_o be_v not_o agree_v i_o think_v it_o best_o therefore_o before_o we_o enter_v upon_o the_o character_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n to_o consider_v those_o thing_n wherein_o the_o papist_n as_o to_o this_o matter_n do_v agree_v with_o the_o true_a catholic_n antichrist_n all_o agree_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o dan._n be_v antichrist_n 1_o we_o be_v agree_v about_o almost_o will_v the_o place_n whence_o we_o be_v to_o draw_v the_o portraiture_n of_o antichrist_n and_o his_o empire_n it_o be_v confess_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o 7_o chap._n of_o daniel_n be_v antichrist_n that_o it_o be_v of_o he_o that_o the_o prophet_n speak_v i_o consider_v the_o horn_n 7.8_o dan._n 7.8_o and_o behold_v there_o come_v up_o among_o they_o another_o little_a horn_n before_o who_o three_o of_o the_o first_o horn_n be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n and_o behold_v in_o this_o horn_n be_v eye_n like_o the_o eye_n of_o a_o man_n and_o a_o mouth_n speak_v great_a thing_n 25._o v._o 24_o 25._o the_o ten_o horn_n out_o of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v and_o another_o shall_v rise_v after_o they_o and_o he_o shall_v be_v diverse_a from_o the_o first_o and_o he_o shall_v subdue_v three_o king_n and_o he_o shall_v speak_v great_a word_n against_o the_o most_o high_a and_o shall_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a and_o think_v to_o change_v time_n and_o law_n &_o they_o shall_v be_v give_v into_o his_o hand_n for_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n we_o be_v agree_v that_o the_o first_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o of_o the_o revel_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o 7_o chapt._n of_o daniel_n antichrist_n the_o two_o beast_n of_o rev._n 13._o be_v antichrist_n and_o that_o both_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o signify_v the_o roman_a empire_n it_o be_v acknowledge_v that_o the_o ten_o king_n that_o must_v be_v bear_v of_o this_o beast_n which_o be_v represent_v by_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o daniel_n and_o of_o the_o first_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o of_o the_o revelation_n be_v the_o ten_o king_n which_o in_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n be_v to_o divide_v the_o roman_a empire_n among_o they_o and_o give_v their_o power_n to_o antichrist_n it_o be_v confess_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n i.e._n antichrist_n must_v be_v graft_v on_o the_o roman_a empire_n enter_v into_o its_o place_n and_o the_o last_o that_o shall_v possess_v the_o roman_a empire_n antichrist_n say_v bellarmin_n etc._n bellarm._n part_n 1._o c._n 3._o sect_n 15._o respondeo_fw-la priorem_fw-la etc._n etc._n shall_v be_v the_o last_o head_n of_o the_o wicked_a and_o the_o last_o king_n that_o shall_v possess_v the_o roman_a empire_n but_o yet_o without_o the_o name_n of_o a_o roman_a emperor_n the_o same_o author_n in_o the_o very_a same_o place_n confess_v that_o the_o head_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n which_o receive_v the_o deadly_a wound_n in_o the_o 13_o ch._n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v antichrist_n this_o miracle_n of_o a_o feign_a resurrection_n say_v he_o must_v be_v attribute_v to_o antichrist_n in_o the_o opinion_n of_o primasius_n beda_n and_o haymo_n and_o many_o other_o who_o he_o name_v we_o be_v agree_v that_o the_o two_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o of_o the_o revelation_n do_v both_o of_o they_o signify_v the_o antichristian_a empire_n supra_fw-la bellarm._n ubi_fw-la supra_fw-la according_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o rupert_n the_o second_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n signify_v the_o very_a same_o antichrist_n for_o antichrist_n be_v represent_v by_o two_o beast_n by_o the_o one_o his_o royal_a power_n and_o tyranny_n by_o which_o he_o will_v offer_v violence_n to_o man_n be_v represent_v and_o by_o the_o other_o his_o magical_a power_n and_o crafty_a trick_n by_o which_o he_o will_v seduce_v they_o but_o according_a to_o richard_n and_o anselm_n and_o many_o other_o the_o second_o beast_n signify_v the_o preacher_n of_o antichrist_n thus_o it_o agree_v to_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n to_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n however_o without_o bear_v the_o name_n of_o a_o roman_a emperor_n to_o be_v a_o head_n wound_v unto_o death_n and_o raise_v up_o again_o to_o have_v ten_o horn_n on_o its_o head_n ten_o king_n for_o its_o subject_n to_o have_v a_o false_a prophet_n with_o two_o horn_n like_o those_o of_o a_o lamb_n which_o cause_v the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v worship_v who_o name_n contain_v the_o number_n 666_o and_o who_o make_v all_o those_o that_o he_o cause_v to_o submit_v to_o high_a empire_n to_o bear_v his_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n we_o be_v agree_v that_o a_o time_n time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n the_o 42_o month_n the_o 1260._o day_n do_v denote_v the_o time_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n and_o that_o all_o that_o while_o the_o church_n must_v be_v afflict_v beat_v down_o obscure_v as_o it_o be_v hide_v &_o swallow_v up_o by_o persecution_n it_o be_v acknowledge_v that_o the_o great_a whore_n in_o the_o 17_o of_o the_o revel_n and_o the_o city_n with_o seven_o mountain_n be_v rome_n some_o will_v have_v it_o be_v rome_n pagan_a rome_n the_o papist_n be_v force_v to_o confess_v that_o babylon_n in_o the_o revel_n be_v rome_n but_o other_o show_v either_o more_o knowledge_n or_o more_o sincerity_n do_v confess_v that_o rome_n in_o the_o 14_o and_o the_o 17_o ch._n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v not_o rome_n pagan_a but_o of_o christian_a become_v antichristian_a estius_n and_o some_o other_o go_v a_o little_a further_o and_o be_v force_v to_o acknowledge_v that_o rome_n must_v be_v the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n other_o as_o ribera_n viega_n cornelius_n a_o lapide_fw-la retain_v the_o common_a hypothesis_n among_o the_o papist_n viz._n that_o jerusalem_n must_v be_v the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n be_v however_o force_v to_o confess_v that_o babylon_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n whereat_o the_o end_n of_o the_o time_n a_o idolatrous_a empire_n persecutor_n of_o the_o church_n and_o enemy_n of_o god_n must_v arise_v who_o say_v they_o shall_v join_v himself_o to_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n when_o he_o shall_v be_v come_v cornelius_n a_o lapide_fw-la confess_v that_o the_o water_n on_o which_o the_o great_a whore_n sit_v signify_v all_o the_o nation_n and_o people_n which_o rome_n shall_v command_v over_o who_o shall_v agree_v together_o in_o their_o subjection_n and_o in_o the_o vanity_n and_o idolatry_n of_o rome_n as_o their_o lady_n and_o the_o mistress_n of_o the_o universe_n i.e._n rome_n become_v idolatrous_a after_o have_v be_v
day_n of_o consecration_n or_o dedication_n it_o be_v to_o this_o chronology_n that_o we_o must_v accommodate_v the_o history_n of_o the_o first_o book_n of_o the_o macchabee_n as_o we_o shall_v present_o do_v macchabee_n the_o chronology_n of_o the_o persecution_n according_a to_o the_o book_n of_o the_o macchabee_n first_o we_o must_v find_v a_o fix_a and_o a_o certain_a point_n in_o the_o history_n of_o the_o macchabee_n and_o the_o persecution_n see_v it_o be_v that_o of_o the_o consecration_n and_o dedication_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o on_o the_o 25_o day_n of_o the_o 9_o month_n which_o be_v the_o month_n kaslen_n in_o the_o 148_o year_n they_o arise_v betimes_o in_o the_o morning_n 54._o 1_o macc._n c._n 4._o v._n 51_o 53_o 54._o and_o offer_v the_o sacrifice_n according_a to_o the_o law_n on_o the_o new_a altar_n which_o be_v dedicate_v the_o same_o time_n and_o the_o same_o day_n wherein_o the_o nation_n have_v profane_v it_o this_o be_v the_o day_n of_o the_o dedication_n this_o be_v the_o beginning_n again_o of_o the_o first_o daily_a sacrifice_n we_o have_v see_v that_o from_o the_o begin_n again_o of_o the_o first_o daily_a sacrifice_n reckon_v backward_o we_o find_v 2300_o sacrifice_n interrupt_v i._n e._n 1150_o day_n or_o three_o year_n two_o month_n and_o ten_o day_n and_o consequent_o the_o cessation_n of_o the_o first_o daily_a sacrifice_n must_v fall_v on_o the_o 15_o day_n of_o the_o seven_o month_n of_o the_o 145_o year_n of_o the_o aera_fw-la of_o the_o seleucidae_n for_o from_o the_o ten_o day_n of_o the_o seven_o month_n of_o the_o year_n 145_o to_o the_o 25_o day_n of_o the_o nine_o month_n of_o the_o year_n 148_o there_o be_v exact_o three_o year_n two_o month_n and_o ten_o day_n we_o have_v also_o see_v that_o from_o the_o dedication_n of_o the_o temple_n which_o be_v the_o same_o day_n with_o that_o of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n beginning_n again_o count_v backward_o to_o the_o first_o profanation_n of_o the_o temple_n there_o be_v 1335_o day_n i_o e._n three_o year_n eight_o month_n and_o fifteen_o day_n and_o since_o the_o day_n of_o the_o dedication_n fall_v on_o the_o 25_o of_o the_o nine_o month_n of_o the_o 148_o year_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n the_o first_o profanation_n of_o the_o temple_n must_v fall_v on_o the_o five_o of_o the_o first_o month_n of_o the_o year_n 145_o and_o consequent_o that_o the_o temple_n be_v profane_v six_o month_n and_o some_o day_n before_o the_o cease_n of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n but_o for_o the_o great_a clearness_n we_o must_v relate_v the_o history_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o macchabee_n 23._o the_o history_n of_o the_o first_o book_n of_o the_o macchabee_n fix_v to_o its_o true_a time_n 1_o macc._n c._n 1._o v._n 21_o 22_o 23._o and_o fix_v it_o to_o its_o true_a time_n in_o the_o 143_o year_n antiochus_n have_v overcome_v ptolemy_n king_n of_o egypt_n pass_v by_o jerusalem_n take_v it_o pillage_v it_o and_o carry_v away_o the_o vessel_n of_o the_o temple_n now_o after_o antiochus_n have_v smite_v egypt_n he_o return_v again_o in_o the_o 143_o year_n and_o go_v up_o against_o israel_n and_o jerusalem_n with_o a_o great_a multitude_n and_o enter_v proud_o into_o the_o sanctuary_n and_o take_v away_o the_o golden_a altar_n and_o the_o candlestick_n and_o all_o the_o vessel_n thereof_o this_o be_v not_o that_o which_o be_v call_v the_o profanation_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n for_o it_o be_v idolatrous_a and_o impure_a worship_n that_o profane_a the_o house_n of_o god_n it_o be_v not_o violence_n and_o pillage_n it_o 35._o 1_o macc._n 1._o v._o 30_o 31_o 32_o 33_o 34_o 35._o and_o after_o two_o year_n full_o expire_v the_o king_n send_v his_o chief_a collector_n of_o tribute_n who_o come_v to_o jerusalem_n with_o a_o great_a multitude_n and_o speak_v peaceable_a word_n to_o they_o but_o all_o be_v deceit_n for_o when_o they_o have_v give_v he_o credence_n he_o fall_v sudden_o on_o the_o city_n and_o smite_v in_o sore_a and_o destroy_v much_o people_n of_o israel_n and_o take_v the_o spoil_n of_o the_o city_n and_o set_v it_o on_o fire_n etc._n etc._n then_o build_v they_o the_o city_n of_o david_n with_o a_o great_a and_o strong_a wall_n and_o make_v it_o a_o strong_a hold_n for_o they_o then_o it_o be_v the_o profanation_n begin_v after_o two_o year_n full_o expire_v reckon_v from_o the_o 143d_o year_n inclusive_o this_o fall_v on_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o year_n 145_o in_o the_o first_o month_n it_o be_v then_o i_o say_v the_o temple_n be_v profane_v by_o the_o apostate_n of_o the_o jewish_a nation_n this_o also_o be_v what_o that_o author_n say_v express_o 36.37_o v._o 36.37_o for_o it_o be_v a_o place_n to_o lie_v in_o wait_n against_o the_o sanctuary_n etc._n etc._n they_o shed_v innocent_a blood_n on_o every_o side_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n and_o defile_v in_o that_o be_v to_o say_v menelaus_z the_o apostate_n sacrificer_n sacrifice_v together_o with_o his_o fellow_n in_o the_o temple_n to_o the_o heathen_a gods._n but_o observe_v the_o daily_a sacrifice_n do_v not_o yet_o cease_v the_o apostate_n menelaus_n do_v what_o ahaz_n the_o father_n of_o hezekiah_n have_v do_v and_o what_o manasseh_n have_v do_v he_o profane_v the_o temple_n by_o false_a worship_n however_o without_o cause_v the_o worship_n of_o the_o true_a god_n to_o cease_v there_o it_o be_v apostate_n begin_v at_o first_o they_o will_v fain_o reconcile_v god_n and_o the_o devil_n afterward_o by_o degree_n they_o advance_v to_o a_o total_a apostasy_n antiochus_n man_n be_v six_o week_n a_o build_n the_o city_n of_o david_n to_o make_v a_o citadel_n of_o it_o when_o that_o be_v do_v they_o think_v themselves_o strong_a enough_o to_o undertake_v every_o thing_n they_o finish_v what_o they_o have_v begin_v entire_o abolish_v the_o moysaicall_a worship_n &_o cause_v the_o daily_a sacrifice_n to_o cease_v six_o month_n and_o five_o day_n after_o the_o profanation_n of_o the_o temple_n the_o ten_o day_n of_o the_o seven_o month_n 54._o v._o 54._o two_o month_n and_o five_o day_n after_o they_o arrive_v at_o that_o height_n of_o boldness_n as_o even_o to_o put_v the_o idol_n of_o jupiter_n olympius_n in_o the_o temple_n of_o jerusalem_n in_o the_o fifteen_o day_n of_o the_o month_n caslen_n in_o the_o 145_o year_n they_o set_v up_o the_o abomination_n of_o desolation_n on_o the_o altar_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o build_v altar_n in_o all_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n on_o every_o side_n this_o desolation_n last_v till_o the_o ten_o day_n of_o the_o seven_o month_n of_o the_o year_n 148_o the_o day_n wherein_o macchabaeus_n enter_v again_o into_o jerusalem_n visit_v the_o holy_a place_n and_o undertake_v the_o cleanse_n of_o they_o then_o say_v judas_n and_o his_o brethren_n etc._n 1_o mae_n 4.36_o etc._n etc._n our_o enemy_n be_v discomfit_v let_v we_o go_v up_o to_o cleanse_v and_o dedicate_v the_o sanctuary_n and_o all_o the_o army_n meet_v together_o and_o go_v up_o to_o the_o mountain_n of_o god_n and_o see_v that_o the_o holy_a place_n be_v forsake_v and_o the_o altar_n profane_v etc._n etc._n and_o judas_n choose_v priest_n of_o blameless_a conversation_n etc._n etc._n who_o cleanse_v the_o sanctuary_n and_o bear_v our_o the_o defile_a stone_n into_o a_o unclean_a place_n i_o suppose_v i_o say_v that_o this_o work_n be_v begin_v the_o ten_o day_n of_o the_o seven_o month_n of_o the_o year_n 148._o and_o so_o from_o the_o ten_o of_o the_o first_o month_n of_o the_o year_n 145_o there_o be_v exact_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a the_o very_a time_n mark_v by_o the_o prophet_n for_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o profane_v of_o the_o sanctuary_n then_o therefore_o this_o profanation_n of_o it_o cease_v afterward_o i_o suppose_v they_o be_v one_o entire_a month_n in_o cleanse_v the_o temple_n and_o carry_v away_o the_o filth_n which_o the_o heathen_n have_v lay_v in_o it_o and_o take_v way_n the_o stone_n of_o the_o altar_n that_o have_v be_v build_v and_o of_o the_o great_a altar_n that_o have_v be_v profane_v by_o the_o idol_n of_o jupiter_n olympius_n add_v one_o month_n i._n e._n thirty_o day_n to_o 1260_o day_n you_o make_v 1290_o day_n which_o be_v the_o account_n we_o find_v in_o the_o 11_o verse_n of_o the_o 12_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n from_o the_o time_n that_o the_o abomination_n of_o desolation_n shall_v be_v set_v up_o shall_v be_v 1290_o day_n which_o be_v three_o year_n and_o seven_o month_n that_o be_v to_o say_v since_o the_o profanation_n of_o the_o temple_n to_o the_o finish_v its_o purification_n but_o after_o the_o finish_v this_o purification_n the_o temple_n be_v not_o yet_o in_o a_o condition_n to_o sacrifice_v in_o for_o they_o be_v fain_o to_o build_v a_o new_a altar_n and_o make_v utensil_n all_o new_a in_o the_o place_n of_o those_o that_o
simon_n the_o grammarian_n that_o not_o long_o since_o have_v set_v up_o for_o a_o interpreter_n of_o the_o revelation_n his_o new_a light_n do_v well_o deserve_v a_o particular_a chapter_n by_o themselves_o but_o for_o the_o present_a we_o must_v follow_v on_o our_o way_n and_o show_v that_o if_o the_o 1260_o day_n be_v 1260_o year_n than_o all_o that_o the_o papist_n say_v of_o antichrist_n be_v false_a and_o all_o that_o we_o say_v of_o he_o be_v true_a chimaera_n it_o be_v prove_v that_o the_o 1260_o day_n be_v 1260_o year_n the_o papist_n antichrist_n be_v a_o chimaera_n if_o it_o be_v false_a that_o this_o empire_n must_v last_v but_o 1260_o natural_a day_n it_o be_v true_a that_o it_o must_v last_v 1260_o year_n for_o i_o have_v prove_v there_o be_v no_o middle_a way_n to_o be_v take_v and_o if_o it_o be_v true_a that_o antichrist_n must_v reign_v 1260_o year_n he_o can_v no_o long_o be_v only_o one_o single_a man_n nor_o a_o revolt_a jew_n nor_o a_o false_a messiah_n nor_o a_o man_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o dan_n nor_o a_o tyrant_n that_o must_v re-establish_a the_o moysaicall_a worship_n and_o rebuild_v jerusalem_n to_o cause_v the_o jew_n to_o reign_v there_o for_o it_o will_v be_v absurd_a to_o suppose_v that_o one_o man_n shall_v live_v 1260_o year_n that_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o law_n of_o moses_n shall_v return_v for_o 12_o age_n and_o that_o judaism_n for_o so_o long_a a_o time_n shall_v oppress_v the_o christian_a religion_n if_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v last_v 1260_o year_n it_o must_v necessary_o be_v already_o come_v come_v if_o his_o duration_n be_v 1260_o year_n antichrist_n be_v come_v for_o it_o be_v to_o go_v against_o the_o general_a opinion_n of_o all_o man_n to_o suppose_v that_o before_o the_o reign_n of_o jesus_n christ_n come_v we_o must_v yet_o expect_v a_o tyrannical_a monarchy_n of_o 1200_o year_n if_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v come_v it_o must_v be_v either_o mahometanism_n or_o the_o papism_n antichristianism_n can_v be_v find_v among_o the_o arrians_a for_o they_o have_v be_v extinct_a a_o long_a time_n and_o their_o reign_n do_v not_o come_v to_o near_o 1260_o year_n we_o can_v find_v he_o among_o the_o athigenses_n who_o never_o reign_v who_o appear_v but_o for_o a_o little_a time_n and_o who_o be_v always_o oppress_v he_o cant_z cant_z be_v find_a neither_o among_o the_o lutheran_n nor_o calvinist_n for_o none_o of_o the_o character_n of_o antichristianism_n do_v agree_v to_o they_o and_o the_o papist_n will_v not_o acknowledge_v that_o our_o reign_n shall_v be_v for_o 1200_o year_n there_o be_v nothing_o remain_v but_o mahometanism_n on_o which_o one_o can_v cast_v one_o yes_n antichristianism_n mahometanism_n have_v not_o the_o character_n of_o antichristianism_n to_o seek_v out_o antichristianism_n it_o be_v indeed_o a_o antichristian_a sect_n because_o it_o be_v a_o enemy_n to_o jesus_n christ_n and_o have_v already_o subsist_v above_o a_o 1000_o year_n but_o we_o can_v find_v therein_o the_o character_n of_o antichristianism_n so_o as_o it_o be_v describe_v in_o the_o prophet_n first_o antichristianism_n must_v be_v a_o apostasy_n and_o a_o revolt_n of_o man_n that_o former_o be_v obedient_a to_o the_o faith_n the_o saracen_n arabian_n and_o turk_n the_o founder_n and_o preserver_n of_o this_o sect_n never_o be_v christian_n and_o be_v not_o apostate_n mahomet_n and_o the_o arabian_n be_v heathen_n second_o antichristianism_n must_v be_v a_o idolatry_n for_o it_o be_v call_v a_o whoredom_n and_o must_v teach_v the_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n and_o mediatory_a spirit_n now_o the_o mahometan_n be_v not_o idolater_n on_o the_o contrary_a they_o abhor_v the_o adoration_n of_o image_n and_o it_o be_v this_o that_o great_o scandalize_v they_o against_o the_o christian_a religion_n three_o in_o the_o name_n of_o antichrist_n we_o must_v find_v the_o number_n 666._o in_o the_o name_n of_o mahomet_n and_o mahometan_a arabian_n and_o saracen_n in_o any_o language_n this_o number_n be_v not_o find_v four_o anchristianism_n be_v to_o have_v its_o seat_n in_o the_o great_a city_n which_o in_o st._n johns_n time_n rule_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v rome_n as_o all_o interpreter_n unanimous_o acknowledge_v mahomet_n and_o his_o partisan_n never_o do_v possess_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o do_v not_o possess_v it_o five_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v the_o roman_a empire_n continue_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o arabian_n be_v so_o far_o from_o be_v the_o continuation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o it_o have_v be_v the_o destruction_n of_o it_o in_o the_o east_n six_o antichrist_n must_v sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n i._n e._n in_o the_o church_n mahomet_n and_o his_o successor_n be_v out_o of_o the_o church_n and_o do_v not_o belong_v to_o christendom_n seven_o ten_o king_n must_v voluntary_o give_v their_o power_n to_o antichrist_n but_o the_o arabian_n and_o saracen_n have_v conquer_v all_o kingdom_n by_o mere_a violence_n none_o do_v voluntary_o submit_v to_o they_o eight_o antichrist_n must_v be_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n i._n e._n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n mahomet_n have_v nothing_o in_o common_a with_o the_o roman_a empire_n nineth_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v proper_o nothing_o else_o but_o the_o image_n of_o a_o empire_n which_o yet_o however_o must_v be_v worship_n and_o obedience_n be_v give_v to_o it_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o mahometan_n be_v not_o a_o image_n but_o rather_o the_o most_o despotical_a and_o arbitrary_a empire_n that_o ever_o be_v in_o the_o world._n ten_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v have_v under_o it_o ten_o horn_n i._n e._n ten_o king_n ten_o horn_n every_o one_o have_v his_o crown_n and_o his_o royal_a power_n so_o far_o be_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o mahometan_n from_o suffer_v any_o vassal_n king_n to_o subsist_v that_o it_o have_v destroy_v all_o the_o great_a lord_n in_o india_n in_o persia_n in_o turkey_n every_o one_o of_o these_o mahometan_a empire_n have_v but_o one_o only_a lord_n eleven_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v but_o one_o it_o must_v not_o be_v divide_v for_o the_o king_n that_o be_v to_o submit_v to_o he_o shall_v acknowledge_v he_o for_o their_o only_a head_n but_o the_o empire_n of_o mahomet_n be_v divide_v into_o many_o empire_n the_o empire_n of_o the_o tartar_n the_o empire_n of_o the_o turk_n the_o empire_n of_o the_o persian_n the_o empire_n of_o the_o mogul_n and_o these_o four_o empire_n be_v not_o only_o different_a but_o always_o opposite_a and_o almost_o always_o enemy_n twelve_o antichrist_n must_v have_v two_o horn_n i._n e._n two_o power_n like_v to_o the_o lamb._n it_o be_v notorious_a the_o mahometan_n have_v nothing_o in_o common_a with_o jesus_n christ_n with_o his_o religion_n and_o with_o his_o power_n thirteen_o antichrist_n must_v excommunicate_v persecute_v take_v away_o liberty_n of_o commerce_n from_o all_o those_o that_o will_v not_o take_v on_o they_o his_o name_n and_o his_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n i._n e._n that_o will_v not_o follow_v his_o religion_n the_o mahometan_n suffer_v all_o sort_n of_o religion_n heathen_n and_o christian_n fourteen_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v be_v a_o head_n i._n e._n a_o kingdom_n hurt_v with_o a_o deadly_a wound_n and_o revive_v again_o this_o can_v by_o no_o mean_n agree_v to_o mahometanism_n which_o be_v a_o religion_n whole_o new_a and_o which_o have_v form_v empire_n whole_o new_a it_o be_v necessary_a to_o make_v these_o observation_n against_o those_o that_o great_o desire_v to_o take_v antichrist_n from_o rome_n will_v fain_o place_v he_o among_o the_o mahometan_n chap._n iu._n some_o principle_n to_o discover_v when_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n begin_v and_o when_o it_o must_v end_v three_o character_n of_o that_o empire_n idolatry_n pride_n and_o corruption_n that_o these_o three_o character_n begin_v to_o appear_v in_o the_o four_o age_n and_o do_v infinite_o increase_v in_o the_o five_o hitherto_o we_o have_v discourse_v on_o what_o be_v past_a now_o we_o proceed_v to_o treat_v of_o what_o be_v future_a or_o at_o least_o of_o those_o thing_n that_o be_v believe_v so_o to_o be_v for_o we_o shall_v see_v that_o many_o thing_n that_o be_v look_v upon_o as_o future_a be_v already_o past_a it_o be_v the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n and_o his_o empire_n that_o we_o be_v now_o about_o to_o speak_v of_o and_o the_o first_o question_n that_o be_v ask_v thereupon_o be_v this_o when_o shall_v that_o empire_n be_v destroy_v a_o great_a question_n and_o which_o have_v hitherto_o be_v look_v upon_o as_o a_o thing_n that_o none_o can_v penetrate_v into_o it_o be_v certain_o very_o difficult_a to_o be_v penetrate_v into_o but_o yet_o however_o i_o do_v not_o think_v it_o be_v impossible_a to_o find_v
out_o the_o truth_n there_o be_v a_o particular_a providence_n that_o preside_v over_o the_o the_o understanding_n of_o prophecy_n as_o we_o have_v observe_v god_n will_v not_o have_v they_o understand_v in_o every_o age_n because_o this_o will_v hinder_v their_o accomplishment_n but_o when_o they_o be_v just_o ready_a to_o be_v fulfil_v god_n permit_v they_o to_o be_v penetrate_v into_o and_o the_o thing_n which_o we_o see_v come_v to_o pass_v from_o day_n to_o day_n open_a man_n eye_n year_n the_o great_a point_n be_v to_o know_v where_o we_o must_v begin_v the_o 1260_o year_n in_o this_o matter_n the_o whole_a depend_v on_o our_o know_v where_o we_o must_v begin_v the_o 1260_o year_n that_o be_v assign_v for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o papism_n and_o there_o be_v as_o many_o opinion_n about_o that_o as_o there_o be_v man_n some_o begin_v they_o with_o boniface_n the_o three_o successor_n to_o gregory_n the_o great_a because_o they_o will_v be_v favourable_a to_o gregory_n the_o first_o who_o seem_v to_o have_v have_v very_o good_a thing_n in_o he_o and_o because_o his_o successor_n be_v the_o first_o that_o assume_v the_o name_n of_o universal_a bishop_n other_o descend_v low_a and_o begin_v the_o 1260_o year_n at_o the_o time_n when_o image_n be_v establish_v some_o come_v as_o far_o as_o to_o the_o 11_o age_n and_o to_o the_o reign_n of_o gregory_n the_o seven_o who_o be_v insolent_a to_o a_o high_a degree_n than_o any_o of_o his_o predecessor_n dare_v to_o advance_v themselves_o unto_o there_o be_v some_o also_o that_o come_v as_o far_o as_o to_o the_o 12_o age._n year_n the_o fountain_n of_o their_o error_n that_o descend_v so_o low_a for_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o 1260_o year_n i_o shall_v not_o amuse_v myself_o with_o mention_v much_o less_o with_o confute_v all_o these_o opinion_n i_o shall_v only_o say_v this_o bold_o that_o they_o who_o go_v so_o low_a to_o find_v out_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o 1260_o year_n be_v in_o a_o error_n that_o which_o have_v deceive_v they_o be_v this_o they_o imagine_v we_o must_v not_o begin_v the_o antichristian_a empire_n till_o the_o time_n that_o idolatry_n and_o tyranny_n be_v arrive_v to_o their_o height_n in_o the_o church_n in_o which_o i_o be_o thorough_o persuade_v they_o deceive_v themselves_o another_o cause_n of_o their_o be_v deceive_v be_v this_o have_v this_o truth_n in_o mind_n that_o rome_n must_v be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n they_o will_v not_o begin_v that_o empire_n before_o the_o roman_a church_n be_v most_o notorious_o remarkable_a for_o her_o pride_n among_o all_o the_o church_n original_n when_o any_o make_v a_o history_n of_o a_o empire_n they_o must_v begin_v it_o from_o its_o original_n total_o to_o remove_v these_o two_o mistake_n it_o must_v be_v observe_v that_o in_o every_o country_n and_o in_o every_o language_n when_o any_o will_v make_v a_o history_n of_o a_o empire_n and_o a_o kingdom_n they_o begin_v it_o from_o its_o orginal_a they_o that_o make_v the_o history_n of_o the_o frank_n or_o frenchman_n among_o the_o gaul_n do_v not_o fix_v their_o beginning_n on_o that_o time_n when_o the_o french_a be_v master_n of_o all_o the_o gaul_n from_o the_o frontier_n of_o flanders_n to_o the_o alps_o and_o the_o pyrenaean_a mountain_n for_o that_o happen_v very_o late_o but_o they_o begin_v with_o the_o first_o entry_n of_o the_o frank_n into_o gaul_n and_o their_o first_o establishment_n on_o this_o side_n the_o rhine_n when_o any_o make_v a_o history_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o rome_n they_o begin_v the_o roman_a history_n from_o the_o first_o foundation_n of_o that_o city_n so_o they_o reckon_v in_o rome_n itself_o ab_fw-la urbe_fw-la conditâ_fw-la and_o this_o way_n of_o reckon_v continue_v till_o the_o five_o age_n when_o the_o christian_a account_n begin_v to_o be_v in_o use_n and_o man_n reckon_v by_o the_o year_n of_o jesus_n christ_n moreover_o it_o be_v the_o custom_n of_o the_o scripture_n and_o of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n as_o well_o as_o of_o the_o world_n it_o be_v say_v the_o sojourn_v of_o the_o israelite_n in_o egypt_n be_v four_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o year_n yet_o they_o be_v not_o in_o that_o slavery_n above_o 210_o year_n but_o the_o holy_a spirit_n reckon_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o call_n of_o abraham_n and_o his_o pass_v into_o canaan_n where_o he_o and_o his_o offspring_n be_v stranger_n it_o be_v therefore_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o pilgrimage_n of_o the_o family_n of_o abraham_n which_o god_n begin_v from_o its_o original_n last_o it_o be_v the_o stile_n of_o the_o prophet_n and_o particular_o in_o the_o prophecy_n we_o be_v treat_v of_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n all_o the_o world_n agree_v in_o that_o where_o do_v the_o holy_a spirit_n begin_v the_o history_n of_o that_o beast_n or_o of_o that_o empire_n not_o at_o the_o point_n of_o its_o grandeur_n which_o happen_v not_o till_o above_o 400_o year_n after_o its_o original_n but_o from_o the_o point_n of_o its_o birth_n and_o that_o be_v clear_a because_o he_o ascribe_v seven_o head_n to_o that_o beast_n head_n which_o signify_v so_o many_o government_n under_o which_o rome_n have_v pass_v now_o the_o first_o of_o these_o government_n be_v that_o of_o king_n under_o who_o rome_n in_o the_o beginning_n be_v no_o more_o than_o a_o great_a village_n and_o afterward_o a_o very_a little_a city_n without_o dependency_n this_o principle_n therefore_o must_v be_v suppose_v that_o the_o h._n spirit_n date_n the_o antichristian_a empire_n from_o its_o original_n rome_n it_o be_v not_o necessary_a that_o the_o first_o seed_n of_o antichristiaenism_n shall_v have_v be_v conceive_v at_o rome_n the_o other_o mistake_v that_o we_o must_v get_v rid_v of_o be_v this_o that_o rome_n be_v precise_o the_o place_n where_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v have_v its_o birth_n it_o be_v not_o so_o antichristianism_n be_v bear_v every_o where_o and_o it_o may_v very_o well_o be_v bear_v in_o the_o east_n before_o it_o come_v to_o fix_v its_o seat_n in_o the_o west_n that_o which_o make_v man_n affix_v the_o birth_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n precise_o to_o rome_n be_v because_o be_v strike_v with_o what_o saint_n paul_n say_v that_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n must_v exalt_v himself_o above_o all_o that_o be_v call_v god_n they_o have_v confine_v antichristianism_n principal_o and_o almost_o sole_o to_o tyranny_n and_o pride_n and_o have_v imagine_v that_o the_o birth_n of_o antichristianism_n be_v not_o to_o be_v find_v but_o in_o that_o city_n which_o have_v always_o be_v and_o which_o afresh_o be_v to_o be_v the_o throne_n of_o pride_n but_o herein_o they_o have_v be_v deceive_v antichristianism_n consist_v no_o less_o in_o idolatry_n and_o corruption_n of_o manner_n than_o in_o tyranny_n in_o such_o a_o manner_n that_o in_o all_o place_n where_o we_o see_v the_o birth_n of_o idolatry_n superstition_n and_o corruption_n there_o without_o doubt_n antichristianism_n be_v bear_v these_o principle_n be_v lay_v down_o the_o three_o character_n which_o we_o have_v affix_v to_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n by_o reason_n of_o its_o three_o name_n must_v be_v remember_v idolatry_n because_o it_o be_v call_v babylon_n the_o mother_n of_o fornication_n and_o abomination_n corruption_n of_o manner_n because_o it_o be_v call_v sodom_n pride_n and_o tyranny_n superstition_n the_o three_o character_n of_o antichristianism_n begin_v in_o the_o four_o age_n and_o first_o of_o all_o superstition_n because_o it_o be_v call_v egypt_n when_o these_o three_o sin_n begin_v to_o be_v establish_v in_o the_o church_n antichristianism_n begin_v to_o enter_v into_o it_o now_o it_o be_v certain_a it_o be_v towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o four_o and_o in_o the_o whole_a five_o age_n that_o these_o disorder_n receive_v their_o birth_n the_o superstition_n of_o relic_n the_o veneration_n and_o worship_n of_o they_o and_o immediate_o after_o the_o invocation_n and_o intercession_n of_o the_o saint_n be_v introduce_v about_o the_o year_n 360._o or_o 380._o already_o before_o this_o time_n that_o superstition_n have_v begin_v among_o the_o people_n i_o do_v not_o at_o all_o doubt_n but_o that_o woman_n and_o simple_a person_n especial_o those_o that_o be_v but_o new_o convert_v from_o paganism_n be_v the_o first_o author_n of_o it_o devout_a ignorant_a people_n easy_o fall_v into_o superstition_n it_o have_v be_v a_o very_a ancient_a custom_n to_o frequent_v the_o martyr_n tomb_n there_o to_o celebrate_v their_o memory_n to_o pray_v for_o they_o and_o there_o to_o pray_v for_o themselves_o for_o in_o eusebius_n time_n man_n be_v wont_a to_o assemble_v themselves_o at_o the_o sepulchre_n of_o the_o martyr_n to_o say_v their_o prayer_n upon_o their_o sepulchre_n and_o there_o to_o honour_v their_o most_o happy_a soul_n the_o papist_n in_o this_o passage_n will_v
and_o beget_v and_o cause_v fertility_n when_o his_o heat_n be_v moderate_a as_o he_o cause_v sterility_n when_o it_o be_v excessive_a it_o be_v by_o heat_n that_o he_o preserve_v and_o strengthen_v health_n when_o his_o beam_n be_v gentle_a and_o it_o be_v by_o it_o that_o he_o produce_v death_n when_o his_o beam_n be_v mingle_v with_o poisonous_a vapour_n authority_n and_o power_n in_o sovereign_n exact_o correspond_v to_o heat_n and_o light_n in_o the_o sun_n it_o be_v this_o authorrity_n which_o warm_v and_o burn_v which_o save_v and_o destroy_v which_o do_v good_a and_o hurt_n when_o it_o be_v moderate_a like_o a_o sun_n it_o enlighten_v and_o preserve_v that_o state_n when_o it_o be_v excessive_a it_o be_v like_o a_o fire_n which_o devour_v when_o it_o be_v gentle_a and_o the_o prince_n use_v it_o aright_o there_o be_v no_o advantage_n that_o it_o do_v not_o produce_v fertility_n abundance_n peace_n strength_n &_o health_n of_o the_o commonwealth_n but_o when_o it_o be_v malign_a and_o the_o prince_n use_v it_o wrong_n it_o be_v a_o burn_a sun_n which_o consume_v which_o waste_v which_o scorch_v and_o kill_v which_o bring_v barrenness_n and_o want_n into_o the_o place_n of_o abundance_n trouble_n and_o confusion_n into_o the_o room_n of_o peace_n and_o death_n into_o the_o place_n of_o life_n these_o thing_n also_o carry_v a_o undeniable_a evidence_n authority_n the_o increase_n of_o heat_n signify_v the_o increase_n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n therefore_o i_o conclude_v not_o by_o way_n of_o naked_a conjecture_n but_o with_o assurance_n that_o the_o increase_n of_o heat_n in_o the_o sun_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n and_o in_o his_o beam_n be_v the_o increase_n of_o his_o authority_n and_o power_n and_o also_o the_o pernicious_a and_o wicked_a use_n of_o this_o usurp_a power_n and_o this_o clear_o signify_v that_o prodigious_a augmentation_n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n and_o power_n which_o be_v make_v in_o the_o eleven_o thirteen_o and_o fourteen_o century_n the_o pope_n have_v be_v tyrant_n over_o the_o church_n than_o he_o become_v tyrant_n over_o the_o world._n gregory_n vii_o by_o a_o incredible_a attempt_n raise_v himself_o above_o all_o sovereign_n excommunicate_v emperor_n and_o king_n depose_v they_o and_o take_v away_o their_o crown_n make_v other_o emperor_n and_o other_o king_n to_o who_o he_o give_v the_o territory_n of_o the_o former_a his_o successor_n keep_v the_o same_o path_n yea_o outgo_v he_o they_o have_v a_o mind_n to_o make_v emperor_n their_o vassal_n and_o do_v so_o this_o heat_n scorch_v man_n like_o fire_n and_o man_n be_v scorch_v with_o great_a heat_n for_o none_o can_v describe_v the_o dismal_a desolation_n which_o pope_n have_v make_v by_o the_o use_n of_o this_o usurp_a and_o excessive_a authority_n europe_n the_o increase_n of_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o pope_n have_v almost_o consume_v all_o europe_n it_o cost_v henry_n iu._n alone_o sixty_o and_o odd_a battle_n and_o combat_n in_o which_o he_o be_v engage_v to_o defend_v himself_o against_o the_o enemy_n which_o the_o pope_n stir_v up_o the_o history_n of_o the_o two_o frederik_v that_o of_o lewis_n of_o bavaria_n &_o the_o general_a history_n of_o germany_n for_o the_o space_n of_o 300_o year_n can_v witness_v to_o what_o i_o say_v without_o reckon_v england_n france_n and_o other_o state_n where_o the_o papal_a authority_n have_v cause_v bloody_a and_o horrible_a tragedy_n and_o such_o trouble_n who_o bare_a read_n do_v move_v compassion_n matthew_n paris_n alone_o may_v suffice_v to_o let_v we_o know_v how_o exact_o this_o prophecy_n be_v accomplish_v that_o the_o beam_n of_o the_o sun_n scorch_v man_n he_o tell_v we_o how_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o pope_n make_v such_o exaction_n in_o england_n second_o chap._n 6.7_o 8._o of_o the_o first_o part_n chap._n 5._o of_o the_o second_o and_o bring_v it_o to_o so_o great_a misery_n that_o it_o be_v almost_o quite_o ruin_v this_o may_v be_v find_v every_o where_o and_o late_o in_o our_o history_n of_o popery_n in_o the_o first_o and_o three_o recrimination_n three_o why_o the_o four_o plague_n begin_v before_o the_o second_o and_o three_o this_o be_v the_o four_o plague_n and_o whoever_o serious_o consider_v this_o matter_n will_v have_v no_o scruple_n about_o it_o not_o more_o than_o i_o have_v perhaps_o some_o will_v make_v one_o that_o this_o four_o plague_n do_v begin_v before_o the_o second_o for_o the_o prodigious_a tyranny_n of_o the_o pope_n begin_v under_o hildebrand_n name_v gregory_n vii_o about_o the_o year_n 1074_o and_o the_o croisades_n do_v not_o begin_v till_o 1096._o more_o than_o 20_o year_n afterward_o wherefore_o then_o do_v the_o spirit_n make_v this_o to_o be_v the_o four_o plague_n and_o not_o the_o second_o i_o answer_v because_o this_o come_v down_o low_a than_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o croisades_n the_o croisades_n end_v about_o the_o year_n 1270._o when_o as_o this_o papal_a tyranny_n continue_v in_o all_o its_o strength_n and_o all_o its_o dreadful_a effect_n the_o whole_a thirteen_o and_o the_o whole_a fourteen_o century_n afterward_o though_o the_o pope_n have_v ever_o keep_v up_o and_o do_v still_o the_o same_o pretension_n notwithstanding_o they_o do_v far_o less_o mischief_n in_o europe_n by_o the_o use_n of_o this_o proud_a authority_n which_o they_o take_v to_o themselves_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o the_o prophecy_n which_o divide_v time_n and_o event_n by_o period_n do_v not_o divide_v they_o in_o such_o a_o manner_n another_o in_o prophecy_n the_o period_n of_o time_n be_v often_o inlayd_a in_o one_o another_o that_o one_o period_n shall_v begin_v exact_o where_o another_o end_n on_o the_o contrary_a they_o be_v always_o joint_v or_o inlayd_a one_o within_o another_o for_o example_n the_o roman_a monarchy_n do_v not_o begin_v where_o the_o grecian_a end_n on_o the_o contrary_a the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o its_o long_a duration_n do_v take_v in_o the_o whole_a grecian_a entire_o yea_o it_o begin_v before_o the_o grecian_a when_o alexander_n found_v the_o grecian_a empire_n the_o roman_n have_v already_o begin_v to_o make_v a_o figure_n in_o the_o world._n and_o livy_n in_o that_o part_n of_o his_o history_n prove_v that_o if_o alexander_n have_v march_v into_o the_o west_n as_o once_o he_o design_v he_o have_v not_o so_o easy_o master_v rome_n as_o he_o do_v the_o east_n rome_n have_v at_o that_o time_n conquer_v all_o her_o neighbour_n she_o have_v subdue_v the_o aequi_n the_o volsci_n the_o samnite_n yea_o she_o have_v humble_v the_o gaul_n by_o many_o defeat_v give_v to_o they_o at_o that_o time_n live_v the_o fabius_n the_o papyrij_fw-la and_o many_o other_o heroe_n who_o name_n be_v so_o famous_a in_o history_n the_o city_n be_v at_o that_o time_n 420_o year_n old_a and_o the_o prophecy_n do_v reckon_v the_o destiny_n of_o rome_n from_o its_o first_o beginning_n for_o they_o mention_v its_o seven_o head_n i.e._n the_o seven_o government_n year_n revel_v 17._o the_o four_o monarchy_n precede_v the_o three_o more_o theâ—_n fâ—ur_n hundred_o year_n under_o which_o they_o do_v consider_v it_o of_o which_o the_o first_o be_v that_o of_o their_o king_n so_o that_o the_o four_o monarchy_n do_v precede_v the_o three_o more_o than_o 400_o year_n but_o notwithstanding_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n be_v reckon_v the_o four_o because_o it_o keep_v its_o grandeur_n entire_a nay_o do_v much_o increase_v it_o a_o long_a time_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o grecian_a thus_o the_o plague_n of_o the_o sun_n i.e._n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n be_v reckon_v as_o the_o four_o though_o it_o begin_v before_o the_o second_o because_o it_o continue_v during_o the_o second_o and_o three_o plague_n and_o its_o reign_n be_v lengthen_v above_o a_o hundred_o year_n after_o they_o both_o and_o the_o last_o hundred_o year_n ought_v to_o be_v reckon_v as_o the_o period_n of_o the_o sourth_fw-mi plague_n there_o be_v another_o objection_n which_o will_v seem_v strong_a but_o notwithstanding_o be_v more_o easy_o answer_v according_a to_o our_o exposition_n the_o augmentation_n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n be_v account_v to_o be_v a_o calamity_n upon_o the_o antichristian_a state_n whereas_o on_o the_o contrary_a it_o be_v the_o high_a step_n of_o its_o exaltation_n and_o perfection_n i_o answer_v that_o the_o one_o contradict_v not_o the_o other_o for_o first_o we_o must_v remember_v the_o remark_n already_o make_v viz._n that_o these_o plague_n do_v not_o all_o fall_n upon_o the_o head_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n they_o be_v heavy_a judgement_n of_o god_n which_o often_o touch_v not_o the_o pope_n who_o be_v the_o instrument_n to_o execute_v they_o the_o plague_n fall_v on_o they_o that_o worship_v the_o beast_n and_o his_o image_n and_o not_o on_o the_o beast_n himself_o and_o on_o the_o false_a prophet_n yea_o this_o false_a prophet_n be_v a_o instrument_n in_o
whether_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o sword_n fire_n and_o bloodshed_n i_o see_v nothing_o in_o the_o whole_a revelation_n which_o oblige_v we_o to_o believe_v so_o for_o though_o in_o this_o and_o several_a other_o passage_n the_o ruin_n of_o popery_n be_v paint_v out_o in_o expression_n borrow_v from_o war_n slaughter_n and_o bloodshed_n yea_o in_o the_o most_o terrible_a and_o high_a expression_n nevertheless_o this_o may_v very_o well_o be_v understand_v figurative_o for_o the_o destruction_n of_o paganism_n be_v paint_v out_o in_o almost_o the_o same_o expression_n by_o the_o prophet_n though_o it_o be_v bring_v to_o pass_v without_o bloodshed_n as_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v form_v without_o war_n by_o the_o sottish_a complaisance_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o suffer_v their_o power_n to_o be_v snatch_v from_o they_o or_o rather_o do_v voluntary_o surrender_v it_o so_o this_o antichristian_a kingdom_n may_v perish_v without_o weapon_n by_o a_o word_n of_o two_o letter_n the_o prince_n of_o the_o earth_n need_v only_o say_v no_o and_o the_o tyranny_n of_o antichrist_n will_v fall_v to_o the_o ground_n and_o as_o for_o idolatry_n which_o be_v the_o other_o part_n of_o antichristianism_n the_o word_n and_o grace_n of_o god_n must_v destroy_v it_o nevertheless_o i_o be_o willing_a to_o submit_v to_o the_o general_a consent_n of_o interpreter_n of_o both_o communion_n who_o unanimous_o hold_v that_o in_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o great_a effusion_n of_o blood_n and_o that_o babylon_n the_o capital_a city_n of_o that_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v lay_v in_o ash_n i_o be_o willing_a therefore_o to_o believe_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v some_o bloodshed_n not_o for_o any_o passage_n in_o the_o revelation_n but_o for_o these_o two_o reason_n destroy_v rome_n must_v be_v miserable_o destroy_v 1._o the_o first_o that_o it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o partisan_n will_v yield_v without_o resistance_n they_o will_v stand_v out_o and_o in_o defend_v themselves_o will_n attaque_fw-la in_o which_o attaque_fw-la they_o shall_v perish_v 2._o the_o second_o it_o seem_v agreeable_a to_o the_o divine_a justice_n that_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n that_o for_o two_o thousand_o year_n be_v the_o mistress_n of_o the_o world_n the_o tyrant_n of_o the_o universe_n which_o have_v shed_v so_o much_o blood_n and_o have_v be_v deluge_v with_o so_o many_o impurity_n shall_v be_v overwhelm_v and_o the_o world_n be_v avenge_v jerusalem_n who_o be_v not_o guilty_a of_o such_o excess_n be_v ruin_v by_o a_o dreadful_a destiny_n it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o god_n make_v ready_a a_o less_o destruction_n for_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n foretold_v here_o the_o last_o lack_v of_o rome_n be_v foretold_v if_o this_o be_v so_o this_o passage_n without_o doubt_n be_v one_o of_o those_o that_o foretell_v this_o bloody_a tragedy_n the_o city_n which_o be_v speak_v of_o here_o without_o the_o city_n must_v be_v rome_n but_o we_o have_v say_v before_o and_o shall_v hereafter_o prove_v that_o this_o word_n ought_v to_o be_v take_v only_o for_o rome_n in_o conjunction_n with_o her_o empire_n here_o it_o be_v rome_n alone_o and_o not_o her_o empire_n it_o be_v true_a but_o the_o reason_n be_v that_o when_o she_o shall_v be_v lay_v waste_n in_o the_o manner_n that_o be_v mention_v here_o she_o shall_v have_v no_o more_o any_o empire_n all_o her_o province_n shall_v be_v revolt_v she_o shall_v be_v leave_v alone_o of_o her_o whole_a party_n so_o that_o in_o this_o place_n she_o ought_v to_o appear_v all_o alone_a and_o the_o city_n can_v signify_v any_o more_o than_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n because_o she_o shall_v have_v no_o more_o any_o dependent_a province_n except_v that_o which_o be_v call_v the_o patrimony_n of_o st._n peter_n which_o joseph_n mede_n believe_v be_v mean_v by_o these_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o furlong_n for_o he_o say_v that_o the_o country_n that_o reach_v from_o the_o wall_n of_o rome_n unto_o the_o river_n po_n contain_v 200_o italian_a mile_n which_o make_v exact_o 1600_o furlong_n if_o this_o conjecture_n be_v true_a as_o it_o be_v probable_a this_o signify_v that_o all_o the_o force_n which_o the_o pope_n shall_v be_v able_a to_o get_v together_o shall_v be_v whole_o destroy_v without_o the_o city_n i._n e._n without_o rome_n in_o that_o part_n of_o the_o country_n which_o lie_v betwixt_o rome_n and_o the_o river_n po._n chap._n xii_o the_o explication_n of_o that_o part_n of_o the_o eleven_o chapter_n where_o the_o last_o persecution_n make_v by_o antichrist_n be_v foretold_v which_o be_v the_o present_a persecution_n in_o france_n the_o death_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n who_o shall_v not_o be_v bury_v by_o mean_n of_o the_o succour_n bring_v by_o the_o enemy_n of_o france_n the_o first_o chapter_n in_o the_o revelation_n where_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichristianism_n be_v fore-fold_n be_v the_o eleven_o we_o pass_v over_o it_o for_o the_o reason_n above_o mention_v we_o come_v again_o to_o it_o at_o present_a and_o place_n it_o the_o last_o that_o we_o may_v place_v it_o according_a to_o the_o order_n of_o event_n we_o have_v observe_v that_o there_o be_v find_v in_o it_o a_o epitome_n or_o short_a draught_n of_o the_o whole_a history_n of_o the_o church_n from_o the_o resurrection_n of_o jesus_n christ_n until_o his_o come_n into_o the_o world_n to_o erect_v his_o kingdom_n there_o the_o pure_a church_n of_o the_o three_o first_o age_n be_v hide_v under_o these_o word_n measure_v the_o temple_n and_o the_o altar_n and_o those_o that_o worship_n therein_o and_o the_o corrupt_a antichristian_a one_o under_o the_o gentile_n who_o must_v tread_v under_o foot_n the_o holy_a city_n forty_o and_o two_o month_n that_o be_v the_o outward_a court_n but_o the_o court_n that_o be_v without_o the_o temple_n leave_v out_o and_o measure_v it_o not_o for_o it_o be_v give_v to_o the_o gentile_n this_o outward_a court_n as_o usher_n have_v divine_o explain_v it_o in_o his_o prophecy_n signify_v christian_n in_o appearance_n who_o religion_n consist_v in_o the_o performance_n of_o some_o external_a duty_n of_o christianiâ—y_n without_o have_v the_o inward_a life_n or_o the_o true_a faith_n which_o shall_v unite_v they_o to_o jesus_n christ_n but_o those_o who_o worship_n in_o the_o temple_n and_o before_o the_o altar_n be_v those_o who_o sincere_o worship_n god_n in_o spirit_n and_o truth_n who_o soul_n be_v his_o temple_n in_o which_o he_o be_v adore_v and_o honour_v with_o the_o most_o inward_a thought_n of_o their_o heart_n and_o who_o offer_v unto_o he_o a_o constant_a sacrifice_n not_o only_o of_o their_o lust_n but_o of_o their_o whole_a self_n thus_o this_o holy_a man_n speak_v and_o i_o confess_v that_o i_o see_v in_o his_o word_n the_o character_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o god._n these_o be_v the_o true_a worshipper_n who_o god_n do_v measure_n and_o who_o he_o make_v account_n of_o and_o these_o be_v those_o who_o possess_v the_o church_n during_o the_o three_o or_o four_o first_o age_n but_o afterward_o the_o church_n become_v a_o outward_a court_n be_v fill_v with_o feign_a worshipper_n who_o make_v christianity_n to_o consist_v in_o a_o appearance_n of_o piety_n and_o in_o external_a ceremony_n then_o god_n pronounce_v concern_v this_o court_n let_v it_o be_v give_v to_o the_o gentile_n for_o forty_o and_o two_o month_n then_o paganism_n idolatry_n the_o worship_n of_o subordinate_a god_n mediator_n and_o a_o thousand_o heathenish_a ceremony_n be_v introduce_v into_o christianity_n and_o this_o outward_a court_n these_o formal_a outside_n worshipper_n be_v give_v up_o to_o a_o spirit_n of_o error_n and_o superstition_n to_o begin_v antichristianism_n and_o make_v it_o continue_v twelve_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n we_o have_v also_o in_o this_o chapter_n the_o church_n under_o the_o cross_n persecute_v and_o hide_v in_o babylon_n in_o the_o two_o witness_n who_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n a_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n we_o have_v in_o it_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o last_o trumpet_n and_o the_o thousand_o year_n reign_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o the_o church_n for_o at_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earch_n become_v god_n and_o his_o christ_n last_o we_o have_v in_o it_o a_o remarkable_a event_n which_o must_v come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichristian_a popery_n and_o it_o be_v express_v in_o these_o term_n v._o 7._o and_o when_o they_o shall_v have_v finish_v their_o testimony_n the_o beast_n that_o ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n shall_v make_v war_n against_o they_o and_o shall_v overcome_v they_o and_o kill_v they_o v._o 8._o and_o their_o dead_a body_n shall_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n which_o
itself_o and_o its_o own_o safety_n reformation_n the_o enemy_n of_o france_n shall_v hinder_v the_o destroy_n of_o the_o reformation_n language_n tribe_n and_o nation_n always_o signify_v several_a peoples_n and_o never_o one_o only_a people_n thus_o it_o be_v evident_a by_o this_o prophecy_n that_o the_o people_n who_o be_v neighbour_n to_o france_n nay_o those_o who_o be_v distant_a from_o she_o shall_v stop_v she_o in_o this_o furious_a design_n of_o destroy_v the_o reform_a religion_n but_o after_o what_o manner_n they_o shall_v hinder_v she_o this_o prophecy_n speak_v not_o perhaps_o it_o shall_v be_v by_o cause_v some_o trouble_n to_o france_n during_o which_o the_o persecute_a faithful_a one_o shall_v have_v opportunity_n of_o breathe_v and_o of_o give_v a_o new_a birth_n to_o the_o truth_n we_o shall_v quick_o know_v whether_o god_n be_v prepare_v this_o already_o all_o the_o protestant_n every_o where_o have_v unite_v their_o interest_n and_o it_o can_v be_v doubt_v this_o good_a understanding_n between_o they_o which_o appear_v be_v owe_v unto_o the_o persecution_n in_o france_n the_o house_n of_o austria_n itself_o begin_v to_o understand_v its_o true_a interest_n there_o be_v ground_n to_o hope_n that_o the_o late_a truce_n which_o give_v opportunity_n for_o this_o persecution_n will_v not_o be_v calm_a enough_o to_o give_v the_o persecutor_n leisure_n whole_o to_o extinguish_v the_o truth_n perhaps_o if_o shall_v be_v by_o another_o method_n that_o the_o several_a nation_n shall_v hinder_v the_o ruin_n of_o the_o reformation_n in_o france_n without_o doubt_n they_o do_v something_o towards_o it_o by_o the_o shelter_n and_o succour_n which_o they_o afford_v to_o the_o fugitive_n and_o particular_o to_o the_o pastor_n who_o god_n reserve_v that_o they_o may_v again_o kindle_v the_o torch_n of_o the_o doctrine_n of_o truth_n yea_o in_o france_n itself_o which_o be_v the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n god_n will_v preserve_v a_o number_n of_o the_o faithful_a who_o shall_v hinder_v the_o burial_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n and_o the_o utter_a perish_v of_o the_o truth_n there_o have_v be_v persecution_n in_o which_o the_o truth_n have_v be_v as_o it_o be_v quite_o sink_v to_o the_o bottom_n and_o bury_v in_o certain_a place_n this_o must_v not_o happen_v in_o this_o last_o persecution_n the_o truth_n will_v be_v oppress_v yea_o suppress_v but_o it_o shall_v be_v most_o clear_o discern_v and_o those_o who_o shall_v hold_v it_o in_o their_o heart_n shall_v be_v most_o evident_o see_v and_o know_v as_o in_o dead_a body_n unbury_v they_o be_v dead_a and_o yet_o man_n do_v see_v they_o as_o clear_o as_o if_o they_o be_v alive_a this_o persecution_n shall_v not_o come_v as_o far_o as_o a_o final_a suppression_n of_o the_o truth_n as_o happen_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o albigenses_n when_o not_o only_o the_o witness_n be_v kill_v but_o be_v bury_v and_o disappear_v for_o several_a age_n for_o though_o some_o of_o they_o be_v disperse_v do_v preserve_v and_o carry_v the_o truth_n into_o several_a desert_n place_n nevertheless_o the_o body_n of_o they_o be_v bury_v and_o disappear_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o popish_a kingdom_n which_o shall_v not_o happen_v in_o this_o last_o persecution_n and_o they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n shall_v rejoice_v over_o they_o and_o shall_v send_v gift_n one_o to_o another_o because_o these_o two_o prophet_n torment_v they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n observe_v it_o well_o these_o be_v not_o the_o same_o with_o those_o who_o hinder_v the_o dead_a body_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n from_o be_v bury_v those_o be_v call_v they_o of_o the_o people_n and_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n these_o be_v call_v they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n the_o former_a hinder_v the_o burial_n out_o of_o piety_n these_o rejoice_v over_o their_o death_n out_o of_o impiety_n in_o this_o whole_a prophecy_n the_o earth_n always_o signify_v the_o territory_n and_o extent_n of_o the_o papacy_n and_o antichristian_a kingdom_n they_o be_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o these_o territory_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n who_o rejoice_v at_o this_o day_n we_o see_v this_o prophecy_n fulfil_v popery_n triumph_v every_o where_o yea_o they_o who_o live_v in_o protestant_a state_n be_v full_a of_o hope_n to_o see_v quick_o their_o religion_n uppermost_a and_o nothing_o be_v more_o arrogant_a and_o insult_a than_o their_o carriage_n but_o in_o a_o few_o year_n they_o shall_v see_v their_o pride_n bring_v very_o low_a which_o we_o be_v about_o to_o show_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n chap._n xiii_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n the_o reformation_n shall_v within_o a_o few_o year_n rise_v again_o in_o france_n after_o that_o it_o shall_v be_v establish_v by_o royal_a authority_n france_z shall_v renounce_v popery_n and_o that_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v convert_v the_o body_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n must_v remain_v dead_a only_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a and_o after_o these_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a the_o spirit_n of_o life_n from_o god_n shall_v enter_v into_o they_o and_o they_o shall_v stand_v upon_o their_o foot_n in_o my_o prejud_n against_o popery_n i_o fix_v these_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a upon_o that_o space_n of_o time_n which_o last_v from_o the_o council_n of_o basil_n and_o destruction_n of_o the_o taborite_n until_o luther_n during_o which_o time_n it_o seem_v as_o if_o the_o witness_n have_v be_v dead_a but_o i_o have_v whole_o abandon_v that_o conjecture_n after_o i_o have_v serious_o consider_v it_o first_o because_o in_o that_o space_n of_o time_n the_o witness_n be_v bury_v as_o well_o as_o slay_v it_o be_v true_a there_o continue_v some_o remainder_n of_o calixtin_n in_o bohemia_n but_o they_o deserve_v not_o to_o be_v reckon_v as_o a_o body_n again_o it_o be_v not_o usual_a in_o scripture_n to_o take_v a_o break_a number_n as_o this_o of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a to_o denote_v a_o uncertain_a and_o indefinite_a number_n as_o i_o observe_v above_o so_o that_o i_o be_o persuade_v that_o these_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a be_v three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a a_o day_n stand_v for_o a_o year_n as_o the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a be_v 1260_o year_n take_v a_o year_n for_o a_o day_n it_o be_v therefore_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a during_o which_o the_o external_a profession_n of_o the_o truth_n must_v be_v altogether_o suppress_v and_o after_o which_o it_o shall_v be_v raise_v again_o to_o life_n and_o as_o i_o reject_v my_o own_o notion_n i_o will_v not_o that_o any_o shall_v embrace_v those_o of_o dr._n more_o who_o have_v late_o write_v upon_o the_o revelation_n he_o will_v have_v the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a here_o to_o signify_v the_o same_o thing_n which_o the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a do_v viz._n 1260_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n but_o true_o he_o do_v not_o well_o consider_v this_o point_n when_o he_o write_v this_o first_o this_o will_v be_v a_o affect_a and_o very_o profound_a obscurity_n after_o he_o have_v reduce_v the_o 1260_o year_n to_o 1260_o day_n which_o make_v three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a then_o to_o reduce_v the_o same_o 1260_o year_n to_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a we_o can_v find_v a_o example_n where_o the_o holy_a ghost_n set_v forth_o the_o same_o space_n of_o time_n and_o in_o the_o same_o place_n after_o so_o different_a a_o manner_n but_o above_o all_o we_o must_v take_v notice_n that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n do_v here_o in_o a_o most_o exact_a manner_n distinguish_v these_o four_o thing_n 1._o the_o preach_v of_o the_o witness_n they_o shall_v prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n 2._o the_o death_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o after_o this_o their_o body_n lie_v dead_a in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n 3._o the_o duration_n of_o their_o prophecy_n and_o testimony_n they_o shall_v prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n 1260_o day_n 4._o and_o last_o the_o duration_n of_o their_o death_n they_o shall_v see_v their_o dead_a body_n in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o city_n three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a he_o that_o will_v confound_v the_o two_o last_o of_o these_o viz._n the_o 1260_o year_n and_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a must_v also_o confound_v the_o two_o first_o viz._n the_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n and_o the_o lie_a dead_a in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o city_n but_o certain_o nothing_o be_v more_o different_a then_o to_o prophesy_v and_o to_o lie_v dead_a at_o least_o it_o must_v be_v suppose_v that_o the_o witness_n prophesy_v while_o they_o be_v dead_a for_o their_o prophesy_a and_o their_o death_n be_v exact_o fix_v on_o the_o same_o period_n denote_v by_o 1260_o day_n and_o by_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a they_o must_v happen_v at_o the_o same_o time_n but_o
elevation_n of_o elijah_n and_o of_o jesus_n christ_n who_o be_v lift_v up_o above_o the_o cloud_n and_o their_o enemy_n behold_v they_o popery_n shall_v not_o as_o yet_o be_v destroy_v in_o france_n when_o this_o shall_v happen_v the_o priest_n the_o clergy_n and_o monk_n shall_v be_v spectator_n of_o this_o great_a work_n but_o the_o end_n of_o popery_n in_o france_n shall_v come_v quick_o after_o for_o the_o same_o hour-there_a be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n mark_v the_o same_o hour_n he_o say_v not_o and_z after_z as_o he_o have_v say_v to_o express_v a_o space_n of_o time_n between_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o their_o ascend_v up_o even_o to_o the_o throne_n but_o he_o say_v the_o same_o hour_n to_o signisy_n that_o assoon_o as_o the_o reformation_n shall_v be_v establish_v by_o a_o solemn_a edict_n of_o the_o prince_n as_o by_o a_o great_a voice_n from_o heaven_n the_o total_a destruction_n of_o popery_n shall_v happen_v as_o we_o be_v about_o to_o show_v and_o the_o same_o hour_n there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n i_o will_v not_o spend_v time_n upon_o the_o signification_n of_o this_o representation_n a_o earthquake_n for_o it_o be_v know_v by_o all_o who_o be_v verse_v in_o the_o prophet_n 20._o see_v isa_n 170_o 13._o and_o 24.19_o 20._o jer._n 4.24_o and_o 49_o 20._o that_o in_o the_o prophetic_a style_n a_o earthquake_n signify_v a_o great_a commotion_n of_o nation_n that_o must_v change_v the_o face_n of_o the_o world_n because_o earthquake_n do_v overturn_v city_n mountain_n and_o whole_o change_v the_o face_n of_o a_o country_n make_v valley_n where_o there_o be_v mountain_n and_o hill_n where_o there_o be_v valley_n and_o lake_n which_o be_v dry_a land_n before_o and_o desert_n of_o country_n which_o be_v inhabit_v so_o that_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o according_a to_o this_o prophecy_n in_o a_o very_a few_o year_n the_o face_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n shall_v be_v change_v but_o not_o every_o where_n it_o shall_v be_v only_o in_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n which_o shall_v fall_v by_o this_o earthquake_n alone_o the_o city_n signify_v the_o roman_a antichristian_a empire_n and_o not_o rome_n alone_o and_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n fall_v this_o be_v a_o passage_n where_o interpreter_n have_v be_v short_a sight_v not_o except_v our_o joseph_n mede_n who_o often_o have_v so_o quick_a a_o sight_n to_o understand_v this_o we_o must_v first_o know_v what_o the_o city_n be_v joseph_n mede_n be_v mistake_v together_o with_o all_o the_o rest_n when_o he_o understand_v this_o to_o mean_v precise_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n it_o be_v a_o truth_n which_o must_v be_v hold_v as_o certain_a be_v one_o of_o the_o key_n of_o the_o revelation_n that_o the_o city_n the_o great_a city_n signify_v in_o this_o book_n not_o rome_n alone_o but_o rome_n in_o conjunction_n with_o its_o empire_n the_o name_n of_o this_o great_a city_n be_v babylon_n now_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o babylon_n be_v the_o whole_a babylonian_a kingdom_n come_v out_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n it_o be_v not_o from_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n invite_v his_o elect_n to_o come_v out_o it_o be_v from_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n from_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n this_o passage_n alone_o together_o with_o that_o in_o this_o eleven_o chapter_n v._o 8_o and_o their_o dead_a body_n shall_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n which_o spiritual_o be_v call_v sodom_n and_o egypt_n where_o also_o our_o lord_n be_v cruicify_v be_v enough_o to_o prove_v that_o the_o babylonian_a city_n be_v not_o rome_n alone_o our_o lord_n be_v not_o crucify_v in_o rome_n and_o if_o we_o shall_v here_o take_v crucify_a in_o a_o figurative_a sense_n for_o the_o crucify_a of_o the_o religion_n of_o jesus_n christ_n this_o have_v be_v sacrifice_v at_o rome_n no_o more_o than_o in_o other_o place_n of_o the_o latin_a church_n in_o the_o 14_o chapter_n the_o holy_a ghost_n describe_v the_o fall_n of_o this_o city_n of_o babylon_n babylon_n be_v fall_v be_v fall_v that_o great_a city_n and_o in_o the_o same_o vision_n he_o foretells_a the_o ruin_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n under_o the_o metaphor_n of_o a_o harvest_n and_o a_o vintage_n which_o prove_v that_o this_o city_n be_v nothing_o else_o but_o the_o entire_a kingdom_n of_o babylon_n in_o the_o 18_o chapter_n the_o prophet_n make_v a_o long_a description_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o this_o city_n under_o the_o metaphor_n of_o a_o city_n of_o merchandise_n which_o have_v a_o great_a traffic_n and_o be_v fill_v with_o pleasure_n and_o delightful_a thing_n now_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o the_o shameful_a simony_n the_o wicked_a pleasure_n of_o the_o papacy_n have_v not_o reign_v less_o in_o the_o province_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n than_o in_o the_o capital_a city_n from_o whence_o it_o be_v again_o evident_a that_o the_o city_n signify_v the_o whole_a antichristian_a state._n last_o the_o constant_a opposition_n between_o the_o holy_a city_n and_o the_o great_a city_n prove_v that_o the_o city_n include_v the_o whole_a antichristian_a church_n even_o as_o the_o holy_a city_n signify_v the_o whole_a christian_a church_n de_fw-fr launay_n have_v confess_v this_o in_o the_o eleven_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n and_o in_o the_o 16_o but_o no_o exception_n be_v to_o be_v make_v every_o where_o the_o city_n and_o the_o great_a city_n babylon_n signify_v the_o entire_a kingdom_n of_o the_o papacy_n and_o the_o reason_n of_o this_o be_v evident_a old_a rome_n make_v her_o whole_a empire_n to_o be_v one_o only_a city_n by_o mean_n of_o that_o right_n of_o citizenship_n which_o she_o bestow_v on_o all_o who_o be_v of_o some_o considerable_a quality_n though_o they_o dwell_v in_o the_o province_n the_o citizen_n of_o rome_n dwell_v in_o all_o country_n now_o where_o the_o citizen_n of_o a_o city_n dwell_v there_o be_v the_o city_n this_o make_v rutilius_n say_v dumque_fw-la offer_v victis_fw-la proprij_fw-la consortia_fw-la juris_fw-la urbem_fw-la fecisti_fw-la quod_fw-la prius_fw-la orbis_n erat_fw-la thus_o it_o go_v exact_o in_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n which_o have_v re-establisht_a the_o roman_a empire_n all_o those_o who_o be_v member_n of_o this_o church_n be_v citizen_n of_o her_o capital_a city_n city_n the_o church_n of_o rome_n be_v but_o one_o city_n person_n of_o all_o nation_n be_v admit_v into_o her_o senate_n or_o college_n of_o cardinal_n the_o tribunal_n which_o be_v call_v the_o rota_n be_v constitute_v of_o councillor_n take_v out_o of_o all_o the_o province_n which_o pay_v subjection_n to_o rome_n every_o foreigner_n may_v come_v to_o be_v a_o cardinal_n and_o every_o cardinal_n may_v come_v to_o be_v pope_n therefore_o there_o be_v proper_o no_o foreigner_n in_o that_o state_n no_o papist_n be_v a_o foreigner_n to_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n and_o that_o which_o they_o call_v the_o holy_a see._n that_o which_o have_v deceive_v interpreter_n 1â—_n v._o 9_o 1â—_n be_v the_o 17_o chapter_n where_o the_o city_n be_v call_v the_o woman_n which_o sit_v on_o seven_o mountain_n and_o that_o great_a city_n which_o reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n this_o say_v they_o be_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o the_o papist_n themselves_o do_v grant_v it_o and_o without_o doubt_n it_o be_v rome_n and_o we_o have_v above_o prove_v it_o but_o it_o be_v rome_n conjoint_o with_o her_o empire_n babylon_n signify_v the_o whole_a antichristian_a empire_n and_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v say_v to_o sit_v upon_o seven_o mountain_n and_o to_o rule_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n empire_n rome_n must_v always_o be_v consider_v together_o with_o her_o empire_n because_o this_o be_v true_a of_o its_o capital_a city_n nothing_o be_v more_o ordinary_a not_o to_o add_v that_o it_o be_v constant_o use_v than_o to_o denote_v a_o whole_a kingdom_n by_o the_o roll_a city_n thus_o man_n always_o speak_v of_o rome_n rome_n have_v conquer_v the_o nation_n rome_n have_v enlarge_v her_o empire_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n this_o signify_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n have_v subdue_v all_o nation_n and_o extend_v its_o bound_n even_o to_o the_o utmost_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n 13._o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n be_v one_o of_o the_o ten_o kingdom_n that_o make_v up_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o papacy_n chap._n 17.12_o 13._o this_o be_v suppose_v and_o prove_v that_o the_o city_n be_v the_o whole_a babylonian_a and_o antichristian_a empire_n it_o must_v be_v remember_v that_o this_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n be_v make_v up_o of_o ten_o kingdom_n and_o ten_o king_n who_o must_v give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n the_o ten_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v ten_o king_n these_o have_v one_o mind_n and_o shall_v give_v their_o power_n unto_o the_o
make_v this_o renew_a paganism_n of_o popery_n to_o be_v in_o less_o credit_n and_o esteem_v than_o former_o man_n begin_v to_o disgust_v the_o popish_a superstition_n they_o speak_v of_o the_o invocation_n of_o saint_n with_o contempt_n and_o bold_o condemn_v the_o excess_n of_o it_o and_o call_v it_o idolatry_n when_o they_o speak_v of_o it_o in_o private_a they_o wish_v image_n be_v banish_v from_o their_o church_n that_o it_o may_v not_o be_v a_o scandal_n and_o a_o offence_n to_o we_o they_o begin_v to_o confess_v that_o there_o be_v no_o necessity_n for_o the_o take_v away_o the_o cup._n they_o acknowledge_v that_o a_o man_n may_v be_v save_v without_o indulgency_n by_o the_o sole_a merit_n of_o i._o christ_n they_o will_v restore_v the_o read_n of_o the_o holy_a scripture_n to_o the_o people_n they_o suppress_v the_o authority_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o speak_v of_o it_o with_o scorn_n they_o despise_v his_o thunder_n and_o if_o he_o begin_v to_o murmur_v they_o talk_v as_o loud_o or_o loud_o than_o he_o they_o endeavour_v to_o establish_v this_o doctrine_n that_o under_o pretence_n of_o religion_n or_o for_o the_o preservation_n of_o it_o it_o be_v not_o permit_v to_o subject_n to_o take_v up_o arm_n they_o mollify_v and_o sweeten_v all_o the_o doctrine_n of_o popery_n i_o have_v take_v notice_n of_o this_o in_o another_o place_n and_o again_o observe_v it_o this_o can_v hold_v long_o this_o state_n and_o posture_n of_o the_o papacy_n be_v violent_a since_o it_o be_v free_o confess_v that_o the_o adoration_n of_o one_o god_n be_v sufficient_a without_o that_o of_o saint_n and_o image_n they_o must_v short_o conclude_v that_o for_o thing_n unnecessary_a they_o ought_v not_o to_o scandalize_v one_o half_a of_o the_o christian_a world_n and_o shut_v the_o gate_n against_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o mahometan_n never_o be_v there_o so_o many_o in_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n as_o now_o who_o acknowledge_v the_o vanity_n &_o impurity_n of_o their_o superstition_n every_o man_n have_v the_o liberty_n of_o his_o own_o thought_n but_o i_o profess_v that_o to_o i_o these_o be_v great_a presage_n of_o the_o approach_n of_o the_o last_o work_n of_o god_n for_o the_o establishment_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o the_o ruin_n of_o that_o of_o antichrist_n my_o spirit_n be_v in_o this_o frame_n when_o this_o last_o and_o great_a persecution_n in_o france_n begin_v i_o therein_o take_v notice_n of_o several_a character_n that_o confirm_v i_o in_o the_o belief_n that_o we_o be_v in_o the_o last_o time_n of_o the_o period_n of_o 1260_o year_n and_o that_o this_o be_v the_o last_o persecution_n speak_v of_o in_o the_o 11_o chap._n revel_v singular_a character_n in_o the_o present_a persecution_n which_o presage_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v this_o last_o and_o when_o they_o shall_v have_v finiht_v their_o testimony_n the_o beast_n who_o ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n shall_v make_v war_n against_o they_o and_o shall_v overcome_v they_o and_o kill_v they_o and_o their_o dead_a body_n shall_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a for_o there_o be_v so_o many_o thing_n singular_a and_o irregular_a in_o this_o persecution_n that_o without_o profaneness_n and_o a_o denial_n of_o divine_a providence_n we_o can_v but_o acknowledge_v the_o hand_n of_o god_n therein_o it_o be_v singular_a and_o more_o than_o usual_a whether_o we_o consider_v the_o author_n of_o this_o persecution_n and_o the_o manner_n of_o it_o or_o whether_o we_o consider_v the_o subject_n that_o suffer_v it_o and_o in_o what_o manner_n they_o suffer_v as_o to_o the_o persecutor_n themselves_o there_o be_v first_o a_o prince_n who_o have_v the_o chief_a obligation_n to_o we_o for_o the_o crown_n he_o wear_v which_o enter_v into_o his_o family_n by_o the_o person_n of_o his_o grand_a father_n a_o prince_n to_o who_o we_o have_v always_o pay_v obedience_n and_o submission_n without_o the_o least_o shadow_n of_o rebellion_n a_o prince_n for_o who_o we_o preserve_v the_o crown_n in_o his_o minority_n and_o who_o have_v not_o scruple_v to_o testify_v that_o we_o do_v so_o a_o prince_n who_o be_v wise_a and_o understanding_n as_o to_o his_o own_o interest_n and_o those_o of_o the_o state_n of_o europe_n who_o yet_o in_o despite_n of_o his_o own_o interest_n have_v do_v all_o that_o which_o the_o house_n of_o austria_n will_v have_v dictate_v to_o he_o to_o do_v if_o she_o have_v employ_v her_o emissary_n in_o his_o council_n who_o destroy_v his_o own_o subject_n who_o make_v innumerable_a malcontent_n who_o throw_v eternal_a seed_n of_o rebellion_n and_o war_n in_o his_o own_o dominion_n who_o disoblige_v his_o protestant_a ally_n and_o alienates_v they_o in_o such_o a_o manner_n almost_o as_o never_o to_o be_v reconcile_v the_o protestant_a state_n and_o prince_n have_v be_v always_o the_o principal_a ally_n of_o france_n swede_n denmark_n england_n the_o low-countries_n the_o swisser_n and_o the_o protestant_a prince_n of_o germany_n these_o be_v they_o that_o have_v support_v it_o when_o the_o house_n of_o austria_n threaten_v the_o liberty_n of_o all_o europe_n and_o these_o be_v they_o who_o assist_v france_n to_o humble_v the_o house_n of_o austria_n so_o low_a as_o now_o it_o be_v and_o consequent_o that_o have_v advance_v france_n to_o that_o point_n of_o grandeur_n she_o be_v now_o at_o but_o time_n will_v show_v how_o great_a a_o wound_n france_n have_v now_o make_v in_o the_o heart_n of_o all_o her_o ancient_a ally_n we_o see_v already_o that_o this_o persecution_n make_v the_o discord_n and_o dissension_n cease_v that_o be_v between_o the_o protestant_n and_o bring_v they_o near_o an_o union_n and_o reconciliation_n than_o before_o god_n will_v let_v we_o see_v something_o far_o of_o that_o kind_n however_o it_o must_v be_v confess_v that_o there_o be_v something_o therein_o which_o be_v not_o to_o be_v understand_v by_o man_n that_o so_o wise_a a_o court_n shall_v violate_v all_o the_o rule_n of_o good_a policy_n which_o be_v the_o soul_n of_o state_n and_o the_o spring_n of_o all_o their_o motion_n if_o we_o look_v upon_o the_o clergy_n that_o seem_v to_o have_v be_v the_o solicitor_n of_o this_o persecution_n it_o will_v appear_v no_o less_o extraordinary_a it_o be_v not_o a_o ignorant_a and_o superstitious_a clergy_n as_o be_v that_o of_o the_o last_o century_n these_o be_v understanding_n and_o know_v person_n man_n of_o learning_n and_o prudence_n free_v from_o the_o ridiculous_a affectation_n and_o prejudice_n of_o a_o monastic_a spirit_n who_o have_v little_a zeal_n for_o the_o romish_a ceremony_n who_o flight_n their_o worship_n at_o least_o for_o the_o most_o part_n of_o it_o who_o have_v much_o knowledge_n of_o the_o truth_n and_o at_o the_o bottom_n but_o very_o little_a religion_n in_o a_o word_n they_o be_v such_o as_o know_v very_o well_o that_o we_o be_v not_o in_o the_o wrong_n or_o at_o least_o that_o altogether_o and_o in_o every_o thing_n we_o be_v not_o nevertheless_o they_o persecute_v we_o more_o cruel_o than_o the_o most_o furious_a monk_n or_o enrage_a inquisitor_n have_v ever_o do_v they_o act_n therefore_o against_o their_o own_o light_n which_o be_v so_o far_o very_o strange_a and_o surprise_v but_o what_o be_v more_o astonish_a they_o act_n against_o the_o most_o sacred_a principle_n of_o their_o religion_n there_o be_v nothing_o among_o they_o more_o venerable_a than_o the_o sacrament_n and_o nothing_o esteem_v more_o criminal_a than_o the_o violation_n of_o they_o to_o administer_v the_o sacrament_n of_o penance_n to_o give_v absolution_n to_o a_o sinner_n to_o a_o heretic_n who_o be_v not_o penitent_a who_o say_v and_o declare_v open_o without_o hide_v or_o conceal_v it_o that_o he_o persevere_fw-la from_o his_o very_a heart_n in_o his_o sin_n and_o heresy_n and_o never_o renounce_v it_o but_o by_o constraint_n and_o violence_n to_o give_v i_o say_v absolution_n to_o such_o a_o man_n according_a to_o the_o definition_n of_o their_o loose_a casuist_n it_o be_v sacrilege_n to_o give_v the_o sacrament_n of_o the_o altar_n to_o a_o man_n that_o profess_v he_o believe_v nothing_o of_o it_o and_o acknowledge_v nothing_o there_o but_o mere_a bread_n it_o be_v a_o sacrilegious_a communion_n shall_v it_o not_o affect_v the_o heart_n and_o even_o the_o imagination_n of_o those_o persecute_v bishop_n and_o priest_n to_o think_v of_o the_o innumerable_a sacrilege_n that_o by_o this_o mean_n be_v every_o day_n commit_v they_o absolve_v a_o multitude_n of_o wretched_a people_n who_o protest_v that_o by_o mere_a force_n and_o violence_n they_o be_v constrain_v to_o sign_v the_o abjuration_n of_o their_o religion_n and_o to_o get_v out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o a_o thousand_o executioner_n who_o devour_v and_o destroy_v they_o and_o give_v they_o no_o rest_n day_n or_o night_n the_o priest_n and_o bishop_n who_o
say_v we_o must_v find_v the_o fall_n of_o paganism_n indeed_o a_o little_a time_n after_o dioclesian_n constantine_n ascend_v the_o throne_n of_o the_o emperor_n &_o make_v the_o christian_a religion_n reign_n he_o &_o his_o successor_n ruin_v paganism_n this_o fall_n of_o the_o pagan_a religion_n be_v thus_o represent_v to_o we_o and_o i_o behold_v when_o he_o have_v open_v the_o six_o seal_n &_o lo_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n 12._o v._o 12._o &_o the_o sun_n become_v black_a as_o sackcloth_n of_o hair_n &_o the_o moon_n become_v red_a as_o blood_n and_o the_o star_n of_o heaven_n fall_v to_o the_o earth_n even_o as_o a_o figtree_n cast_v her_o untimely_a fig_n 13._o v._o 13._o when_o she_o be_v shake_v of_o a_o mighty_a wind._n and_o the_o heaven_n depart_v as_o a_o scroll_n when_o it_o be_v roll_v together_o 14._o v._o 14._o &_o every_o mountain_n &_o island_n be_v move_v out_o of_o their_o place_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n 15._o v._o 15._o &_o the_o great_a man_n &_o the_o rich_a man_n &_o the_o chief_a captain_n &_o the_o mighty_a man_n &_o every_o bondman_n &_o every_o freeman_n his_o themselves_o in_o the_o den_n &_o in_o the_o rock_n of_o the_o mountain_n and_o say_v to_o the_o mountain_n &_o rock_n 16._o v._o 16._o fall_v on_o we_o &_o hide_v we_o from_o the_o face_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n &_o from_o the_o wrath_n of_o the_o lamb._n for_o the_o great_a day_n of_o his_o wrath_n be_v come_v 17._o v._o 17._o &_o who_o shall_v be_v able_a to_o stand_v faganism_n the_o fixth_a trumpet_n contain_v the_o fall_n of_o faganism_n all_o these_o image_n be_v borrow_v from_o the_o last_o judgement_n wherefore_o they_o be_v usual_o apply_v to_o it_o because_o indeed_o this_o fall_n of_o paganism_n be_v the_o most_o terrible_a judgement_n that_o yet_o ever_o fall_v since_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n on_o the_o devil_n empire_n we_o must_v know_v that_o in_o the_o whole_a revelation_n we_o see_v these_o three_o head_n reign_v the_o dragon_n the_o beast_n the_o false_a prophet_n the_o dragon_n be_v the_o devil_n the_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n the_o false_a prophet_n be_v the_o pope_n the_o dragon_n have_v two_o empire_n the_o first_o be_v pure_a paganism_n &_o pure_o pagan_a the_o second_o be_v antichristian_a paganism_n mingle_v with_o christianity_n see_v here_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o first_o empire_n that_o be_v the_o pure_o pagan_a empire_n of_o the_o dragon_n 1._o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n in_o the_o style_n of_o the_o prophet_n &_o particular_o of_o st._n john_n a_o earthquake_n always_o signify_v a_o change_n of_o the_o face_n of_o affair_n in_o the_o world_n because_o earthquake_n overturn_v the_o earth_n &_o make_v it_o change_v its_o face_n now_o what_o change_n of_o the_o face_n of_o affair_n in_o the_o world_n can_v be_v imagine_v great_a than_o that_o which_o happen_v under_o constantine_n &_o his_o successor_n the_o church_n have_v be_v beat_v down_o massacre_v it_o be_v bathe_v in_o its_o own_o blood_n &_o all_o on_o a_o sudden_a behold_v it_o be_v the_o mistress_n of_o the_o world_n it_o be_v become_v rich_a &_o powerful_a it_o build_v stately_a temple_n it_o overturn_v the_o temple_n of_o idol_n 2._o the_o sun_n become_v black_a as_o sackcloth_n we_o must_v hold_v it_o for_o certain_a that_o the_o sun_n the_o moon_n &_o the_o star_n in_o the_o revelation_n always_o signify_v the_o sovereign_n the_o dignity_n &_o power_n of_o the_o empire_n treat_v of_o we_o shall_v afterward_o see_v this_o every_o where_n here_o the_o empire_n treat_v of_o be_v that_o of_o the_o red_a dragon_n viz._n the_o devil_n so_o that_o the_o sun_n be_v the_o sovereign_n of_o that_o empire_n who_o be_v the_o devil_n himself_o the_o moon_n be_v the_o pagan_a religion_n which_o borrow_v all_o its_o power_n from_o the_o devil_n as_o the_o moon_n take_v all_o its_o light_n from_o the_o sun._n the_o star_n be_v the_o pontifexes_n &_o priest_n of_o paganism_n all_o these_o power_n suffer_v a_o eclipse_n be_v destroy_v by_o the_o christian_a emperor_n &_o tumble_v to_o the_o ground_n like_o fig_n by_o a_o great_a wind_n 3._o every_o mountain_n &_o every_o isle_n be_v remove_v out_o of_o their_o place_n i._n e._n the_o temple_n the_o idol_n the_o city_n the_o place_n peculiar_o consecrate_v to_o the_o devotion_n of_o certain_a pagan_a divinity_n be_v change_v &_o superstition_n therein_o be_v abolish_v the_o hand_n of_o god_n fall_v heavy_o on_o the_o god_n of_o the_o roman_n as_o former_o it_o do_v on_o the_o god_n of_o the_o egyptian_n 4._o last_o the_o king_n &_o all_o man_n of_o every_o age_n &_o condition_n be_v exceed_o terrify_v run_v up_o &_o down_o flee_v hide_v themselves_o &_o endeavour_v to_o escape_v the_o judgement_n &_o the_o wrath_n of_o god._n one_o may_v have_v see_v above_o a_o hundred_o time_n more_o than_o what_o the_o prophet_n here_o say_v if_o one_o can_v have_v see_v the_o commotion_n that_o then_o happen_v the_o terror_n the_o distress_n the_o fright_n that_o the_o invisible_a empire_n of_o demon_n suffer_v at_o the_o fall_n of_o paganism_n all_o that_o the_o devil_n suffer_v at_o the_o come_n of_o j._n christ_n into_o the_o world_n be_v nothing_o in_o comparison_n of_o this_o he_o reign_v notwithstanding_o he_o be_v master_n of_o empire_n crown_n temple_n altar_n but_o all_o on_o a_o sudden_a &_o at_o that_o very_a time_n when_o he_o think_v he_o have_v entire_o ruin_v the_o empire_n of_o j._n christ_n by_o the_o persecution_n of_o dioclesian_n behold_v he_o himself_o cast_v down_o on_o the_o earth_n it_o be_v easy_a to_o judge_n that_o the_o horror_n &_o commotion_n of_o the_o evil_a spirit_n be_v unconceivable_a and_o moreover_o who_o can_v doubt_v but_o that_o this_o great_a body_n of_o pontifexes_n priest_n &_o pagan_a minister_n feel_v a_o prodigious_a commotion_n when_o constantine_n turn_v christian_n &_o his_o successor_n beat_v down_o &_o ruin_v all_o the_o temple_n of_o the_o idol_n history_n tell_v we_o enough_o of_o this_o &_o though_o it_o say_v nothing_o it_o will_v be_v very_o easy_a to_o apprehend_v that_o the_o image_n here_o make_v use_n of_o be_v not_o too_o lively_a to_o represent_v the_o commotion_n of_o the_o heathen_n &_o of_o paganism_n this_o period_n bring_v we_o to_o theodosius_n the_o great_a under_o who_o paganism_n expire_v but_o after_o who_o also_o the_o glory_n &_o quiet_a of_o the_o empire_n be_v quite_o lose_v as_o we_o shall_v see_v hereafter_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n &_o paganism_n fall_v at_o the_o same_o time_n this_o be_v a_o great_a matter_n of_o triumph_n to_o the_o pagan_n who_o say_v the_o god_n have_v abandon_v the_o empire_n since_o their_o altar_n have_v be_v beat_v down_o but_o god_n be_v provide_v for_o great_a event_n &_o it_o be_v necessary_a the_o temporal_a empire_n shall_v fall_v to_o make_v way_n for_o the_o spiritual_a empire_n of_o antichrist_n chap._n vi_o a_o explication_n of_o the_o four_o first_o trumpet_n which_o be_v the_o five_o degree_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n or_o the_o sovereignty_n of_o rome_n the_o 7_o ch._n be_v a_o vision_n that_o interrupt_v the_o course_n of_o the_o seven_o seal_n ch._n the_o mystery_n of_o the_o 144_o thousand_o seal_a person_n in_o the_o seven_o ch._n here_o god_n cause_v his_o elect_n to_o be_v seal_v &_o their_o number_n amount_v to_o 144_o thousand_o we_o shall_v see_v in_o the_o process_n of_o this_o discourse_n that_o 144_o be_v a_o sacred_a number_n appoint_v to_o signify_v the_o church_n a_o number_n that_o arise_v from_o twelve_o multiply_v by_o itself_o for_o the_o present_a it_o be_v sufficient_a to_o observe_v that_o god_n take_v the_o time_n between_o the_o six_o seal_n &_o the_o first_o trumpet_n to_o cause_v his_o elect_a to_o be_v seal_v because_o more_o unhappy_a sad_a &_o much_o more_o fatal_a time_n be_v at_o hand_n than_o the_o forego_n once_o in_o the_o age_n of_o the_o heathen_a emperor_n &_o under_o the_o seal_n there_o be_v cruel_a persecution_n man_n have_v suffer_v much_o in_o their_o body_n but_o under_o the_o trumpet_n must_v come_v the_o dark_a kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n wherein_o the_o soul_n of_o the_o christian-church_n must_v be_v attack_v with_o spiritual_a temptation_n be_v swallow_v up_o in_o superstition_n &_o idolatry_n &_o that_o in_o such_o a_o manner_n that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o faithful_a shall_v be_v almost_o as_o nothing_o the_o 144_o thousand_o signify_v the_o church_n the_o pure_a church_n under_o antichrist_n reign_v now_o 144_o thousand_o be_v almost_o nothing_o in_o comparison_n of_o that_o innumerable_a multitude_n that_o be_v in_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n this_o little_a number_n therefore_o be_v to_o be_v seal_v to_o the_o end_n
signify_v locust_n they_o be_v the_o terror_n of_o the_o east_n therefore_o the_o poet_n make_v of_o they_o woman_n with_o wing_n devour_v all_o they_o see_v &_o which_o come_v up_o from_o hell_n stygiis_n seize_v extulit_fw-la undis_fw-la exact_o in_o the_o same_o manner_n as_o these_o according_a to_o st._n john_n ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n so_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o bottomless-pit_n viz._n pluto_n be_v look_v on_o as_o their_o prince_n among_o the_o poet_n &_o in_o the_o pagan_a theology_n for_o it_o be_v he_o that_o in_o that_o theology_n be_v call_v serapio_n instead_o of_o serarpis_n or_o sararpi_n i._n e._n prince_n of_o locust_n in_o the_o phaenician_a &_o hebrew_a tongue_n just_a as_o the_o phaenician_o call_v the_o same_o pluto_n belzebub_n i._n e._n the_o god_n of_o fly_n the_o fly_n &_o locust_n be_v two_o great_a plague_n to_o the_o fruit_n &_o plant_n of_o the_o earth_n pluto_n be_v think_v to_o send_v these_o plague_n therefore_o he_o be_v call_v their_o prince_n it_o be_v to_o this_o i_o say_v the_o prophet_n allude_v &_o he_o will_v tell_v we_o that_o the_o saracen_n shall_v be_v like_o these_o wing_a woman_n call_v harpy_n that_o ascend_v out_o of_o hell_n that_o have_v hook_n instead_o of_o tooth_n &_o that_o devour_v all_o thing_n in_o truth_n the_o saracen_n &_o arabian_n be_v always_o profess_a thief_n it_o be_v by_o covetousness_n &_o pillage_n much_o more_o than_o by_o slaughter_n that_o they_o make_v the_o east_n desolate_a these_o locust_n have_v tail_n like_o scorpion_n &_o sting_n in_o their_o tail_n all_o the_o world_n know_v that_o the_o tail_n &_o the_o sting_n in_o the_o serpent_n be_v the_o seat_n of_o venom_n &_o poison_n and_o poison_n be_v the_o emblem_n of_o false_a doctrine_n which_o signify_v not_o only_o that_o the_o arabian_n shall_v carry_v desolation_n &_o death_n every_o where_o but_o also_o the_o venom_n of_o a_o detestable_a religion_n therefore_o it_o be_v the_o devil_n be_v call_v a_o serpent_n &_o a_o dragon_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o poison_n of_o false_a religion_n that_o he_o spread_v last_o they_o have_v for_o their_o head_n the_o angel_n of_o the_o bottomless-pit_n call_v abaddon_n in_o hebrew_a &_o apollyon_n in_o greek_a i._n e._n destroyer_n this_o be_v not_o the_o description_n of_o the_o devil_n as_o joseph_n mede_n believe_v it_o be_v the_o description_n of_o mahomet_n a_o monster_n arise_v out_o of_o hell_n as_o well_o as_o the_o locust_n the_o angel_n of_o the_o bottomless-pit_n angel_n signify_v pastor_n &_o messenger_n &_o we_o must_v observe_v once_o for_o all_o that_o the_o name_n angel_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v not_o signify_v a_o species_n of_o those_o spirit_n that_o be_v so_o call_v angel_n &_o deviis_fw-la it_o be_v the_o name_n of_o a_o office_n give_v sometime_o to_o j._n christ_n sometime_o to_o pastor_n sometime_o to_o man_n that_o be_v instrument_n in_o god_n hand_n sometime_o to_o spirit_n separate_v from_o matter_n so_o that_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o bottomless-pit_n signify_v here_o no_o other_o thing_n than_o the_o false_a pastor_n ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless-pit_n he_o be_v call_v destroyer_n because_o in_o truth_n there_o never_o be_v a_o man_n in_o the_o world_n that_o destroy_v so_o many_o man_n both_o as_o to_o body_n &_o soul._n then_o the_o six_o angel_n sound_v 9.13_o ch._n 9.13_o &_o i_o hear_v a_o voice_n etc._n etc._n which_o say_v to_o the_o six_o angel_n lose_v the_o four_o angel_n which_o be_v bind_v in_o the_o great_a river_n euphrates_n and_o the_o four_o angel_n be_v loose_v which_o be_v prepare_v for_o a_o hour_n &_o a_o day_n &_o a_o month_n &_o a_o year_n monarchy_n the_o turk_n &_o their_o in_o vasion_n on_o the_o four_o monarchy_n this_o be_v the_o second_o of_o those_o woe_n that_o be_v cry_v woe_n wo_n wo._n these_o three_o woe_n all_o have_v relation_n to_o the_o roman_a empire_n in_o its_o second_o period_n i._n e._n in_o its_o antichristian_a period_n the_o first_o woe_n be_v the_o birth_n of_o the_o saracen_n empire_n &_o the_o religion_n of_o mahomet_n the_o second_o blow_n be_v the_o eruption_n of_o the_o turk_n they_o must_v be_v find_v in_o the_o prophecy_n that_o respect_v the_o roman_a empire_n for_o they_o take_v up_o too_o considerable_a a_o part_n in_o the_o history_n of_o this_o empire_n now_o the_o turk_n will_v not_o be_v find_v any_o where_o else_o but_o here_o they_o must_v therefore_o be_v here_o and_o without_o doubt_n they_o be_v here_o signify_v what_o the_o four_o angel_n in_o euphrates_n signify_v what_o we_o say_v just_a now_o must_v be_v remember_v that_o the_o name_n angel_n in_o the_o revelation_n signify_v office_n &_o not_o a_o species_n of_o spirit_n see_v here_o four_o angel_n bind_v in_o the_o rive_n euphrates_n &_o loose_v these_o can_v be_v good_a angel_n for_o the_o good_a angel_n be_v not_o bind_v they_o can_v be_v devil_n for_o the_o devil_n be_v not_o bind_v in_o some_o place_n of_o the_o earth_n more_o than_o in_o other_o so_o that_o these_o four_o angel_n signify_v four_o messenger_n of_o the_o anger_n of_o god_n four_o instrument_n of_o his_o justice_n who_o violence_n till_o this_o time_n he_o restrain_v &_o who_o afterward_o he_o leave_v whole_o to_o their_o fury_n for_o the_o punishment_n &_o ruin_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n as_o well_o in_o its_o eastern_a as_o its_o western_a branch_n these_o four_o angel_n therefore_o signify_v these_o four_o sultany_n which_o the_o turk_n establish_v round_o about_o euphrates_n &_o in_o the_o region_n of_o asia_n the_o less_o &_o syria_n all_o that_o have_v read_v the_o history_n of_o the_o crusado_n know_v that_o the_o christian_n in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o eleven_o age_n find_v they_o establish_v in_o those_o four_o principal_a seat_n nice_a damascus_n antioch_n &_o aleppo_n the_o founder_n of_o these_o sultany_n have_v be_v keep_v behind_o euphrates_n for_o some_o time_n but_o in_o the_o ten_o &_o eleven_o age_n they_o be_v let_v loose_a they_o overflow_v the_o greek_a empire_n which_o make_v a_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n they_o push_v on_o their_o conquest_n as_o far_o as_o nice_a the_o capital_a city_n of_o bythinia_n i.e._n almost_o to_o the_o very_a gate_n of_o constantinople_n they_o afflict_v all_o the_o coast_n of_o the_o mediterranean-sea_n greece_n sicily_n and_o italy_n and_o at_o last_o they_o entire_o destroy_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o greek_n by_o the_o take_n of_o constantinople_n which_o happen_v in_o the_o year_n 1452._o this_o be_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o these_o word_n the_o four_o angel_n be_v loose_v to_o kill_v a_o three_o part_n of_o man_n empire_n the_o turk_n be_v send_v to_o destroy_v the_o roman_a empire_n we_o must_v remember_v what_o have_v be_v say_v in_o the_o explication_n of_o the_o first_o trumpet_n viz._n that_o the_o three_o part_n in_o these_o prophecy_n signify_v the_o roman_a empire_n because_o that_o take_v up_o about_o a_o three_o part_n of_o the_o world._n the_o turk_n be_v send_v to_o kill_v the_o three_o part_n of_o man_n i_o e._n to_o kill_v the_o man_n of_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n or_o of_o the_o roman_a empire_n or_o of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n the_o locust_n of_o the_o foregoing_a trumpet_n be_v send_v not_o to_o kill_v man_n but_o to_o torment_v they_o for_o five_o month_n because_o the_o saracen_n and_o arabian_n do_v only_a gnaw_v off_o the_o edge_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o do_v not_o penetrate_v into_o its_o entrail_n but_o the_o turk_n pierce_v even_o into_o the_o very_a heart_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o lay_v it_o desolate_a and_o they_o have_v establish_v their_o empire_n in_o one_o of_o its_o capital_a city_n viz._n constantinople_n they_o be_v send_v to_o kill_v the_o man_n of_o this_o three_o part_n of_o the_o world._n indeed_o never_o be_v there_o see_v so_o horrible_a a_o butchery_n of_o man_n and_o so_o great_a a_o effusion_n of_o blood_n as_o that_o which_o the_o turk_n have_v cause_v in_o their_o eruption_n in_o attacking_z or_o in_o defend_v themselves_o in_o the_o crusado_n i_o be_o persuade_v all_o the_o conqueror_n together_o since_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n never_o shed_v so_o much_o blood._n to_o kill_v signify_v also_o a_o total_a destruction_n so_o that_o the_o prophecy_n seem_v to_o signify_v that_o the_o turk_n be_v send_v of_o god_n entire_o to_o destroy_v the_o roman_a empire_n they_o have_v already_o destroy_v the_o eastern_a branch_n of_o it_o the_o seat_n whereof_o be_v at_o constantinople_n and_o there_o be_v some_o that_o conjecture_n that_o god_n design_n they_o also_o to_o destroy_v the_o western_a branch_n who_o seat_n at_o this_o day_n be_v at_o rome_n god_n only_o know_v this_o but_o though_o the_o turk_n shall_v do_v no_o more_o than_o they_o
miracle_n but_o the_o dragon_n do_v not_o yield_v for_o all_o that_o but_o go_v to_o make_v war_n with_o the_o remnant_n of_o the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n 17._o v._o 17._o i._n e._n he_o endeavour_v to_o cause_n to_o be_v bring_v forth_o a_o antichristian_a empire_n for_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o church_n the_o thing_n which_o he_o will_v further_o explain_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n we_o have_v therefore_o in_o this_o the_o history_n of_o the_o church_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o four_o century_n or_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o five_o for_o it_o be_v in_o the_o space_n of_o these_o 400_o year_n that_o the_o apostolic_a church_n do_v bring_v forth_o christianity_n that_o christianity_n be_v persecute_v by_o the_o emperor_n that_o j._n christ_n do_v miraculous_o preserve_v it_o that_o it_o remain_v victorious_a under_o constantine_n that_o the_o church_n be_v almost_o ruin_v by_o arrianism_n &_o that_o she_o see_v herself_o happy_o deliver_v from_o it_o st._n john_n spend_v but_o one_o chapter_n about_o the_o first_o period_n of_o the_o church_n of_o 400_o year_n because_o the_o great_a event_n be_v design_v to_o be_v in_o the_o follow_a period_n the_o 13_o etc._n c._n 13.1_o 2_o 3._o etc._n etc._n chapter_n according_a to_o the_o most_o exact_a rule_n of_o method_n begin_v where_o the_o 12_o end_v we_o have_v in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n the_o birth_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n ch._n a_o epitome_n of_o the_o history_n foretell_v in_o the_o 13_o ch._n which_o be_v graft_v on_o the_o roman_a empire_n this_o be_v the_o first_o beast_n that_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n have_v seven_o head_n &_o ten_o horn_n the_o seven_o of_o these_o head_n be_v lade_v with_o ten_o horn_n each_o of_o which_o be_v adorn_v with_o a_o crown_n to_o signify_v that_o these_o be_v so_o many_o king_n these_o ten_o king_n be_v the_o continuation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n under_o the_o seven_o head_n which_o be_v that_o of_o antichrist_n these_o ten_o king_n be_v subject_a to_o this_o seven_o head_n &_o together_o with_o it_o compose_v one_o empire_n a_o second_o beast_n arise_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n it_o be_v the_o same_o empire_n &_o the_o same_o beast_n or_o rather_o it_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n this_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n that_o be_v represent_v in_o the_o first_o vision_n as_o one_o of_o the_o head_n be_v represent_v in_o the_o second_o vision_n as_o a_o new_a beast_n because_o it_o be_v the_o ancient_a empire_n of_o rome_n &_o yet_o nevertheless_o it_o be_v a_o new_a one_o it_o be_v the_o continuation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n have_v the_o same_o seat_n viz._n the_o city_n of_o rome_n &_o extend_v itself_o very_o near_o over_o the_o very_a selfsame_a province_n it_o be_v a_o new_a empire_n because_o it_o be_v in_o another_o form_n &_o under_o another_o name_n &_o be_v call_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o church_n &_o a_o ecclesiastical_a empire_n these_o two_o beast_n therefore_o fill_v up_o but_o one_o &_o the_o same_o period_n in_o which_o the_o head_n of_o the_o emperor_n that_o be_v mortal_o wound_v be_v heal_v again_o by_o antichrist_n in_o which_o period_n way_n of_o worship_v and_o doctrine_n full_a of_o impiety_n &_o blasphemy_n be_v advance_v in_o the_o church_n in_o which_o period_n the_o saint_n be_v overcome_v &_o the_o truth_n be_v bury_v in_o which_o all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n worship_v the_o beast_n &_o submit_v themselves_o to_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n in_o which_o antichrist_n who_o name_n contain_v the_o number_n 666._o make_v a_o image_n of_o the_o first_o roman_a empire_n &_o cause_v it_o to_o be_v worship_v last_o in_o which_o all_o liberty_n to_o buy_v &_o sell_v &_o live_v be_v take_v away_o unless_o man_n will_v bear_v the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n all_o this_o be_v the_o history_n of_o the_o 1260_o year_n that_o begin_v about_o the_o time_n that_o the_o 400_o year_n of_o the_o first_o period_n do_v end_n this_o be_v according_a to_o the_o rule_n of_o history_n chap._n a_o short_a explication_n of_o the_o 14_o chap._n the_o 14_o ch._n begin_v also_o where_o the_o 13_o end_n it_o contain_v the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o that_o babylonish_n empire_n represent_v by_o the_o two_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o chap._n it_o be_v no_o long_o a_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n &_o ten_o horn_n it_o be_v no_o long_o the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n it_o be_v spiritual_a babylon_n but_o this_o babylon_n be_v the_o very_a same_o thing_n as_o the_o first_o &_o the_o second_o beast_n she_o be_v fall_v 8._o v._o 8._o she_o be_v fall_v babylon_n that_o great_a city_n because_o she_o have_v make_v the_o nation_n drink_v with_o the_o wine_n of_o her_o fornication_n the_o seven_o forego_v verse_n be_v a_o preparation_n for_o this_o great_a fall_n &_o the_o follow_v once_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n be_v a_o description_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o babel_n the_o man_n that_o sit_v on_o the_o white_a cloud_n 14._o v._o 14._o be_v jesus_n christ_n the_o sickle_n that_o be_v put_v in_o first_o among_o the_o corn_n to_o mow_v it_o down_o and_o afterward_o into_o the_o vintage_n to_o cut_v down_o the_o grape_n be_v the_o two_o degree_n of_o babylon_n fall_n which_o we_o shall_v afterward_o explain_v this_o be_v the_o analysis_n of_o the_o 14_o chap._n the_o h._n ghost_n think_v it_o not_o enough_o to_o have_v foretell_v the_o fall_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n in_o general_n 15._o chap._n 15._o he_o will_v also_o instruct_v we_o in_o the_o step_n by_o which_o it_o must_v pass_v in_o fall_v and_o as_o this_o be_v a_o great_a affair_n the_o vision_n of_o the_o 15_o chapter_n be_v employ_v to_o prepare_v man_n spirit_n for_o it_o the_o seven_o vial_n of_o the_o wrath_n and_o vengeance_n of_o god_n that_o must_v overwhelm_v the_o babylonish_n empire_n be_v distribute_v to_o seven_o distinct_a angel_n to_o pour_v they_o out_o at_o different_a time_n the_o 16._o chap._n contain_v the_o pour_v forth_o of_o these_o vial_n 16._o chap._n 16._o which_o be_v the_o several_a punishment_n by_o which_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v afflict_v till_o it_o be_v entire_o bring_v to_o nothing_o and_o these_o seven_o vial_n contain_v all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n of_o this_o we_o will_v treat_v in_o a_o particular_a chapter_n by_o itself_o afterward_o it_o be_v enough_o to_o know_v that_o this_o chapter_n lead_v the_o afflict_a church_n to_o the_o very_a point_n of_o her_o deliverance_n and_o thus_o you_o have_v the_o whole_a history_n of_o the_o church_n during_o the_o 1260_o year_n but_o because_o these_o thing_n have_v be_v express_v in_o figurative_a term_n 17._o chap._n 17._o and_o prophetical_a symbol_n of_o beasis_n horn_n harvest_n vintage_n &_o vial_n god_n will_v explain_v these_o thing_n in_o term_n less_o figurative_a &_o more_o intelligible_a therefore_o the_o 17_o ch._n be_v spend_v in_o explain_v the_o vision_n of_o the_o two_o beasis_n to_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v that_o the_o beasis_n signify_v a_o empire_n that_o the_o ten_o horus_n be_v ten_o king_n that_o these_o ten_o king_n out_o of_o weakness_n and_o complaisance_n will_v give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n and_o that_o at_o last_o they_o will_v ruin_v he_o &_o take_v away_o that_o power_n they_o have_v former_o give_v he_o as_o in_o the_o 17_o ch._n the_o h._n ghost_n declare_v the_o establishment_n &_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n in_o a_o more_o clear_a and_o less_o figurative_a manner_n than_o he_o have_v do_v in_o the_o 13_o chap._n in_o the_o like_a manner_n in_o the_o 18_o chap._n he_o give_v we_o the_o particular_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o this_o babylon_n 18._o chap._n 18._o more_o large_o &_o more_o clear_o more_o large_o i_o say_v &_o more_o clear_o than_o he_o have_v do_v in_o the_o 14_o chap._n this_o have_v no_o need_n of_o proof_n in_o the_o process_n of_o this_o discourse_n we_o shall_v explain_v the_o circumstance_n of_o this_o fall_n the_o 19_o chap._n be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o recapitulation_n of_o all_o that_o respect_v the_o ruin_n of_o babylon_n 19_o chap._n 19_o therein_o j._n christ_n appear_v ride_v on_o a_o white_a horse_n be_v call_v the_o faithful_a and_o true_a &_o the_o word_n of_o god._n he_o assemble_v all_o his_o force_n &_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n assemble_v all_o its_o force_n the_o fight_n begin_v the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n i.e._n the_o antichristian_a empire_n and_o antichrist_n that_o be_v the_o head_n be_v take_v and_o utter_o destroy_v it_o be_v the_o same_o thing_n we_o meet_v with_o before_o in_o the_o 14._o chap._n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 16._o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 17._o and_o
christian_a we_o do_v agree_v that_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o eight_o &_o the_o eleven_o of_o daniel_n antichrist_n it_o be_v agree_v that_o what_o be_v say_v of_o antiochus_n agree_v also_o to_o antichrist_n that_o literal_o respect_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n &_o the_o cruel_a persecution_n that_o he_o raise_v against_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n belong_v also_o to_o antichrist_n so_o that_o antichrist_n be_v that_o king_n that_o shall_v do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n &_o shall_v exalt_v himself_o &_o magnify_v himself_o above_o every_o god_n 38._o dan._n 11.36_o 37_o 38._o &_o shall_v speak_v marvellous_a thing_n against_o the_o god_n of_o god_n &_o shall_v prosper_v till_o the_o indignation_n be_v accomplish_v neither_o shall_v he_o regard_v the_o god_n of_o his_o father_n nor_o the_o desire_n of_o woman_n nor_o regard_v any_o god_n for_o he_o shall_v magnify_v himself_o above_o all_o but_o in_o his_o estate_n shaell_o he_o honour_v the_o god_n of_o force_n &_o a_o god_n who_o his_o father_n know_v not_o shall_v he_o honour_v with_o gold_n &_o with_o silver_n &_o with_o precious_a stone_n &_o pleasant_a thing_n 41._o v._o 41._o he_o shall_v enter_v also_o into_o the_o glorious_a land_n and_o many_o shall_v be_v overthrow_v etc._n etc._n we_o be_v agree_v that_o it_o be_v he_o of_o who_o st._n paul_n speak_v in_o the_o 2d_o chap._n of_o his_o second_o epistle_n to_o the_o tessalonian_o &_o consequent_o that_o he_o be_v that_o man_n of_o sin_n that_o be_v to_o be_v reveal_v when_o he_o that_o then_o do_v let_v i.e._n the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v cease_v to_o hinder_v that_o it_o be_v he_o that_o be_v to_o sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n as_o if_o he_o be_v god_n who_o religion_n be_v to_o be_v a_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n &_o who_o be_v to_o lift_v up_o himself_o above_o all_o that_o be_v call_v god._n it_o be_v confess_v that_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v a_o temporal_a kingdom_n at_o the_o bottom_n whatever_o it_o may_v be_v as_o to_o outward_a appearance_n it_o be_v agree_v that_o he_o shall_v establish_v this_o empire_n two_o way_n the_o first_o be_v by_o sword_n &_o violence_n the_o second_o by_o cheat_v &_o seduce_v it_o be_v acknowledge_v that_o he_o shall_v be_v a_o great_a persecutor_n of_o the_o church_n last_o it_o be_v confess_v all_o this_o must_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o that_o period_n which_o the_o h._n scripture_n call_v the_o late_a time_n it_o be_v acknowledge_v that_o the_o 11_o ch._n of_o the_o revelation_n contain_v a_o epitome_n of_o the_o history_n of_o antichrist_n that_o be_v be_v he_o that_o be_v to_o tread_v under_o foot_n &_o profane_v the_o holy_a city_n for_o 42_o month_n &_o afflict_v the_o two_o witness_n that_o shall_v prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n for_o 1260_o day_n &_o that_o he_o be_v to_o kill_v the_o two_o witness_n which_o be_v to_o remain_v dead_a on_o the_o place_n of_o the_o great_a city_n three_o day_n &_o a_o half_a after_o which_o they_o shall_v rise_v again_o it_o appear_v by_o this_o account_n of_o the_o point_n wherein_o the_o papist_n be_v agree_v to_o that_o we_o be_v all_o of_o the_o same_o mind_n first_o as_o to_o all_o those_o place_n whence_o the_o main_a stroke_n of_o antichrist_n picture_n be_v to_o be_v take_v and_o second_o as_o to_o almost_o all_o the_o main_a stroke_n of_o which_o this_o picture_n be_v to_o be_v compose_v it_o will_v appear_v afterward_o that_o these_o truth_n wherein_o our_o enemy_n be_v agree_v with_o we_o do_v quite_o overthrow_v those_o thing_n wherein_o they_o differ_v from_o we_o chap._n xii_o the_o character_n of_o antichrist_n which_o we_o be_v not_o agree_v about_o the_o false_a antichrist_n of_o the_o papist_n the_o thing_n in_o which_o we_o be_v not_o agree_v be_v the_o false_a character_n of_o antichrist_n which_o the_o papist_n endeavour_v to_o establish_v with_o a_o design_n to_o hinder_v our_o sight_n of_o the_o true_a character_n of_o he_o and_o to_o obscure_v they_o the_o false_a character_n be_v these_o i._o that_o antichrist_n must_v be_v only_o one_o single_a man_n and_o not_o a_o succession_n of_o king_n and_o tyrant_n ii_o that_o the_o duration_n of_o his_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v only_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o a_o half_a and_o not_o three_o prophetical_a year_n and_o half_a which_o make_v up_o 1260_o year_n iii_o that_o he_o must_v style_v himself_o the_o messiah_n and_o that_o the_o jew_n must_v look_v upon_o he_o as_o such_o iv_o that_o his_o seat_n shall_v be_v jerusalem_n that_o he_o shall_v rebuild_v the_o temple_n there_o and_o that_o he_o shall_v re-establish_a the_o moysaicall_a service_n v._o according_a to_o bellarmine_n &_o cotton_n the_o jesuit_n he_o be_v not_o to_o be_v a_o idolater_n for_o he_o be_v not_o to_o worship_v any_o idol_n but_o shall_v worship_v the_o devil_n in_o secret_a vi_o he_o be_v to_o be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o dan_n of_o a_o obscure_a place_n and_o to_o raise_v himself_o by_o arms._n vii_o he_o be_v to_o deny_v the_o come_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh_n viii_o he_o shall_v do_v nothing_o in_o the_o name_n of_o christ_n ix_o he_o shall_v abolish_v the_o sacrifice_n of_o the_o mass_n x._o he_o shall_v compel_v the_o christian_n to_o renounce_v their_o baptism_n xi_o he_o be_v to_o overcome_v three_o king_n the_o king_n of_o lybia_n of_o egypt_n and_o ethiopia_n xii_o he_o shall_v cause_v sire_n to_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n and_o feign_v himself_o to_o be_v dead_a to_o counterfeit_v a_o resurrection_n xiii_o he_o be_v to_o hate_v idol_n fourteen_o he_o be_v to_o conquer_v the_o whole_a worldy_a by_o arms._n xv._o enoch_n and_o elias_n shall_v be_v the_o two_o witness_n of_o the_o eleven_o of_o the_o revelation_n that_o shall_v be_v send_v against_o he_o xvi_o he_o be_v to_o kill_v the_o two_o witness_n enoch_n and_o elias_n xvii_o these_o two_o witness_n must_v rise_v again_o after_o they_o have_v lie_v dead_a three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a xviii_o he_o be_v to_o possess_v all_o sort_n of_o treasure_n xix_o he_o shall_v not_o only_o call_v himself_o god_n but_o the_o only_a god._n xx._n he_o be_v not_o to_o come_v till_o the_o roman_n german_n empire_n be_v destroy_v xxi_o his_o come_n be_v not_o to_o be_v till_o just_a at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n he_o shall_v be_v defeat_v five_o and_o forty_o day_n before_o the_o end_n of_o it_o xxii_o before_o he_o come_v the_o gospel_n must_v have_v be_v general_o preach_v in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world._n xxiii_o he_o be_v to_o be_v a_o magician_n importance_n of_o these_o 23._o article_n there_o be_v not_o above_o four_o or_o five_o of_o any_o importance_n it_o will_v be_v very_o tedious_a to_o confute_v all_o these_o false_a character_n and_o it_o will_v be_v a_o work_n more_o unprofitable_a than_o long_a there_o be_v a_o very_a small_a parcel_n of_o they_o that_o be_v the_o principal_a one_o which_o when_o they_o be_v destroy_v all_o the_o rest_n fall_v to_o the_o ground_n of_o course_n natural_o and_o necessary_o for_o instance_n i._o that_o he_o be_v to_o be_v only_o one_o single_a person_n ii_o that_o he_o be_v to_o reign_v only_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o a_o half_a iii_o that_o he_o be_v to_o come_v precise_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n iv_o that_o he_o be_v to_o be_v a_o open_a enemy_n of_o god_n and_o christ_n style_v himself_o messiah_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o jew_n v._o that_o he_o be_v not_o to_o come_v before_o all_o that_o bear_v the_o name_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v destroy_v these_o five_o point_n be_v prove_v to_o be_v false_a all_o the_o rest_n consequent_o will_v be_v so_o too_o these_o be_v the_o only_a thing_n that_o be_v worth_a our_o take_a notice_n of_o for_o as_o for_o the_o rest_n that_o antichrist_n must_v be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o dan_n bear_v in_o a_o obscure_a place_n that_o he_o shall_v cause_v fire_n to_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n that_o he_o shall_v feign_v himself_o dead_a that_o he_o may_v counterfeit_v a_o resurrection_n that_o enoch_n and_o elias_n must_v come_v out_o of_o that_o earthly_a paradise_n where_o they_o be_v keep_v in_o reserve_n to_o fight_v with_o he_o that_o he_o be_v to_o kill_v they_o that_o they_o must_v rise_v on_o the_o four_o day_n all_o this_o i_o say_v be_v so_o fabulous_a that_o it_o will_v be_v a_o injury_n to_o so_o understand_v a_o age_n as_o we_o formal_o to_o confute_v such_o idle_a vision_n and_o so_o whole_o destitute_a of_o any_o foundation_n duration_n all_o may_v be_v reduce_v to_o the_o single_a question-about_a the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o antichrist_n duration_n this_o controversy_n may_v be_v reduce_v to_o one_o only_a point_n and_o it_o be_v that_o of_o the_o duration_n
duo_fw-la certissima_fw-la there_o be_v two_o thing_n most_o certain_a of_o which_o this_o be_v one_o have_v not_o the_o jew_n already_o receive_v a_o very_a great_a number_n of_o false_a messiah_n do_v they_o not_o follow_v their_o famous_a barchocheva_n in_o the_o reign_n of_o adrian_n by_o who_o order_n more_o than_o a_o million_o of_o jew_n that_o revolt_v from_o all_o part_n under_o the_o conduct_n of_o this_o false_a messiah_n be_v massacre_v why_o must_v he_o of_o who_o jesus_n christ_n speak_v be_v antichrist_n jerusalem_n antichrist_n be_v not_o to_o have_v his_o seat_n at_o jerusalem_n iu._n but_o antichrist_n must_v have_v his_o seat_n at_o jerusalem_n therefore_o he_o must_v be_v account_v by_o the_o jew_n for_o the_o messiah_n another_o chimaera_n if_o the_o messiah_n must_v have_v his_o seat_n at_o jerusalem_n why_o do_v they_o make_v he_o to_o come_v forth_o from_o among_o the_o ten_o horn_n i._n e._n from_o among_o the_o ten_o king_n that_o must_v divide_v the_o roman_a empire_n at_o this_o day_n viz._n germany_n for_o that_o only_a at_o this_o day_n do_v subsist_v under_o the_o name_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n what_o connection_n what_o coherence_n can_v a_o jew_n sit_v in_o jerusalem_n have_v with_o the_o ten_o horn_n and_o the_o ten_o kingdom_n of_o germany_n why_o do_v they_o acknowledge_v a_o little_a before_o that_o antichrist_n must_v be_v the_o last_o king_n that_o shall_v possess_v the_o roman_a empire_n what_o be_v there_o in_o common_a between_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o the_o empire_n of_o a_o jew_n that_o must_v reign_v at_o jerusalem_n be_v it_o perhaps_o because_o antichrist_n shall_v reign_v in_o germany_n by_o the_o same_o reason_n the_o persian_a empire_n must_v have_v be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o assyrian_a because_o the_o persian_n do_v extend_v their_o dominion_n in_o all_o place_n where_o the_o assyrian_n once_o do_v reign_v this_o dream_n be_v found_v on_o what_o st._n paul_n say_v that_o antichrist_n must_v sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n and_o on_o what_o the_o h._n ghost_n say_v that_o the_o two_o witness_n who_o antichrist_n shall_v slay_v shall_v lie_v dead_a on_o the_o place_n of_o the_o great_a city_n where_fw-mi j._n christ_n be_v crucify_v now_o he_o be_v crucify_v at_o jerusalem_n as_o to_o the_o first_o we_o say_v that_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n can_v by_o no_o mean_n signify_v the_o temple_n at_o jerusalem_n which_o be_v no_o long_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n since_o god_n cause_v this_o voice_n to_o be_v hear_v there_o let_v we_o depart_v hence_o since_o god_n have_v entire_o abollisht_v the_o moysaicall_a service_n since_o the_o law_n be_v abrogate_a and_o the_o gospel_n establish_v the_o temple_n of_o god_n be_v the_o very_a christian_a church_n wherein_o the_o throne_n of_o antichristianism_n be_v raise_v up_o and_o as_o for_o that_o city_n in_o the_o revelation_n where_o jesus_n christ_n be_v crucify_v it_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n in_o which_o the_o saviour_n of_o the_o world_n be_v crucify_v it_o be_v also_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n who_o have_v crucify_v jesus_n christ_n in_o crucify_a his_o subject_n jerusalem_n be_v never_o call_v the_o great_a city_n without_o the_o addition_n of_o the_o holy_a city_n v._o antichrist_n must_v hate_v idol_n and_o not_o be_v a_o idolater_n why_o then_o be_v babylon_n call_v the_o mother_n of_o whoredom_n who_o do_v not_o know_v 11.38_o antichrist_n be_v not_o to_o be_v a_o hater_n of_o idol_n dan._n 11.38_o that_o in_o a_o spiritual_a sense_n whoredom_n signify_v idolatry_n why_o do_v they_o confess_v that_o we_o must_v understand_v that_o place_n in_o daniel_n concern_v he_o that_o he_o shall_v worship_v mahuzim_n these_o mahuzim_n whatever_o they_o be_v be_v they_o not_o idol_n flesh_n he_o must_v not_o deny_v the_o come_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh_n vi_o he_o must_v deny_v the_o come_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh_n st._n john_n do_v not_o say_v so_o he_o say_v indeed_o that_o he_o that_o deny_v that_o jesus_n christ_n be_v come_v into_o the_o world_n and_o who_o do_v not_o acknowledge_v a_o incarnate_a god_n be_v antichrist_n in_o the_o sense_n wherein_o the_o same_o apostle_n say_v there_o be_v many_o antichrist_n and_o in_o that_o sense_n wherein_o they_o that_o overthrow_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o christian_a religion_n be_v antichrist_n mass_n he_o be_v not_o to_o abolish_v the_o mass_n vii_o he_o shall_v abolish_v the_o sacrifice_n of_o the_o mass_n and_o shall_v make_v man_n renounce_v their_o baptism_n this_o be_v not_o say_v in_o any_o place_n it_o be_v true_a it_o be_v say_v of_o antiochus_n that_o he_o shall_v cause_v the_o daily_a sacrifice_n to_o cease_v which_o he_o also_o do_v it_o be_v true_a also_o that_o in_o so_o do_v he_o be_v a_o type_n of_o antichrist_n who_o have_v cause_v the_o true_a sacrifice_n to_o cease_v which_o be_v prayer_n to_o god_n to_o substitute_n in_o their_o place_n the_o worship_n of_o mahuzim_n and_o demigod_n king_n how_o antichrist_n be_v to_o overthrow_v three_o king_n viii_o he_o be_v to_o overcome_v three_o king_n viz._n those_o of_o lybia_n ethiopia_n and_o egypt_n it_o be_v true_a also_o that_o this_o be_v express_o speak_v concern_v antiochus_n and_o that_o it_o agree_v to_o antichrist_n as_o to_o the_o person_n of_o who_o antiochus_n be_v the_o type_n and_o it_o be_v very_o certain_a this_o have_v be_v accomplish_v in_o the_o roman_a antichristian_a empire_n in_o what_o sense_n soever_o we_o understand_v it_o for_o the_o court_n of_o rome_n have_v destroy_v three_o kingdom_n in_o italy_n that_o of_o the_o lombard_n that_o of_o the_o goth_n and_o before_o these_o that_o of_o the_o greek_n these_o be_v the_o three_o kingdom_n which_o the_o pope_n have_v ruin_v to_o usurp_v his_o temporality_n he_o have_v overthrow_v the_o king_n of_o naples_n he_o of_o sicily_n and_o he_o of_o germany_n to_o make_v they_o his_o vassal_n he_o have_v overcome_v the_o three_o part_n of_o those_o kingdom_n that_o have_v submit_v to_o he_o because_o he_o have_v usurp_v more_o than_o a_o three_o part_n of_o their_o riches_n their_o land_n and_o their_o jurisdiction_n heaven_n how_o antichrist_n cause_v fire_n to_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n xii_o he_o be_v to_o cause_v fire_n to_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n it_o be_v enough_o to_o make_v fire_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n to_o hurl_v anathema_n and_o lightning_n on_o the_o head_n of_o man_n to_o damn_v they_o if_o it_o be_v possible_a for_o he_o to_o do_v it_o and_o effectual_o to_o kill_v they_o for_o these_o be_v the_o lightning_n though_o paint_a one_o that_o have_v set_v the_o christian_a world_n on_o fire_n arm_n he_o be_v not_o to_o conquer_v by_o arm_n xiii_o he_o must_v conquer_v all_o the_o world_n by_o arm_n how_o can_v this_o be_v true_a see_v the_o h._n spirit_n say_v express_o that_o the_o ten_o king_n which_o you_o yourselves_o confess_v be_v co-temporary_a with_o antichrist_n his_o friend_n and_o subject_n shall_v free_o give_v their_o power_n to_o he_o there_o will_v be_v no_o need_n therefore_o to_o conquer_v they_o by_o arm_n moreover_o the_o pope_n have_v not_o be_v want_v to_o make_v use_n of_o carnal_a weapon_n to_o strengthen_v and_o increase_v his_o sovereignty_n kill_v enoch_n and_o elias_n must_v not_o return_v nor_o be_v kill_v fourteen_o enoch_n and_o elias_n must_v come_v again_o in_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n he_o must_v kill_v they_o and_o they_o must_v rise_v again_o these_o be_v ridiculous_a vision_n jewish_a fable_n or_o tale_n make_v in_o imitation_n of_o they_o who_o always_o expect_v their_o elias_n as_o well_o as_o their_o messiah_n as_o for_o we_o we_o keep_v close_o to_o what_o the_o lord_n j._n christ_n have_v tell_v we_o that_o elias_n have_v already_o come_v and_o that_o that_o elias_n be_v john_n baptist_n who_o have_v the_o power_n and_o spirit_n of_o elias_n as_o for_o enoch_n and_o his_o return_n it_o be_v a_o vision_n that_o have_v not_o the_o least_o foundation_n in_o history_n or_o in_o prophecy_n it_o be_v true_a enoch_n be_v translate_v into_o heaven_n but_o there_o be_v not_o one_o word_n whence_o we_o can_v hope_v for_o his_o return_n these_o be_v fable_n upon_o fable_n that_o enoch_n and_o that_o elias_n those_o two_o witness_n that_o must_v appear_v again_o in_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n be_v hide_v as_o they_o say_v in_o a_o retire_a place_n in_o the_o earthly_a paradise_n that_o subsist_v to_o this_o very_a day_n and_o which_o be_v invisible_a to_o all_o man_n god._n antichrist_n be_v not_o to_o style_v himself_o the_o only_a god._n xv._o antichrist_n be_v to_o style_v himself_o god_n and_o the_o only_a god._n how_o absurd_a be_v this_o how_o do_v this_o agree_v with_o what_o you_o say_v that_o antichrist_n must_v be_v receive_v by_o the_o jew_n as_o their_o messiah_n that_o he_o be_v
to_o re-establish_a the_o law_n of_o moses_n that_o he_o must_v set_v on_o foot_n again_o the_o levitical_a worship_n how_o will_v the_o jew_n receive_v he_o for_o their_o messiah_n if_o he_o be_v so_o wicked_a a_o person_n as_o not_o to_o believe_v there_o be_v a_o god_n to_o what_o purpose_n shall_v he_o rebuild_v the_o temple_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o why_o shall_v he_o offer_v sacrifice_n to_o god_n in_o it_o if_o he_o make_v himself_o to_o be_v worship_v as_o the_o only_a god_n beside_o it_o be_v clear_a enough_o that_o the_o pope_n cause_v himself_o to_o be_v adore_v like_o a_o god_n though_o he_o do_v not_o call_v himself_o either_o the_o only_a god_n or_o the_o great_a god._n antichrist_n germany_n be_v not_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o must_v be_v divide_v among_o ten_o king_n under_o antichrist_n xvi_o he_o be_v not_o to_o come_v till_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v entire_o destroy_v we_o shall_v afterward_o take_v a_o occasion_n to_o examine_v this_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n consider_v what_o absurdity_n these_o man_n run_v themselves_o into_o according_a to_o they_o the_o roman_a empire_n do_v yet_o subsist_v viz._n in_o the_o branch_n of_o germany_n according_a to_o they_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v be_v divide_v among_o ten_o king_n that_o shall_v be_v the_o friend_n the_o cotemporaries_a and_o the_o supporter_n of_o antichrist_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o empire_n of_o germany_n shall_v be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n those_o will_v be_v notable_a kingdom_n those_o ten_o kingdom_n on_o the_o other_o side_n the_o rhine_n and_o do_v well_o deserve_v a_o place_n even_o ten_o time_n over_o in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n and_o st._n john_n if_o antichrist_n must_v not_o come_v till_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v destroy_v why_o do_v they_o confess_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o 7_o chapt._n of_o daniel_n be_v antichrist_n this_o horn_n do_v it_o not_o play_v the_o part_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n i.e._n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n why_o do_v these_o gentleman_n agree_v to_o this_o that_o antichrist_n be_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o of_o the_o revelation_n which_o they_o together_o with_o we_o acknowledge_v to_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n why_o do_v bellarmine_n grant_v that_o antichrist_n be_v to_o be_v the_o last_o roman_a emperor_n the_o roman_a empire_n therefore_o shall_v not_o be_v destroy_v when_o antichrist_n shall_v come_v because_o that_o empire_n shall_v continue_v under_o he_o world._n antichrist_n must_v come_v before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n xvii_o he_o be_v not_o to_o come_v but_o just_a at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n he_o be_v not_o to_o come_v till_o the_o last_o time_n but_o we_o shall_v hereafter_o examine_v whether_o the_o last_o time_n signify_v the_o three_o last_o year_n before_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n and_o when_o we_o shall_v have_v prove_v that_o the_o 1260_o day_n of_o antichrist_n reign_n be_v so_o many_o year_n this_o point_n will_v be_v clear_v up_o world_n the_o gospel_n have_v be_v preach_v almost_o throughout_o the_o world_n xviii_o before_o he_o come_v the_o gospel_n must_v have_v be_v preach_v throughout_o all_o the_o world._n indeed_o before_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n do_v appear_v and_o be_v perceivable_a the_o gospel_n have_v be_v preach_v in_o that_o which_o they_o call_v the_o whole_a world_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostle_n in_o all_o the_o extent_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o beyond_o it_o in_o all_o the_o then_o know_a world_n in_o the_o country_n which_o they_o know_v be_v inhabit_v and_o where_o they_o can_v enter_v without_o be_v hinder_v by_o the_o barbarity_n of_o those_o that_o dwell_v there_o but_o this_o universal_a preach_v throughout_o all_o the_o earth_n without_o exception_n must_v be_v consequent_a upon_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n and_o not_o a_o sign_n of_o his_o come_n further_o this_o term_n of_o universal_a preach_v even_o then_o must_v not_o be_v take_v in_o the_o strict_a sense_n for_o it_o may_v be_v there_o will_v be_v some_o exception_n magician_n it_o be_v not_o necessary_a that_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v a_o magician_n xix_o last_o antichrist_n must_v be_v a_o magician_n and_o that_o because_o he_o must_v work_v great_a sign_n and_o miracle_n by_o the_o help_n of_o magic_n it_o be_v sufficient_a for_o the_o fulfil_n of_o these_o oracle_n that_o he_o do_v his_o sign_n by_o illusion_n and_o the_o enchantment_n of_o man_n sense_n by_o cheat_v and_o deceit_n and_o also_o by_o the_o help_n of_o the_o devil_n without_o his_o make_v any_o compact_n with_o the_o devil_n either_o direct_v or_o indirect_a the_o false_a miracle_n of_o popery_n also_o be_v wrought_v by_o the_o cheat_v of_o the_o priest_n or_o pure_o by_o lie_n or_o by_o the_o devil_n that_o make_v himself_o sport_n with_o their_o miserable_a devotion_n see_v all_o these_o character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v all_o false_a we_o must_v for_o the_o future_a examine_v and_o seek_v out_o what_o be_v the_o true_a character_n of_o it_o chap._n xiii_o what_o be_v the_o true_a character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n they_o be_v three_o tyranny_n idolatry_n and_o great_a corruption_n of_o manner_n that_o we_o must_v not_o look_v on_o tyranny_n alone_o as_o the_o sole_a character_n of_o antichrist_n character_n the_o antichristian_a empire_n have_v three_o name_n that_o note_v its_o three_o character_n we_o be_v seek_v after_o the_o character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n i_o believe_v we_o may_v hope_v to_o find_v they_o in_o the_o name_n which_o the_o holy_a spirit_n give_v it_o for_o assure_o name_n be_v give_v by_o god_n to_o signify_v the_o nature_n of_o thing_n i_o find_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n give_v three_o name_n to_o that_o empire_n he_o call_v it_o egypt_n and_o sodom_n and_o last_o babylon_n egypt_n and_o sodom_n in_o the_o eleven_o of_o the_o revelation_n where_o speak_v of_o the_o death_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n 11.8_o c._n 11.8_o he_o say_v their_o dead_a body_n shall_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n which_o be_v spiritual_o call_v sodom_n and_o egypt_n babylon_n in_o as_o many_o place_n of_o the_o same_o book_n as_o it_o be_v say_v in_o she_o be_v fall_v she_o be_v fall_v babylon_n the_o great_a come_v out_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n these_o three_o name_n signify_v the_o three_o character_n of_o that_o babylonish_n empire_n antichrist_n the_o name_n of_o egypt_n signify_v the_o pride_n tyranny_n and_o cruelty_n of_o antichrist_n egypt_n be_v the_o emblem_n of_o tyranny_n pride_n and_o cruelty_n of_o tyranny_n because_o there_o the_o israelite_n do_v groan_v under_o hard_a bondage_n in_o the_o chain_n of_o pharaoh_n who_o tyrannize_v over_o they_o of_o cruelty_n because_o that_o cruel_a prince_n do_v vex_v they_o sore_o with_o hard_a labour_n and_o the_o death_n of_o their_o child_n who_o he_o cause_v to_o be_v drown_v in_o the_o river_n nile_n of_o pride_n because_o this_o proud_a tyrant_n rebel_v against_o god_n with_o a_o intolerable_a pride_n say_v who_o be_v the_o lord_n that_o i_o shall_v obey_v his_o voice_n empire_n sodom_n signify_v the_o great_a corruption_n of_o manner_n in_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n sodom_n signify_v the_o mighty_a corruption_n of_o manner_n and_o the_o reason_n of_o it_o may_v be_v easy_o apprehend_v it_o be_v neither_o tyranny_n nor_o cruelty_n that_o destroy_v sodom_n we_o do_v not_o read_v that_o she_o do_v aspire_v after_o the_o dominion_n it_o be_v not_o idolatry_n at_o least_o we_o have_v no_o reason_n to_o believe_v that_o she_o be_v more_o notorious_a for_o it_o than_o the_o other_o canaavite_v round_o about_o it_o be_v therefore_o only_a dissoluteness_n luxury_n and_o debauchery_n ease_n and_o abundance_n of_o bread_n as_o the_o prophet_n speak_v therefore_o when_o they_o will_v set_v forth_o a_o mighty_a corruption_n of_o manner_n they_o borrow_v a_o expression_n from_o hence_o and_o use_v the_o name_n of_o sodom_n and_o gomorrha_n 1.10_o â—s_n 1.10_o hear_v the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n you_o ruler_n of_o sodom_n give_v ear_n unto_o the_o law_n of_o our_o god_n you_o people_n of_o gomorrha_n after_o which_o isaiah_n fall_v not_o upon_o their_o idolatry_n but_o upon_o their_o corrupt_a manner_n he_o reproach_n they_o with_o nothing_o but_o their_o injustice_n and_o violence_n antichristianism_n babylon_n signify_v the_o idolatry_n of_o antichristianism_n last_o babylon_n signify_v idolatry_n all_o do_v agree_v that_o babylon_n be_v the_o fountain_n of_o all_o sort_n of_o idolatry_n from_o chaldaea_n it_o spread_v itself_o over_o all_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v the_o fountain_n and_o spring_n of_o man_n it_o be_v also_o of_o false_a gods._n as_o she_o be_v the_o first_o fountain_n so_o she_o do_v continue_v the_o chief_a seat_n of_o it_o
into_o perdition_n see_v here_o a_o eight_o king_n that_o belong_v to_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o this_o eight_o king_n be_v of_o the_o seven_o he_o be_v of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o seven_o government_n it_o must_v necessary_o be_v that_o this_o eight_o king_n must_v come_v from_o hence_o that_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o and_o it_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n divide_v into_o two_o for_o the_o roman_a emperor_n be_v either_o pagan_n or_o christian_n the_o conversion_n of_o the_o emperor_n make_v so_o great_a a_o change_n that_o the_o christian_a emperor_n deserve_v to_o be_v reckon_v for_o a_o eight_o head_n however_o because_o they_o last_o but_o a_o short_a space_n and_o because_o in_o respect_n of_o their_o temporal_a they_o be_v perfect_o like_o the_o foregoing_a emperor_n the_o holy_a spirit_n rank_n they_o under_o the_o seven_o head_n and_o when_o he_o come_v he_o must_v continue_v a_o short_a space_n that_o be_v to_o say_v when_o the_o second_o part_n of_o the_o head_n of_o the_o emperor_n shall_v become_v viz._n the_o christian_a emperor_n it_o shall_v not_o continue_v long_o indeed_o the_o christian_a emperor_n do_v not_o possess_v the_o empire_n but_o from_o the_o conversion_n of_o constantine_n to_o valentinian_n the_o three_o about_o 130_o or_o 135._o year_n beside_o the_o transposition_n of_o the_o word_n which_o i_o have_v suppose_v do_v not_o make_v any_o difficulty_n here_o for_o if_o i_o make_v a_o commentary_n i_o can_v easy_o bring_v example_n much_o more_o harsh_a in_o the_o writing_n only_o of_o the_o n._n testament_n and_o the_o ten_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v 12._o v._o 12._o be_v ten_o king_n which_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n as_o yet_o but_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n these_o be_v the_o ten_o king_n or_o the_o ten_o kingdom_n into_o which_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v rend_v when_o the_o imperial_a power_n be_v destroy_v in_o the_o west_n and_o the_o same_o time_n that_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v make_v the_o beast_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o second_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o chapter_n the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n the_o roman_a church_n begin_v to_o form_v its_o empire_n this_o be_v one_o of_o the_o most_o remarkable_a place_n of_o the_o prophecy_n to_o find_v the_o point_n of_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n therefore_o it_o deserve_v a_o large_a reflection_n which_o shall_v be_v find_v afterward_o in_o its_o proper_a place_n 13._o v._o 13._o these_o have_v one_o mind_n and_o shall_v give_v their_o power_n and_o strength_n unto_o the_o beast_n these_o ten_o king_n or_o these_o ten_o kingdom_n shall_v voluntary_o submit_v themselves_o to_o the_o yoke_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n for_o she_o shall_v not_o obtain_v her_o dominion_n by_o the_o way_n of_o conquest_n but_o by_o the_o way_n of_o illusion_n of_o seduction_n and_o persuasion_n she_o shall_v persuade_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n to_o give_v she_o their_o power_n in_o truth_n this_o do_v so_o happen_v the_o prince_n dote_v on_o this_o idol_n of_o st._n peter_n chair_n the_o apostolical_a see_v raise_v this_o throne_n so_o high_a that_o it_o be_v like_o afterward_o to_o have_v swallow_v they_o up_o these_o shall_v make_v war_n with_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o lamb_n shall_v overcome_v they_o 14._o v._o 14._o they_o shall_v lend_v their_o arm_n and_o their_o power_n to_o the_o roman_a church_n to_o smother_v the_o truth_n but_o the_o truth_n of_o jesus_n christ_n shall_v surmount_v they_o shall_v enlighten_v they_o and_o get_v such_o a_o victory_n over_o they_o as_o shall_v be_v happy_a for_o those_o that_o be_v overcome_v england_n sweden_n denmark_n and_o many_o other_o state_n have_v be_v already_o overcome_v in_o this_o manner_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o 15._o v._o 15._o the_o water_n which_o thou_o see_v where_o the_o whore_n sit_v be_v people_n and_o multitude_n and_o nation_n and_o tongue_n this_o woman_n this_o corrupt_a church_n shall_v have_v the_o multitude_n for_o she_o she_o shall_v ascribe_v great_a honour_n to_o herself_o from_o thence_o and_o make_v use_n of_o that_o as_o a_o argument_n that_o she_o be_v the_o true_a spouse_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o the_o ten_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v upon_o the_o beast_n these_o shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n 16._o v._o 16._o and_o make_v her_o desolate_a and_o naked_a and_o shall_v eat_v her_o flesh_n and_o burn_v she_o with_o fire_n etc._n etc._n we_o shall_v have_v occasion_n afterward_o more_o than_o once_o to_o reflect_v on_o these_o word_n therefore_o we_o shall_v say_v nothing_o of_o they_o at_o present_a the_o woman_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v that_o great_a city_n 1â—_n v._o 1â—_n which_o reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o great_a city_n be_v not_o precise_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n it_o be_v the_o roman_a church_n that_o have_v its_o seat_n at_o rome_n on_o the_o seven_o mountain_n this_o be_v a_o important_a truth_n that_o the_o great_a city_n in_o the_o revelation_n signify_v not_o rome_n precise_o but_o rome_n conjunct_o with_o its_o ecclesiastical_a empire_n it_o shall_v be_v prove_v but_o we_o must_v reserve_v the_o proof_n for_o another_o place_n where_o it_o will_v be_v very_o material_a for_o we_o to_o fix_v this_o what_o the_o city_n signify_v chap._n xvii_o babylon_n in_o the_o 17_o and_o 18_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v rome_n antichristian_a and_o papal_n and_o not_o rome_n pagan_a the_o 17_o chapter_n be_v one_o of_o those_o wherein_o the_o description_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v certain_o contain_v we_o have_v apply_v it_o to_o the_o see_v of_o rome_n with_o the_o same_o success_n as_o we_o have_v do_v the_o forego_n prophecy_n but_o we_o have_v some_o consideration_n to_o add_v to_o prove_v that_o that_o city_n speak_v of_o in_o that_o chapter_n be_v rome_n together_o with_o its_o empire_n of_o christian_a become_v antichristian_a antichrist_n that_o rome_n christian_n and_o not_o pagan_a be_v spiritual_a babylon_n &_o the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n it_o be_v a_o place_n where_o the_o papist_n find_v themselves_o reduce_v to_o mighty_a strait_n they_o have_v confess_v that_o the_o 11_o and_z 13_o chap._n of_o the_o revelation_n speak_v concern_v antichrist_n but_o because_o in_o the_o 11_o chap._n the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n be_v call_v the_o city_n where_o i._o christ_n be_v crucify_v they_o will_v not_o acknowledge_v it_o to_o be_v rome_n and_o because_o in_o the_o 13_o chap._n rome_n be_v not_o name_v they_o will_v by_o no_o mean_n have_v it_o to_o be_v find_v there_o but_o in_o this_o 17_o chap._n they_o be_v force_v to_o see_v rome_n in_o the_o city_n on_o seven_o mountain_n and_o in_o that_o great_a city_n that_o reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n this_o bring_v they_o to_o the_o last_o extremity_n and_o we_o need_v but_o see_v what_o they_o say_v on_o this_o point_n to_o convince_v they_o that_o their_o holy_a roman_a see_v be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n one_a they_o say_v that_o rome_n in_o this_o 17_o chap._n be_v rome_n pagan_a and_o not_o rome_n christian_n 13._o bellarm._n l._n 3._o de_fw-fr pontif_n rom._n c._n 13._o the_o falseness_n of_o this_o supposition_n be_v evident_a first_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o beast_n which_o carry_v the_o woman_n same_o the_o first_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o ch._n and_o that_o of_o the_o 17_o be_v the_o same_o be_v the_o same_o with_o that_o beast_n that_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n in_o the_o 13_o ch._n this_o have_v seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n and_o upon_o his_o horn_n ten_o crown_n and_o upon_o his_o head_n the_o name_n of_o blasphemy_n the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o ch._n be_v describe_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n the_o woman_n sit_v upon_o a_o scarlet-coloured_n beast_n full_a of_o name_n of_o blasphemy_n have_v seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n second_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o ch._n arise_v out_o of_o the_o sea._n 17.3_o c._n 13.1_o c._n 17.3_o and_o i_o see_v a_o beast_n rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea._n that_o of_o the_o 17_o ch._n ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n or_o the_o deep_a 17.8_o chap._n 17.8_o the_o beast_n that_o thou_o see_v be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o shall_v ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n or_o the_o deep_a now_o the_o deep_a and_o the_o sea_n in_o the_o vision_n be_v the_o same_o thing_n three_o 13.3_o chap._n 13.3_o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o first_o beast_n that_o all_o the_o world_n wonder_v after_o the_o beast_n that_o all_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n shall_v worship_v he_o 8._o v._o 8._o who_o name_n be_v not_o write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o life_n it_o be_v say_v also_o of_o that_o in_o the_o
let_v they_o inform_v we_o a_o little_a where_o be_v and_o who_o be_v the_o ten_o king_n that_o shall_v reign_v the_o same_o time_n with_o rome_n pagan_a who_o in_o saint_n johns_n time_n have_v not_o begin_v to_o reign_v and_o who_o yet_o be_v to_o begin_v their_o reign_n at_o the_o same_o time_n with_o the_o roman_a emperor_n be_v it_o not_o plain_a that_o these_o be_v ten_o king_n that_o must_v receive_v their_o birth_n from_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o roman_a pagan_a empire_n and_o compose_v a_o antichristian_a roman_a empire_n under_o the_o rule_n of_o the_o prostitute_n and_o adulterous_a woman_n i._n e._n the_o revolt_a church_n and_o spouse_n of_o jesus_n christ_n six_o 13._o v._o 13._o how_o can_v these_o word_n agree_v to_o rome_n pagan_a these_o i._n e._n these_o ten_o king_n have_v one_o mind_n and_o shall_v give_v their_o power_n and_o strength_n to_o the_o beast_n do_v those_o king_n who_o kingdom_n be_v conquer_v by_o the_o roman_a pagan_a empire_n voluntary_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n do_v not_o rome_n pagan_a by_o mere_a violence_n ravish_v away_o those_o great_a estate_n of_o which_o she_o form_v her_o empire_n can_v it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o king_n that_o be_v conquer_v and_o subdue_v have_v one_o mind_n do_v they_o reign_v together_o with_o rome_n pagan_a be_v they_o not_o destroy_v and_o their_o kingdom_n reduce_v into_o roman_a province_n this_o therefore_o can_v in_o no_o wise_a agree_v to_o the_o pagan_a period_n of_o rome_n but_o do_v very_o well_o to_o the_o antichristian_a and_o papal_a one_o for_o it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o ten_o king_n compose_v this_o ecclesiastical_a empire_n and_o submit_v themselves_o unto_o it_o it_o be_v true_a that_o they_o have_v one_o mind_n and_o that_o they_o have_v give_v their_o power_n unto_o the_o beast_n for_o it_o be_v not_o by_o force_n of_o arm_n that_o rome_n have_v acquire_v this_o second_o empire_n but_o by_o persuasion_n by_o illusion_n by_o the_o false_a religion_n by_o the_o communion_n of_o idolatry_n and_o by_o the_o chimaera_n of_o a_o empire_n of_o jesus_n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n this_o be_v the_o only_a thing_n to_o be_v meet_v with_o which_o the_o popish_a interpreter_n have_v to_o oppose_v to_o prove_v that_o antichrist_n must_v not_o sit_v at_o rome_n and_o that_o rome_n in_o this_o chap._n be_v rome_n pagan_a say_v they_o the_o ten_o king_n shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n 2._o how_o the_o ten_o king_n shall_v destroy_v antichristian_a rome_n after_o they_o have_v build_v it_o c._n 17._o v._n 8_o 16._o de_fw-fr rom._n pontif._n l_o 3_o cap._n 13._o sect_n 2._o and_o make_v her_o desolate_a and_o naked_a and_o shall_v eat_v her_o flesh_n and_o burn_v she_o with_o fire_n it_o be_v the_o argument_n of_o bellarmin_n which_o all_o the_o rest_n have_v adopt_v st._n john_n say_v he_o predict_v that_o the_o ten_o king_n that_o shall_v divide_v the_o roman_a empire_n and_o under_o the_o reign_n of_o who_o antichrist_n shall_v come_v shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n clothe_v in_o purple_a i._n e._n rome_n and_o shall_v make_v her_o desolate_a and_o burn_v she_o with_o fire_n how_o then_o shall_v she_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n if_o in_o that_o very_a time_n she_o must_v be_v overthrow_v and_o burn_v a_o mighty_a riddle_n hard_o to_o be_v solve_v we_o need_v but_o read_v on_o saint_n john_n immediate_o add_v 17._o v._o 17._o for_o god_n shall_v put_v it_o into_o their_o heart_n to_o fulfil_v his_o will_n and_o to_o agree_v and_o give_v their_o kingdom_n to_o the_o beast_n until_o the_o word_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v fulfil_v who_o do_v not_o see_v that_o these_o be_v two_o distinct_a time_n in_o one_o of_o they_o the_o ten_o king_n shall_v give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n by_o the_o cheat_n of_o a_o false_a piety_n and_o in_o the_o other_o be_v better_o instruct_v and_o recover_v foolish_a fondness_n they_o shall_v spoil_v that_o empire_n which_o they_o shall_v have_v form_v by_o their_o complaisance_n man_n must_v be_v hardly_o press_v upon_o that_o have_v recourse_n to_o such_o vain_a evasion_n as_o these_o papist_n the_o foolish_a self-contradiction_n of_o the_o papist_n but_o observe_v their_o foolish_a self-contradiction_n here_o bellarmin_n and_o his_o adherent_n say_v that_o the_o ten_o king_n which_o shall_v divide_v the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v come_v in_o antichrist_n time_n and_o that_o these_o be_v the_o same_o that_o shall_v make_v the_o whore_n desolate_a i._n e._n that_o shall_v destroy_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n viz._n rome_n that_o be_v here_o speak_v of_o and_o which_o bellarmin_n himself_o define_v by_o the_o whore_n clothe_v in_o purple_a that_o be_v to_o say_v rome_n now_o how_o will_v the_o ten_o king_n that_o must_v not_o come_v till_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n according_a to_o they_o be_v able_a to_o make_v desolate_a and_o burn_v rome_n pagan_a which_o have_v no_o long_o be_v in_o be_v for_o above_o 1300._o year_n the_o ten_o king_n associate_v with_o antichrist_n only_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n will_v be_v able_a to_o make_v desolate_a no_o other_o rome_n than_o what_o will_v then_o be_v in_o be_v now_o pagan_a rome_n will_v be_v no_o more_o it_o will_v be_v rome_n christian_n who_o empire_n he_o suppose_v must_v subsist_v to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o to_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n man_n must_v have_v lose_v their_o understanding_n and_o be_v give_v up_o to_o a_o reprobate_a sense_n so_o to_o contradict_v both_o themselves_o and_o the_o truth_n with_o so_o much_o dishonesty_n last_o it_o be_v clear_a by_o the_o follow_a chapter_n which_o be_v the_o 18_o that_o the_o great_a city_n which_o reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n can_v be_v rome_n pagan_a but_o rome_n antichristian_a in_o the_o 18_o chap._n he_o call_v she_o babylon_n who_o just_a before_o he_o call_v the_o great_a city_n and_o even_o the_o popish_a interpreter_n agree_v also_o that_o that_o babylon_n be_v rome_n now_o he_o describe_v the_o fall_n of_o that_o babylon_n i._n e._n of_o rome_n in_o such_o a_o manner_n as_o can_v agree_v to_o any_o other_o but_o rome_n antichristian_a first_o he_o say_v 3._o v._o 3._o that_o all_o nation_n have_v drink_v of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o her_o fornication_n we_o have_v already_o see_v that_o this_o signify_v that_o idolatry_n to_o which_o babylon_n have_v draw_v the_o nation_n by_o her_o charm_n and_o enchantment_n which_o do_v not_o agree_v to_o rome_n pagan_a second_o 4._o v._o 4._o he_o say_v come_v out_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n that_o you_o be_v not_o partaker_n of_o her_o sin_n and_o that_o you_o receive_v not_o of_o her_o plague_n it_o be_v plain_a this_o can_v be_v understand_v of_o any_o thing_n but_o of_o a_o idolatrous_a church_n whence_o god_n will_v draw_v forth_o his_o elect._n god_n never_o command_v his_o faithful_a servant_n to_o go_v out_o of_o rome_n pagan_n they_o always_o remain_v in_o it_o three_o and_o last_o the_o manner_n in_o which_o the_o ruin_n of_o this_o babylon_n be_v describe_v can_v by_o no_o mean_n agree_v to_o rome_n pagan_a the_o holy_a spirit_n represent_v it_o as_o a_o city_n burn_v and_o entire_o reduce_v to_o ash_n the_o merchant_n whereof_o and_o they_o that_o gain_v by_o she_o behold_v her_o desolation_n and_o her_o burn_v afar_o off_o and_o to_o conclude_v he_o signify_v that_o it_o must_v be_v such_o a_o fall_n from_o which_o she_o shall_v never_o rise_v again_o and_o a_o mighty_a angel_n take_v up_o a_o stone_n like_o a_o great_a millstone_n and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o sea_n say_v thus_o with_o violence_n shall_v that_o great_a city_n babylon_n be_v throw_v down_o 21._o c._n 18._o v._n 21._o and_o shall_v be_v find_v no_o more_o at_o all_o now_o this_o be_v not_o yet_o happen_v to_o rome_n she_o have_v be_v take_v and_o retake_v and_o pillage_v several_a time_n but_o yet_o she_o subsist_v still_o so_o that_o this_o can_v be_v understand_v but_o of_o the_o last_o ruin_n that_o must_v happen_v to_o rome_n antichristian_a and_o thus_o you_o have_v the_o proof_n that_o show_v that_o that_o rome_n which_o all_o the_o popish_a interpreter_n as_o well_o as_o we_o do_v find_v in_o the_o 17_o and_o 18_o chap._n of_o the_o revelation_n can_v be_v rome_n pagan_a proof_n which_o i_o call_v a_o demonstration_n for_o i_o maintain_v there_o be_v no_o man_n that_o can_v resist_v the_o force_n of_o they_o lapide_fw-la the_o confession_n of_o the_o modern_a papist_n that_o rome_n must_v be_v the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n ribera_n viega_n cornelius_n à _fw-la lapide_fw-la and_o the_o modern_a popish_a interpreter_n have_v feel_v the_o force_n of_o they_o at_o this_o day_n they_o do_v confess_v that_o it_o be_v not_o rome_n pagan_a but_o
see_v what_o they_o say_v viz._n that_o that_o rome_n that_o now_o be_v towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v corrupt_v become_v idolatrous_a debauch_a that_o she_o shall_v shake_v off_o the_o yoke_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o carry_v her_o disorder_n as_o far_o as_o rome_n pagan_a but_o yet_o however_o that_o it_o must_v not_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n who_o must_v be_v accompany_v with_o his_o ten_o king_n have_v his_o habitation_n at_o jerusalem_n and_o come_v to_o rome_n when_o it_o be_v turn_v idolatrous_a and_o pagan_a to_o destroy_v and_o ruin_v it_o as_o he_o will_v also_o do_v see_v the_o word_n of_o viega_n on_o the_o eighteen_o of_o the_o revelation_n one_o may_v plain_o gather_v from_o the_o infinite_a number_n of_o precious_a merchandise_n and_o of_o all_o sort_n that_o be_v here_o note_v that_o rome_n in_o the_o last_o time_n after_o her_o apostasy_n shall_v attain_v to_o sovereign_a power_n and_o great_a riches_n and_o that_o her_o empire_n shall_v extend_v itself_o throughout_o the_o world_n upon_o the_o ten_o king_n so_o often_o name_v for_o that_o these_o mighty_a riches_n do_v not_o belong_v to_o rome_n pagan_a it_o be_v clear_a by_o these_o word_n come_v forth_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n for_o this_o show_v that_o it_o be_v not_o ancient_a rome_n that_o be_v here_o speak_v of_o in_o which_o there_o be_v no_o faithful_a one_o but_o that_o rome_n that_o shall_v flourish_v in_o the_o last_o time_n then_o therefore_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n shall_v great_o flourish_v and_o its_o empire_n shall_v be_v very_o large_a she_o shall_v live_v in_o pleasure_n and_o have_v great_a abundance_n of_o all_o thing_n and_o at_o the_o same_o time_n she_o shall_v be_v enslave_v to_o idolatry_n be_v full_a of_o superstition_n sacrifice_n to_o doemon_n and_o false_a deity_n and_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o vast_a quantity_n of_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o saint_n that_o shall_v be_v shed_v by_o she_o under_o the_o emperor_n of_o rome_n by_o a_o terrible_a but_o a_o very_a righteous_a judgement_n of_o god_n she_o shall_v at_o last_o be_v make_v desolate_a and_o burn_v by_o ten_o king_n see_v what_o the_o force_n and_o evidence_n of_o the_o truth_n have_v draw_v from_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o worshipper_n of_o rome_n what_o prodigious_a whimsy_n be_v these_o to_o what_o extremity_n must_v these_o man_n have_v be_v reduce_v the_o scripture_n speak_v of_o but_o one_o antichristian_a empire_n the_o church_n never_o imagine_v there_o be_v more_o than_o one_o and_z lo_o here_o be_v man_n that_o make_v a_o couple_n the_o first_o shall_v be_v in_o rome_n corrupt_v for_o according_a to_o they_o rome_n in_o the_o last_o day_n must_v have_v a_o great_a empire_n must_v subdue_v kingdom_n and_o draw_v they_o together_o with_o herself_o into_o a_o revolt_n from_o jesus_n christ_n lo_o therefore_o there_o be_v one_o antichristian_a empire_n at_o rome_n what_o need_n have_v we_o of_o another_o antichrist_n sit_v at_o jerusalem_n moreover_o this_o chimaera_n be_v found_v on_o this_o principle_n that_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chapt._n which_o according_a to_o they_o represent_v antichrist_n be_v not_o the_o same_o with_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chap._n with_o the_o great_a city_n that_o rule_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o with_o babylon_n speak_v of_o in_o the_o 14_o and_o the_o 18_o chapt._n now_o we_o have_v confute_v this_o ridiculous_a imagination_n and_o have_v demonstrate_v that_o babylon_n the_o great_a city_n the_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o and_o the_o 18_o chapter_n be_v the_o same_o thing_n this_o chimaera_n be_v so_o ill_a to_o be_v defend_v that_o the_o more_o modern_a papist_n have_v abandon_v it_o and_o at_o last_o have_v be_v force_v to_o acknowledge_v that_o rome_n must_v be_v the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n that_o the_o great_a city_n speak_v of_o in_o the_o 11_o chapter_n where_o jesus_n christ_n be_v crucify_v be_v not_o jerusalem_n but_o spiritual_a babylon_n speak_v of_o afterward_o and_o bernard_n de_fw-fr montrevil_n that_o have_v write_v since_o the_o rest_n though_o he_o retain_v that_o ancient_a dream_n that_o antichrist_n must_v come_v out_o of_o jerusalem_n yet_o he_o confess_v however_o that_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n and_o the_o antichristian_a be_v not_o two_o empire_n that_o must_v succeed_v one_o another_o and_o the_o one_o destroy_v the_o other_o according_a to_o the_o supposition_n of_o those_o we_o be_v just_a now_o speak_v of_o he_o confess_v that_o rome_n shall_v be_v the_o chief_a city_n of_o antichrist_n party_n that_o antichrist_n must_v defend_v it_o and_o that_o the_o ten_o king_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o subject_n of_o its_o grandeure_n and_o that_o of_o antichrist_n the_o head_n of_o the_o league_n the_o monarch_n of_o the_o time_n he_o call_v antichrist_n the_o prince_n of_o the_o apocalyptical_a babylon_n and_o he_o confess_v that_o this_o babylon_n be_v rome_n therefore_o he_o acknowledge_v that_o rome_n must_v be_v antichristian_a and_o the_o capital_a city_n of_o antichrist_n babylon_n say_v he_o be_v the_o mistress_n the_o queen_n the_o empress_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n not_o dare_v to_o call_v rome_n babylon_n chapt._n on_o the_o 24._o chapt._n he_o define_v it_o however_o by_o western_a babylon_n who_o be_v pervert_v instead_o of_o obey_v the_o law_n of_o the_o piety_n of_o the_o first_o age_n shall_v in_o her_o pride_n cause_v herself_o to_o be_v call_v the_o great_a and_o the_o independent_a and_o shall_v become_v much_o worse_o under_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n than_o ever_o eastern_a babylon_n be_v after_o these_o confession_n there_o remain_v no_o other_o help_n for_o the_o popish_a doctor_n to_o hinder_v their_o rome_n from_o be_v acknowledge_v to_o be_v rome_n antichristian_a but_o the_o chimaera_n of_o the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a be_v duration_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n it_o be_v true_a say_v they_o that_o rome_n must_v be_v possess_v by_o antichrist_n that_o he_o must_v establish_v idolatry_n there_o that_o rome_n must_v become_v worse_a than_o rome_n pagan_a be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n and_o than_o eastern_a babylon_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o prophet_n but_o this_o must_v last_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a when_o therefore_o we_o have_v destroy_v this_o ridiculous_a dream_n of_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o a_o half_a we_o shall_v have_v demonstrate_v that_o rome_n at_o this_o day_n be_v the_o true_a seat_n of_o antichrist_n and_o then_o i_o shall_v make_v they_o this_o argument_n babylon_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n the_o same_o thing_n with_o the_o prostitute_n woman_n with_o the_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n all_o this_o be_v rome_n become_v antichristian_a and_o the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n which_o be_v plain_a either_o by_o what_o have_v be_v invincible_o prove_v or_o what_o the_o papist_n themselves_o have_v confess_v now_o this_o antichristian_a roman_n empire_n must_v endure_v not_o 1260._o natural_a day_n but_o 1260._o prophetical_a day_n i._n e._n 1260._o year_n therefore_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n which_o must_v be_v at_o rome_n can_v be_v that_o chimerical_a empire_n of_o antichrist_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a that_o must_v conclude_v 45._o day_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o that_o it_o be_v that_o of_o rome_n which_o have_v endure_v so_o long_o already_o the_o consequence_n be_v plain_a because_o all_o do_v acknowledge_v the_o world_n must_v not_o and_o can_v according_o to_o the_o decree_n of_o god_n endure_v yet_o twelve_o or_o thirteen_o hundred_o year_n to_o make_v room_n for_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n and_o a_o thousand_o year_n more_o at_o the_o end_n of_o that_o to_o make_v room_n for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o jesus_n christ_n the_o truth_n and_o certainty_n of_o which_o we_o shall_v prove_v so_o that_o if_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n must_v endure_v 1260._o year_n it_o be_v necessary_a that_o it_o subsist_v at_o this_o present_a time_n and_o that_o it_o have_v begin_v a_o long_a time_n since_o this_o be_v i_o say_v a_o demonstration_n which_o i_o have_v in_o readiness_n for_o these_o gentleman_n when_o i_o shall_v have_v prove_v the_o only_a thing_n in_o this_o argument_n that_o can_v be_v call_v in_o question_n viz._n that_o the_o 1260._o day_n of_o antichrist_n can_v be_v understand_v of_o so_o many_o natural_a day_n i_o will_v prove_v this_o truth_n present_o be_v it_o not_o that_o it_o regard_v the_o time_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n of_o which_o we_o shall_v have_v occasion_n afterward_o to_o speak_v wherefore_o now_o we_o shall_v continue_v to_o give_v you_o the_o explication_n of_o the_o prophecy_n that_o contain_v the_o character_n of_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n chap._n xviii_o
they_o be_v at_o a_o prodigious_a distance_n from_o it_o so_o the_o prophet_n look_v on_o these_o two_o resurrection_n the_o first_o and_o the_o last_o it_o be_v not_o strange_a that_o behold_v they_o at_o so_o great_a distance_n he_o look_v on_o they_o as_o join_v together_o though_o they_o be_v a_o 1000_o year_n distant_a from_o each_o other_o moreover_o the_o h._n spirit_n from_o this_o first_o resurrection_n in_o which_o the_o church_n must_v be_v deliver_v and_o which_o it_o may_v be_v be_v but_o a_o figurative_a resurrection_n will_v raise_v we_o up_o to_o the_o contemplation_n of_o the_o last_o and_o general_a resurrection_n because_o this_o first_o resurrection_n that_o must_v be_v before_o the_o 1000_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o jesus_n christ_n must_v be_v but_o a_o emblem_n of_o the_o great_a deliverance_n of_o the_o church_n when_o it_o shall_v be_v in_o one_o body_n translate_v from_o earth_n to_o heaven_n by_o the_o last_o resurrection_n it_o be_v usual_a with_o the_o prophet_n to_o have_v holy_a sally_n that_o from_o temporal_a thing_n do_v transport_v they_o to_o spiritual_a and_o eternal_a one_o isaiah_n speak_v of_o a_o sign_n that_o god_n will_v give_v to_o ahaz_n and_o which_o he_o refuse_v pass_v over_o many_o age_n leave_v there_o ahaz_n and_o his_o sign_n 7._o esai_n 7._o and_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n shall_v give_v you_o a_o sign_n behold_v a_o virgin_n shall_v bear_v a_o son_n the_o rest_n of_o the_o twelve_o chapter_n be_v not_o less_o profound_a but_o as_o it_o respect_v the_o duration_n of_o the_o persecution_n of_o antiochus_n literal_o and_o mystical_o the_o time_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n we_o shall_v reserve_v it_o for_o that_o chap._n where_o we_o must_v speak_v of_o the_o duration_n of_o his_o kingdom_n chap._n xxiv_o in_o which_o be_v gather_v together_o 35._o character_n of_o antichrist_n that_o perfect_o agree_v to_o the_o papism_n and_o can_v agree_v to_o any_o but_o it_o fearure_n a_o short_a portraiture_n of_o antichrifi_n and_o his_o fearure_n after_o sound_v all_o the_o fountain_n whence_o the_o pourtaiture_n of_o antichrist_n be_v draw_v i_o believe_v it_o will_v not_o be_v unuseful_a to_o gather_v together_o here_o all_o the_o stroke_n that_o we_o may_v see_v they_o all_o with_o one_o view_n and_o that_o we_o may_v discern_v the_o perfect_a conformity_n that_o be_v between_o that_o antichrist_n and_o the_o papism_n 1._o it_o must_v be_v a_o empire_n 13.1_o rev._n 13.1_o for_o it_o be_v call_v a_o beast_n now_o in_o the_o prophetic_a style_n a_o beast_n always_o signify_v a_o empire_n when_o king_n be_v treat_v of_o the_o papism_n be_v a_o empire_n in_o all_o the_o form_n of_o worldly_a empire_n ancient_a and_o modern_a we_o have_v prove_v it_o with_o the_o great_a evidence_n in_o our_o prejudices_fw-la 2._o it_o must_v also_o be_v a_o religion_n 2._o 2_o thes_n 2._o for_o it_o be_v call_v a_o mystery_n and_o it_o must_v be_v a_o false_a religion_n for_o it_o be_v call_v a_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n and_o a_o apostasy_n there_o be_v only_o the_o papism_n in_o which_o a_o empire_n and_o a_o religion_n be_v find_v both_o together_o 8._o 1_o tim._n 4.1_o 8._o it_o be_v true_a mahomet_n make_v a_o empire_n and_o a_o religion_n at_o the_o same_o time_n but_o in_o mahometanism_n the_o religion_n be_v not_o the_o empire_n nor_o the_o empire_n the_o religion_n and_o the_o priest_n be_v not_o sovereign_a lord_n under_o the_o pretext_n of_o religion_n mahometanism_n be_v divide_v into_o many_o aempire_n and_o yet_o there_o be_v but_o one_o religion_n a_o proof_n that_o the_o religion_n and_o the_o empire_n be_v not_o the_o same_o thing_n 19.20_o the_o papism_n be_v the_o only_a religion_n that_o boast_v of_o a_o prophet_n always_o live_v rev._n 19.20_o 3._o antichrist_n must_v have_v a_o prophet_n i._n e._n a_o man_n that_o say_v he_o be_v infallible_a and_o that_o pretend_v to_o pronounce_v oracle_n as_o well_o as_o the_o ancient_a prophet_n for_o with_o the_o beast_n be_v join_v the_o false_a prophet_n the_o beast_n be_v take_v and_o together_o with_o he_o the_o false_a prophet_n that_o wrought_v sign_n before_o he_o there_o be_v no_o religion_n in_o the_o world_n but_o the_o papism_n that_o pretend_v to_o have_v a_o infallible_a head_n always_o pronounce_v oracle_n when_o it_o be_v necessary_a always_o speak_v and_o always_o live_v this_o be_v a_o very_a peculiar_a character_n and_o which_o shall_v make_v we_o well_o discern_v he_o 4._o the_o corruption_n of_o the_o religion_n of_o antichrist_n must_v principal_o consist_v in_o idolatry_n 17._o 1_o tim._n 4._o 2_o thes_n 2._o rev._n 17._o for_o it_o be_v call_v apostasy_n a_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n spiritual_a whoredom_n the_o papism_n be_v a_o religion_n in_o which_o idol_n be_v re-establisht_a under_o new_a name_n we_o have_v also_o clear_o prove_v it_o 17._o the_o idolatry_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v a_o idolatry_n of_o christian_n rev._n 17._o 5._o this_o antichristian_a idolatry_n must_v be_v a_o idolatry_n of_o christian_n which_o must_v be_v exercise_v in_o the_o church_n and_o not_o without_o by_o the_o spouse_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o not_o by_o a_o stranger_n for_o this_o idolatry_n be_v call_v adultery_n and_o conjugal_a unfaithfulness_n the_o papism_n with_o its_o idolatry_n retain_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o church_n and_o preserve_v christianity_n 6._o the_o chief_a city_n of_o this_o empire_n and_o of_o this_o religion_n must_v be_v a_o city_n seat_v on_o seven_o mountaïn_n 17.9.18_o rev._n 17.9.18_o and_o the_o great_a city_n which_o in_o the_o time_n of_o saint_n john_n rule_v over_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v to_o say_v rome_n the_o papism_n have_v for_o the_o capital_a of_o its_o empire_n and_o religion_n new_a rome_n build_v where_o the_o ancient_a one_o be_v 7._o this_o empire_n be_v to_o form_v itself_o not_o by_o force_n but_o by_o craft_n by_o seduction_n and_o by_o the_o consent_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o west_n 13.13_o rev._n 13.13_o that_o be_v to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n the_o power_n of_o the_o papism_n and_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n come_v by_o illusion_n rather_o than_o by_o the_o violence_n that_o both_o king_n and_o people_n have_v suffer_v 8._o this_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v be_v a_o continuation_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n which_o be_v that_o of_o the_o roman_n 13._o dan._n 2.7_o rev._n 13._o as_o have_v be_v show_v by_o the_o vision_n of_o daniel_n statue_n by_o that_o of_o the_o four_o beast_n and_o by_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o of_o the_o revel_n the_o papism_n be_v a_o true_a continuation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n have_v the_o very_a same_o seat_n and_o very_o hear_v the_o same_o province_n 9_o this_o empire_n must_v be_v only_o a_o image_n of_o a_o empire_n a_o image_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n 15._o rev._n 13.14_o 15._o yet_o this_o image_n must_v speak_v and_o must_v be_v worship_v in_o all_o the_o earth_n the_o papism_n have_v no_o arm_n nor_o citadel_n that_o real_o make_v a_o empire_n it_o have_v nothing_o but_o superstition_n and_o foolish_a fondness_n for_o all_o its_o arm_n however_o it_o speak_v it_o threaten_v it_o promise_v it_o teach_v it_o seduce_v and_o by_o this_o mean_v it_o reign_v 10._o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v have_v ten_o horn_n 17._o rev._n 13._o end_n 17._o that_o be_v to_o say_v ten_o king_n vassal_n and_o subject_n prop_n and_o upholder_n of_o its_o throne_n the_o papism_n have_v always_o have_v under_o it_o ten_o principal_a king_n that_o have_v worship_v and_o maintain_v its_o power_n 11._o antichrist_n must_v speak_v great_a thing_n in_o his_o own_o behalf_n 13.5_o rev._n 13.5_o but_o against_o god_n for_o they_o must_v be_v blasphemy_n the_o papism_n say_v of_o itself_o and_o its_o capital_a great_a and_o mighty_a thing_n say_v that_o rome_n be_v eternal_a that_o she_o be_v infallible_a that_o the_o pope_n be_v superior_a to_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o spouse_n of_o the_o church_n the_o vicar_n of_o j._n christ_n god_n upon_o earth_n his_o holiness_n and_o most_o holy_a lord_n and_o these_o arrogant_a pretension_n be_v true_a blasphemy_n against_o god_n against_o j._n christ_n and_o against_o the_o true_a church_n the_o spouse_n of_o j._n christ_n 12._o antichrist_n must_v raise_v war_n and_o cruel_a persecution_n on_o the_o account_n of_o religion_n 13.7_o rev._n 13.7_o for_o it_o be_v give_v to_o he_o to_o make_v war_n against_o the_o saint_n and_o to_o overcome_v they_o the_o papism_n have_v bathe_v itself_o in_o humane_a and_o christian_a blood_n for_o six_o or_o seven_o hundred_o year_n 13._o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v a_o empire_n raise_v up_o again_o 13.3_o rev._n 13.3_o a_o head_n mortal_o wound_v but_o heal_v again_o the_o empire_n of_o
the_o papism_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n that_o be_v bring_v to_o nothing_o by_o the_o goth_n and_o visigoth_n but_o be_v raise_v up_o again_o by_o the_o pope_n 14._o antichrist_n must_v ascribe_v to_o himself_o two_o power_n 13.11_o rev._n 13.11_o like_v to_o those_o which_o j._n christ_n have_v now_o the_o lord_n have_v temporal_a and_o spiritual_a power_n there_o be_v no_o potentate_n in_o the_o world_n that_o say_v he_o have_v this_o double_a power_n but_o the_o pope_n the_o head_n of_o the_o papism_n 15._o antichrist_n must_v be_v a_o empire_n 13.18_o rev._n 13.18_o as_o have_v be_v prove_v and_o the_o name_n of_o this_o empire_n must_v contain_v the_o number_n 666._o man._n the_o number_n 666._o must_v be_v in_o the_o name_n of_o a_o empire_n and_o not_o in_o the_o name_n of_o a_o man._n there_o be_v no_o empire_n in_o the_o world_n who_o name_n contain_v 666_o but_o that_o of_o the_o latin_a and_o the_o roman_a which_o be_v the_o name_n that_o the_o papism_n glory_v in_o and_o this_o shall_v be_v well_o observe_v to_o lay_v open_a the_o vanity_n of_o the_o observation_n of_o the_o papist_n who_o to_o elude_v this_o so_o plain_a a_o character_n seek_v for_o certain_a name_n of_o man_n in_o which_o they_o will_v find_v 666._o they_o will_v fain_o find_v it_o in_o the_o name_n of_o luther_n and_o very_o late_o m._n simon_n will_v find_v it_o in_o roterodami_n we_o must_v let_v they_o know_v they_o do_v nothing_o that_o here_o it_o be_v not_o the_o name_n of_o a_o man_n but_o of_o a_o empire_n that_o be_v treat_v of_o now_o they_o will_v search_v in_o vain_a they_o will_v not_o find_v any_o empire_n in_o the_o world_n who_o name_n contain_v 666_o beside_o the_o roman_a or_o latin_a empire_n 16._o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrisi_n must_v be_v a_o sodom_n 11._o rev._n 11._o full_a of_o impurity_n and_o abominable_a crime_n the_o papism_n in_o all_o the_o foregoing_a age_n have_v be_v a_o sink_n of_o all_o the_o abomination_n of_o the_o earth_n there_o be_v no_o filthy_a and_o odious_a crime_n of_o which_o its_o clergy_n and_o its_o subject_n have_v not_o make_v themselves_o guilty_a the_o proof_n of_o it_o at_o large_a may_v be_v see_v in_o our_o just_a prejudices_fw-la 17._o this_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v be_v a_o cruel_a egypt_n a_o babylon_n 18.4_o rev._n 18.4_o in_o which_o god_n will_v preserve_v his_o people_n notwithstanding_o its_o corruption_n come_v forth_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n there_o be_v no_o false_a religion_n that_o have_v possess_v the_o church_n more_o age_n and_o in_o which_o god_n have_v be_v able_a to_o preserve_v his_o elect_n than_o the_o papism_n 18._o antichristianism_n must_v be_v establish_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n i.e._n in_o the_o church_n there_o be_v no_o kingdom_n empire_n and_o corrupt_a religion_n together_o with_o it_o that_o be_v establish_v in_o the_o christian_a church_n but_o the_o papism_n 19_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v be_v exceed_o proud_a 2._o 2_o thes_n 2._o for_o its_o head_n must_v sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n as_o if_o he_o be_v god._n the_o papism_n have_v carry_v pride_n beyond_o whatsoever_o can_v be_v imagine_v it_o be_v notorious_a 20._o antichrist_n must_v worship_v mahuzim_n i._n e._n patron_n and_o protector_n the_o papism_n worship_v its_o guardian_n angel_n and_o saint_n under_o who_o protection_n it_o put_v itself_o 21._o antichristianism_n must_v be_v a_o paganism_n raise_v up_o again_o 11._o rev._n 11._o for_o the_o outward_a court_n must_v be_v leave_v to_o the_o gentile_n for_o 42_o month_n the_o papism_n have_v all_o the_o part_n of_o a_o paganism_n build_v on_o christianity_n as_o have_v be_v so_o evident_o prove_v 22._o antichrist_n must_v usurp_v the_o power_n of_o j._n christ_n for_o he_o shall_v have_v the_o horn_n of_o a_o lamb_n 13.11_o rev._n 13.11_o and_o shall_v speak_v as_o a_o dragon_n the_o papism_n have_v usurp_v all_o the_o power_n of_o j._n christ_n the_o pope_n act_n speak_v censure_n absolve_n damn_n dethrone_n king_n etc._n etc._n in_o the_o name_n and_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o j._n christ_n little_a the_o empire_n of_o the_o papism_n ascend_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n by_o little_a and_o little_a 23._o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v not_o be_v form_v with_o noise_n this_o beast_n must_v not_o ascend_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n as_o a_o monster_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o deep_a very_o great_a and_o whole_o form_v in_o the_o twinkle_n of_o a_o eye_n and_o which_o devour_v as_o soon_o as_o it_o be_v on_o the_o earth_n it_o must_v arise_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n as_o a_o plant_n that_o be_v nothing_o in_o the_o beginning_n and_o which_o after_o many_o year_n grow_v a_o great_a tree_n 13.11_o rev._n 13.11_o for_o the_o second_o beast_n ascend_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o not_o out_o of_o the_o sea._n the_o empire_n of_o the_o papism_n come_v by_o little_a and_o little_a as_o a_o tree_n which_o for_o many_o year_n have_v be_v but_o a_o little_a herb_n 24._o the_o empire_n and_o the_o religion_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v establish_v by_o false_a sign_n and_o false_a wonder_n it_o be_v impossible_a to_o reckon_v up_o the_o false_a miracle_n miracle_n popety_n be_v the_o only_a religion_n that_o boast_v of_o work_a sign_n and_o miracle_n which_o the_o papism_n have_v produce_v to_o establish_v its_o superstition_n and_o its_o power_n it_o be_v at_o this_o day_n the_o only_a religion_n in_o the_o world_n that_o pretend_v to_o work_v miracle_n 25._o the_o christian_a apostasy_n must_v be_v promote_v by_o person_n give_v to_o lie_n lover_n of_o fable_n it_o be_v the_o true_a signification_n of_o the_o word_n which_o st._n paul_n use_v pseudologoi_n 4._o 1_o tim._n 4._o there_o never_o be_v a_o religion_n in_o the_o world_n that_o have_v produce_v so_o many_o fable_n as_o the_o papism_n i_o have_v prove_v it_o in_o my_o just_a prejudices_fw-la 26._o the_o teacher_n of_o antichristianism_n must_v have_v a_o great_a appearance_n of_o austerity_n they_o must_v despise_v and_o discredit_v marriage_n and_o command_v abstinence_n from_o meat_n the_o teacher_n of_o the_o papism_n make_v it_o necessary_a for_o they_o to_o remain_v unmarried_a and_o think_v they_o merit_v great_o by_o abstinence_n from_o meat_n 27._o antichristianism_n be_v to_o appear_v in_o the_o world_n when_o the_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n be_v beat_v down_o the_o papism_n in_o the_o time_n that_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v destroy_v by_o the_o goth_n and_o the_o vandal_n begin_v to_o be_v sensible_a in_o its_o idolatry_n and_o its_o tyranny_n 28._o this_o empire_n must_v have_v its_o course_n in_o the_o late_a time_n 4._o 1_o tim._n 4._o it_o be_v unquestionable_a that_o we_o be_v in_o the_o late_a time_n therefore_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o papism_n at_o this_o day_n subsist_v be_v the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n 29._o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v subdue_v three_o king_n of_o the_o ten_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o papism_n 7._o dan._n 7._o beside_o that_o it_o have_v subdue_v more_o than_o a_o three_o part_n of_o the_o temporal_a power_n of_o the_o western_a king_n it_o have_v actual_o subject_v to_o itself_o in_o fief_n and_o temporal_a homage_n many_o kingdom_n among_o other_o that_o of_o the_o lombard_n of_o which_o he_o possess_v one_o part_n the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o its_o jurisdiction_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o naples_n for_o which_o even_o at_o this_o day_n he_o make_v homage_n be_v pay_v he_o every_o year_n 30._o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v put_v to_o death_n the_o witness_n of_o the_o truth_n of_o god._n 11._o rev._n 11._o the_o papism_n use_v all_o imaginable_a attempt_n to_o extinguish_v those_o society_n that_o give_v testimony_n to_o the_o truth_n and_o that_o oppose_v superstition_n and_o idolatry_n 31._o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v interdict_v fire_n and_o water_n 13._o rev._n 13._o i._n e._n all_o commerce_n with_o those_o that_o will_v not_o pay_v homage_n to_o it_o and_o carry_v its_o mark_n and_o its_o name_n the_o papism_n excommunicate_v damn_n proscribe_v and_o put_v under_o interdict_v all_o those_o that_o will_v not_o submit_v themselves_o to_o its_o law_n and_o that_o will_v not_o bear_v the_o name_n of_o roman_a catholic_n 32._o spiritual_a babylon_n must_v be_v a_o merchant_n 18._o rev._n 18._o and_o there_o must_v be_v great_a traffic_n in_o all_o precious_a thing_n even_o in_o soul_n therefore_o they_o that_o live_v of_o its_o traffic_n shall_v weep_v bitter_o upon_o her_o ruin_n of_o all_o the_o religion_n in_o the_o world_n there_o be_v never_o any_o where_o avarice_n simony_n and_o the_o sale_n of_o spritual_a thing_n reign_v to_o that_o degree_n as_o they_o have_v do_v in_o the_o papism_n if_o any_o one_o can_v tell_v of_o any_o one_o they_o will_v much_o oblige_v we_o to_o
must_v be_v according_a to_o bellarmine_n the_o last_o roman_a enperour_n though_o without_o the_o name_n of_o a_o roman_a emperor_n and_o this_o roman_a empire_n be_v bring_v in_o anew_o express_o for_o the_o seven_o head_n with_o ten_o horn_n which_o make_v antichrist_n i._n e._n the_o ten_o king_n his_o vassal_n which_o give_v he_o their_o power_n in_o truth_n three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a will_v they_o well_o deserve_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n shall_v represent_v they_o to_o we_o and_o lay_v before_o our_o eye_n afresh_o all_o this_o great_a empire_n of_o almost_o 3000_o year_n duration_n for_o by_o the_o confession_n of_o our_o adversary_n the_o roman_a empire_n do_v yet_o last_o and_o shall_v continue_v even_o to_o antichrist_n who_o shall_v be_v the_o last_o king_n of_o it_o now_o there_o be_v about_o two_o thousand_o four_o or_o five_o hundred_o year_n since_o the_o first_o foundation_n of_o rome_n moreover_o antichrist_n be_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n this_o be_v so_o evident_a that_o it_o can_v be_v gainsayed_n now_o must_v there_o not_o be_v some_o proportion_n between_o the_o head_n and_o their_o duration_n the_o head_n of_o the_o king_n last_v near_o 200_o year_n that_o of_o the_o emperor_n above_o 500_o year_n what_o proportion_n be_v there_o between_o so_o long_a a_o duration_n and_o this_o of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a as_o for_o we_o we_o pretend_v that_o the_o last_o head_n must_v endure_v as_o long_o as_o the_o other_o six_o rome_n under_o king_n consul_n decemvir_n tribune_n of_o the_o people_n perpetual_a dictator_n and_o emperor_n have_v last_v about_o 1250_o year_n it_o must_v be_v as_o long_o under_o the_o pope_n but_o at_o least_o the_o head_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v last_v at_o rome_n some_o age_n to_o have_v its_o duration_n proportionable_a to_o that_o of_o the_o other_o head_n it_o signify_v nothing_o to_o we_o what_o period_n be_v assign_v to_o it_o provide_v it_o be_v not_o that_o of_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o a_o half_a for_o we_o have_v prove_v that_o if_o it_o can_v be_v take_v for_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o a_o half_a it_o must_v necessary_o be_v take_v for_o prophetical_a year_n they_o three_o arg._n in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a antichrist_n can_v prevail_v over_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n neither_o by_o violence_n nor_o by_o seduce_v they_o three_o in_o the_o same_o chapter_n the_o same_o antichristian_a empire_n appear_v again_o under_o the_o form_n of_o a_o second_o beast_n that_o have_v but_o one_o head_n and_o two_o horn_n yet_o once_o more_o see_v a_o great_a mystery_n for_o a_o matter_n that_o be_v to_o endure_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a in_o a_o period_n of_o 2000_o year_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n the_o prophet_n say_v that_o it_o be_v give_v to_o he_o to_o make_v war_n with_o the_o saint_n and_o to_o overcome_v they_o and_o also_o to_o he_o be_v give_v power_n over_o every_o tribe_n tongue_n and_o nation_n and_o of_o the_o second_o that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n by_o reason_n of_o those_o miracle_n which_o he_o have_v power_n to_o do_v etc._n etc._n and_o that_o all_o both_o small_a and_o great_a free_a and_o bond_n shall_v receive_v his_o mark_n in_o their_o hand_n and_o in_o their_o forehead_n afterward_o it_o be_v say_v of_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o woman_n sit_v on_o a_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n that_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n have_v commit_v whoredom_n with_o she_o that_o she_o make_v drink_v all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n with_o the_o wine_n of_o her_o whoredom_n and_o that_o all_o the_o nation_n drink_v of_o the_o wine_n of_o her_o whoredom_n this_o signify_v two_o thing_n one_o that_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v subdue_v all_o nation_n the_o second_o that_o it_o must_v seduce_v they_o by_o its_o sign_n and_o false_a miracle_n now_o can_v any_o one_o imagine_v that_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a suffice_v first_o to_o conquer_v a_o empire_n and_o overcome_v all_o nation_n second_o to_o seduce_v and_o pervert_v they_o and_o bring_v they_o to_o deny_v the_o christian_a religion_n if_o antichrist_n be_v to_o use_v that_o method_n that_o be_v use_v in_o france_n and_o be_v to_o use_v no_o other_o but_o that_o it_o may_v be_v in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a he_o can_v make_v many_o kingdom_n abjure_v christianity_n as_o in_o six_o month_n he_o have_v make_v the_o reformation_n be_v abjure_v by_o more_o than_o a_o million_o of_o person_n but_o it_o be_v plain_a the_o antichrist_n of_o the_o papist_n be_v not_o to_o use_v this_o way_n so_o that_o one_o may_v say_v the_o clergy_n of_o france_n have_v outstrip_v their_o antichrist_n and_o that_o there_o never_o be_v a_o more_o hellish_a sort_n of_o persecution_n it_o be_v clear_a i_o say_v that_o antichrist_n be_v to_o carry_v away_o man_n by_o seduce_v they_o for_o otherwise_o why_o shall_v he_o work_v sign_n and_o miracle_n and_o though_o he_o be_v to_o pervert_v the_o christian_n with_o dragoon_n at_o least_o certain_o he_o ought_v to_o have_v conquer_v they_o by_o arm_n before_o hand_n and_o have_v overturn_v every_o other_o empire_n can_v he_o conquer_v all_o the_o world_n in_o three_o year_n where_o be_v the_o example_n of_o so_o swift_a a_o conquest_n alexander_n the_o great_a be_v represent_v in_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n as_o a_o leopard_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o speediness_n of_o his_o conquest_n yet_o he_o spend_v more_o than_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a and_o have_v conquer_v but_o one_o part_n of_o asia_n when_o he_o die_v be_v three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a sufficient_a to_o reassemble_v the_o jew_n from_o all_o the_o country_n of_o the_o world_n to_o make_v they_o master_n of_o the_o whole_a universe_n to_o re-establish_a the_o mosaical_a worship_n and_o rebuild_v the_o temple_n of_o solomon_n only_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n the_o first_o time_n take_v up_o seven_o year_n the_o labour_v more_o than_o 40_o year_n about_o that_o of_o herod_n and_o this_o of_o antichrist_n which_o will_v apparent_o be_v more_o magnificent_a shall_v be_v finish_v in_o a_o few_o month_n if_o there_o be_v therefore_o nothing_o else_o but_o what_o be_v to_o be_v do_v by_o the_o violence_n of_o antichrist_n according_a to_o the_o very_a supposition_n of_o the_o popish_a doctor_n it_o will_v be_v impossible_a to_o be_v do_v in_o 30_o year_n how_o much_o more_o impossible_a be_v it_o that_o he_o shall_v attain_v his_o end_n in_o so_o short_a a_o time_n in_o what_o he_o be_v to_o do_v by_o the_o mean_n of_o seduce_v his_o false_a prophet_n must_v seduce_v all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n all_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n according_a to_o the_o style_n of_o the_o writer_n in_o those_o time_n who_o define_v the_o roman_a empire_n by_o the_o habitable_a earth_n there_o must_v be_v much_o more_o time_n to_o seduce_v the_o nation_n than_o to_o conquer_v they_o if_o antichrist_n be_v to_o establish_v his_o religion_n by_o violence_n only_o it_o may_v be_v say_v that_o in_o build_v up_o his_o empire_n he_o will_v build_v up_o his_o religion_n but_o it_o be_v clear_a than_o the_o day_n that_o he_o must_v persuade_v and_o seduce_v it_o be_v for_o this_o purpose_n that_o he_o work_v sign_n there_o be_v no_o need_n of_o miracle_n to_o establish_v a_o religion_n by_o arm_n the_o prophecy_n say_v express_o that_o he_o shall_v make_v drink_v the_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n with_o the_o wine_n of_o his_o whoredom_n which_o signify_v great_a obstinacy_n drunkeness_n of_o mind_n persuasion_n now_o behold_v a_o strange_a thing_n in_o less_o than_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a a_o seducer_n utter_o destroy_v the_o whole_a christian_a religion_n and_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o persuasion_n seduce_v all_o the_o christian_n and_o persuade_v they_o to_o become_v jew_n revel_n four_o argument_n the_o mere_a fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v take_v up_o more_o year_n according_a to_o the_o 14_o chap._n of_o the_o revel_n four_o we_o have_v in_o the_o 14_o chap._n a_o abridgement_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o spiritual_a babylon_n she_o be_v fall_v she_o be_v fall_v babylon_n that_o great_a city_n we_o have_v prove_v before_o that_o babylon_n and_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v the_o same_o thing_n now_o the_o prophet_n in_o this_o chapt._n concern_v the_o end_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n make_v two_o period_n of_o his_o last_o ruin_n the_o first_o be_v call_v the_o harvest_n then_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o cloud_n thrust_v in_o his_o sickle_n on_o the_o earth_n 14.8_o c._n 14.8_o and_o the_o earth_n be_v reap_v
fain_o find_v the_o invocation_n of_o saint_n but_o it_o be_v not_o there_o 11._o praep._n evan._n l._n 12._o c._n 11._o eusebius_n only_o use_v the_o word_n honour_n which_o do_v not_o import_v either_o invocation_n or_o adoration_n it_o be_v only_o out_o of_o a_o design_n to_o honour_v the_o memory_n of_o the_o martyr_n that_o they_o assemble_v at_o their_o tomb_n but_o the_o ignorant_a people_n surprise_v with_o the_o deceit_n of_o some_o false_a miracle_n which_o the_o devil_n wrought_v at_o those_o tomb_n from_o a_o simple_a honour_n immediate_o proceed_v to_o a_o religious_a worship_n and_o a_o few_o year_n after_o the_o pastor_n suffer_v themselves_o to_o be_v carry_v down_o the_o torrent_n they_o give_v way_n to_o it_o and_o labour_v to_o establish_v this_o false_a devotion_n saint_n basil_n in_o the_o east_n and_o saint_n ambrose_n in_o the_o west_n be_v the_o most_o ancient_a father_n in_o who_o we_o find_v the_o footstep_n of_o the_o invocation_n and_o intercession_n of_o the_o saint_n as_o for_o the_o corruption_n of_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o clergy_n and_o people_n it_o begin_v to_o be_v great_a at_o the_o very_a same_o time_n age._n corruption_n of_o manner_n begin_v also_o in_o the_o four_o age._n the_o church_n be_v become_v queen_n of_o the_o world_n by_o the_o mean_n of_o her_o emperor_n clothe_v herself_o with_o its_o luxury_n and_o follow_v all_o its_o manner_n covetousness_n unchastity_n debauchery_n be_v introduce_v into_o the_o sanctuary_n we_o need_v only_o to_o see_v what_o st._n jerome_n who_o live_v in_o that_o time_n say_v of_o rome_n and_o the_o roman_a clergy_n and_o of_o the_o ecclesiastic_n in_o general_n in_o his_o day_n he_o represent_v rome_n as_o already_o become_v a_o babylon_n mercellam_fw-la panla_n &_o eustochium_fw-la ad_fw-la mercellam_fw-la go_v out_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n say_v he_o for_o she_o be_v fall_v babylon_n the_o great_a she_o be_v become_v a_o habitation_n of_o devil_n and_o a_o dwell_a place_n of_o unclean_a spirit_n it_o be_v true_a there_o be_v the_o holy_a church_n etc._n etc._n but_o the_o pride_n grandeur_n power_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v find_v in_o that_o city_n agree_v not_o with_o the_o life_n and_o tranquillity_n of_o monk_n the_o same_o author_n say_v that_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o church_n live_v in_o deliciousness_n and_o imagine_v they_o do_v preserve_v their_o purity_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o mighty_a repast_n and_o lascivious_a action_n elsewhere_o he_o say_v 2._o comment_fw-fr in_o mic._n cap._n 2._o that_o the_o ecclesiastic_n do_v kiss_v and_o caress_n the_o lady_n stretch_v forth_o their_o hand_n to_o they_o to_o receive_v their_o present_n they_o observe_v the_o temper_n of_o woman_n they_o cause_v great_a estate_n to_o be_v give_v to_o themselves_o and_o their_o covetousness_n become_v so_o odious_a nepotianum_fw-la ad_fw-la nepotianum_fw-la that_o the_o christian_a emperor_n forbid_v the_o ecclesiastic_n the_o receive_a legacy_n by_o will_n while_o whore_n and_o comedian_n be_v permit_v so_o to_o do_v last_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o so_o it_o be_v that_o pride_n be_v establish_v in_o the_o church_n in_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a age_n age._n the_o pride_n of_o the_o bishop_n and_o particular_o of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n increase_v in_o the_o same_o age._n then_o it_o be_v that_o the_o bishop_n who_o till_o that_o time_n have_v be_v all_o equal_a through_o pride_n make_v themselves_o arch-bishop_n and_o patriarch_n patriarch_n that_o be_v diminutive_a pope_n and_o consequent_o petty_a antichrist_n above_o all_o the_o pride_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n begin_v to_o be_v very_o plain_a it_o be_v in_o the_o four_o age_n that_o that_o noble_a roman_a consul_n live_v who_o say_v make_v i_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o i_o will_v be_v a_o christian_n marcellin_n st._n jerome_n ammian_a marcellin_n these_o bishop_n cause_v themselves_o to_o be_v carry_v in_o a_o litter_n keep_v sumptuous_a table_n have_v great_a equipage_n and_o live_v like_o the_o great_a one_o of_o the_o world._n it_o be_v at_o this_o time_n also_o that_o they_o begin_v to_o ascribe_v to_o themselves_o the_o primacy_n over_o other_o bishop_n therefore_o bribery_n and_o violence_n begin_v to_o be_v use_v to_o climb_v up_o into_o that_o see_v in_o less_o than_o a_o age_n this_o torrent_n of_o pride_n superstition_n and_o corruption_n swell_v to_o such_o a_o degree_n that_o it_o become_v exceed_v plain_a in_o the_o 450_o year_n superstition_n be_v already_o advance_v to_o the_o degree_n of_o idolatry_n corruption_n be_v very_o high_a and_o pride_n very_o great_a idolatry_n in_o the_o five_o age_n superstition_n be_v advance_v to_o the_o degree_n of_o idolatry_n to_o know_v to_o what_o degree_n idolatry_n be_v already_o advance_v in_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o five_o age_n we_o need_v read_v but_o the_o 8_o book_n of_o theodoret_n de_fw-fr curandis_fw-la graecorum_n affectionibus_fw-la he_o say_v the_o christian_n call_v the_o martyr_n their_o physician_n and_o their_o protector_n the_o temple_n of_o the_o martyr_n say_v he_o be_v remarkable_a for_o their_o greatness_n and_o their_o magnificence_n they_o be_v fill_v with_o all_o sort_n of_o ornament_n and_o they_o diffuse_v abroad_o the_o splendour_n and_o glitter_a of_o their_o beauty_n we_o assemble_v there_o not_o only_o one_o two_o three_o four_o or_o five_o time_n a_o year_n but_o we_o celebrate_v feast_n therein_o very_a often_o yea_o and_o every_o day_n we_o sing_v in_o they_o the_o praise_n and_o hymn_n of_o the_o god_n of_o the_o martyr_n they_o that_o be_v well_o desire_v the_o martyr_n to_o preserve_v they_o in_o health_n and_o they_o that_o have_v any_o disease_n desire_v of_o they_o to_o be_v cure_v of_o it_o man_n and_o barren_a woman_n ask_v child_n of_o they_o and_o they_o that_o have_v they_o desire_v they_o to_o preserve_v they_o they_o that_o take_v a_o voyage_n pray_v to_o the_o martyr_n to_o accompany_v they_o in_o the_o way_n and_o also_o to_o guide_v they_o and_o they_o that_o return_v in_o health_n thank_v they_o for_o it_o confess_v that_o it_o be_v from_o they_o they_o have_v receive_v that_o benefit_n not_o that_o they_o look_v on_o the_o martyr_n as_o god_n but_o pray_v to_o they_o as_o divine_a man_n and_o invocate_v they_o as_o their_o intercessor_n with_o god._n now_o that_o they_o who_o pray_v devout_o and_o with_o faith_n receive_v that_o which_o they_o desire_v appear_v plain_o enough_o by_o the_o gift_n which_o they_o present_v they_o with_o acquit_v themselves_o of_o their_o vow_n which_o be_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o health_n which_o they_o have_v recover_v for_o some_o hang_v up_o figure_n of_o eye_n other_o of_o foot_n other_o of_o hand_n make_v of_o gold_n and_o silver_n all_o these_o thing_n expose_v to_o view_n show_v that_o disease_n have_v be_v cure_v see_v they_o have_v be_v give_v by_o those_o that_o have_v be_v cure_v these_o thing_n i_o say_v show_v how_o great_a be_v the_o virtue_n of_o the_o martyr_n and_o of_o their_o tomb_n age_n the_o great_a corruption_n of_o manner_n in_o the_o five_o age_n if_o any_o will_v be_v assure_v of_o the_o degree_n to_o which_o corruption_n of_o manner_n be_v advance_v in_o the_o same_o age_n he_o may_v read_v salvian_n bishop_n of_o marseilles_n speak_v concern_v the_o excellency_n of_o the_o territory_n of_o aquitain_n provide_v l._n 7._o the_o provide_v and_o that_o abundance_n wherein_o its_o inhabitant_n live_v he_o say_v that_o as_o they_o surpass_v all_o other_o in_o riches_n they_o surpass_v they_o also_o in_o vice_n that_o never_o be_v there_o any_o where_o see_v more_o infamous_a pleasure_n that_o their_o life_n be_v exceed_v filthy_a and_o that_o discipline_n be_v entire_o corrupt_v this_o be_v say_v he_o the_o returns_z they_o have_v make_v to_o god_n for_o his_o holy_a liberality_n he_o confess_v the_o inundation_n of_o the_o barabarians_n that_o have_v spoil_v they_o of_o their_o good_n can_v not_o take_v away_o their_o vice_n from_o they_o and_o that_o they_o remain_v unchaste_a to_o that_o degree_n that_o the_o very_a barbarian_n be_v scandalize_v at_o their_o impurity_n for_o the_o goth_n suffer_v not_o among_o themselves_o either_o impurity_n fornication_n or_o adultery_n spain_n say_v he_o be_v lose_v in_o the_o same_o vice_n if_o not_o in_o great_a speak_v of_o the_o people_n of_o africa_n he_o say_v that_o the_o city_n of_o carthage_n be_v full_a of_o abomination_n that_o there_o be_v no_o place_n nor_o street_n without_o a_o whore-house_n all_o the_o street_n be_v full_a of_o snare_n and_o bait_n as_o so_o many_o ditch_n of_o impurity_n in_o such_o a_o manner_n that_o they_o who_o dislike_v these_o sort_n of_o crime_n can_v not_o prevent_v their_o fall_n into_o they_o all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o that_o great_a city_n be_v plunge_v into_o the_o filthy_a mire_n of_o those_o infamous_a debauch_n they_o breathe_v from_o one_o
nation_n unto_o the_o obedience_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n but_o beside_o that_o in_o this_o there_o be_v no_o shadow_n of_o resemblance_n between_o the_o prophetic_a emblem_n and_o that_o which_o be_v pretend_v to_o be_v signify_v by_o it_o this_o contradict_v the_o evident_a principle_n that_o these_o plague_n never_o signify_v good_a to_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n the_o reduction_n of_o so_o many_o nation_n under_o the_o obedience_n of_o the_o pope_n be_v the_o great_a advantage_n that_o have_v happen_v to_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n 3._o according_a to_o mede_n it_o be_v the_o popish_a sea_n slay_v and_o turn_v into_o blood_n by_o the_o reformation_n which_o be_v do_v in_o the_o last_o age._n 4._o according_a to_o de_fw-fr launay_n it_o be_v the_o government_n of_o sovereign_a prince_n ally_v with_o the_o pope_n which_o shall_v become_v tyrannical_a and_o odious_a to_o their_o subject_n 5._o testard_n think_v that_o it_o signify_v that_o many_o state_n shall_v withdraw_v themselves_o from_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o the_o pope_n so_o that_o this_o domination_n shall_v become_v like_o a_o bloody_a carcase_n which_o putrify_v the_o water_n 6._o according_a to_o durrham_n the_o water_n be_v ecclesiastical_a constitution_n decree_n canon_n worship_n mass_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o the_o viol_n shall_v make_v all_o these_o become_v deadly_a to_o those_o who_o use_v they_o 7._o last_o in_o the_o judgement_n of_o dr._n more_o the_o fish_n here_o signify_v man_n and_o the_o sense_n be_v that_o man_n shall_v withdraw_v themselves_o from_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o pope_n so_o that_o no_o more_o any_o man_n shall_v be_v find_v under_o that_o dominion_n plague_n interpretation_n of_o the_o three_o plague_n the_o three_o plague_n be_v the_o river_n turn_v into_o blood_n 1._o according_a to_o forbes_n these_o be_v the_o doctor_n bishop_n and_o priest_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n which_o must_v become_v stink_v unto_o the_o people_n even_o as_o river_n of_o blood_n 2._o according_a to_o cocceius_n this_o signify_v the_o war_n and_o division_n which_o have_v spill_v so_o much_o blood_n among_o christian_a prince_n since_o the_o time_n of_o the_o waldenses_n and_o albigenses_n 3._o according_a to_o mede_n the_o river_n be_v the_o emissary_n agent_n and_o protector_n of_o popery_n who_o turn_n shall_v come_v to_o suffer_v the_o death_n and_o torment_n which_o they_o have_v cause_v the_o faithful_a to_o suffer_v which_o he_o say_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o england_n in_o the_o reign_n of_o queen_n elizabeth_n 4._o according_a to_o the_o launay_n this_o be_v the_o doctrine_n of_o popery_n that_o shall_v become_v odious_a to_o all_o its_o follower_n 5._o testard_n follow_v the_o interpretation_n of_o mede_n 6._o durrham_n do_v the_o like_a 7._o and_o so_o do_v dr._n more_o plague_n interpretation_n of_o the_o four_o plague_n the_o four_o plague_n be_v the_o sun_n who_o heat_n and_o scorch_a beam_n do_v burn_v man_n 1._o according_a to_o forbes_n this_o be_v the_o light_n of_o the_o gospel_n which_o be_v renew_v and_o double_v by_o the_o reformation_n and_o which_o fill_v the_o papist_n with_o despair_n 2._o cocceius_n say_v almost_o the_o same_o thing_n that_o the_o sun_n be_v jesus_n christ_n the_o beam_n be_v his_o efficacy_n and_o light_n which_o destroy_v the_o superstition_n of_o popery_n by_o discover_v they_o 3._o mede_n think_v that_o the_o sun_n in_o this_o four_o plague_n be_v the_o emperor_n or_o some_o other_o great_a potentate_n who_o shall_v abandon_v popery_n and_o torment_n it_o 4._o de_fw-fr launay_n judge_n that_o the_o sun_n be_v the_o pope_n and_o this_o be_v the_o only_a thing_n in_o which_o he_o have_v guess_v right_a and_o that_o the_o burn_v cause_v by_o the_o sun_n signify_v that_o remorse_n of_o conscience_n which_o papist_n subject_n of_o the_o pope_n will_v feel_v 5._o testard_n who_o every_o where_o follow_v mede_n do_v leave_v he_o here_o and_o follow_v forbes_n 6._o durrham_n follow_v mede_n 7._o and_o dr._n more_n be_v of_o the_o opinion_n of_o forbes_n and_o cocceius_n plague_n interpretation_n of_o the_o five_o plague_n the_o five_o plague_n fall_v upon_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v darken_v by_o it_o 1._o according_a to_o forbes_n this_o be_v the_o diminution_n of_o credit_n and_o authority_n which_o happen_v to_o popery_n by_o the_o reformation_n 2._o according_a to_o cocceius_n the_o throne_n of_o the_o beast_n signify_v a_o multitude_n of_o nation_n upon_o who_o the_o pope_n do_v sit_v and_o this_o throne_n be_v overturn_v by_o the_o council_n of_o trent_n which_o by_o its_o excommunication_n have_v separate_v a_o multitude_n of_o nation_n from_o the_o see_v of_o rome_n 3._o according_a to_o joseph_n mede_n this_o signify_v that_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v utter_o destroy_v a_o considerable_a time_n before_o popery_n be_v complete_o ruin_v 4._o this_o be_v also_o the_o opinion_n of_o de_fw-fr launay_n 5._o testard_n have_v follow_v they_o both_o 6._o and_o durrham_n likewise_o 7._o dr._n more_o say_v that_o the_o plague_n which_o fall_v upon_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o darken_v it_o be_v the_o discovery_n of_o the_o falsehood_n of_o the_o pretend_a infallibility_n of_o the_o pope_n plague_n interpretation_n of_o the_o six_o plague_n the_o six_o plague_n fall_v upon_o euphrates_n who_o water_n be_v dry_v up_o that_o a_o way_n may_v be_v open_v to_o the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n 1._o according_a to_o forbes_n euphrates_n signify_v the_o papal_a power_n and_o domination_n the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n be_v turk_n and_o jew_n this_o papal_a domination_n be_v a_o obstacle_n to_o the_o conversion_n of_o these_o king_n of_o the_o east_n when_o it_o shall_v be_v abolish_v that_o which_o be_v signify_v by_o the_o dry_n up_o of_o the_o river_n euphrates_n the_o turk_n and_o jew_n shall_v be_v convert_v 2._o according_a to_o cocceius_n euphrates_n signify_v also_o the_o power_n of_o the_o new_a babylon_n this_o euphrates_n say_v he_o this_o roman_a power_n have_v be_v much_o weaken_v in_o this_o present_a age_n by_o the_o war_n which_o have_v happen_v between_o the_o spaniard_n the_o french_a the_o german_n the_o hollander_n the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n be_v the_o turk_n which_o must_v come_v but_o he_o know_v not_o how_o far_o they_o must_v come_v 3._o according_a to_o joseph_n mede_n euphrates_n dry_v up_o signify_v the_o ruin_n of_o the_o mahometan_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n who_o shall_v come_v be_v the_o jew_n who_o shall_v be_v convert_v 4._o de_fw-fr launay_n say_v almost_o the_o same_o thing_n save_v that_o by_o the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n who_o shall_v come_v he_o understand_v all_o the_o nation_n which_o be_v on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o bosphorus_n who_o shall_v be_v convert_v to_o the_o faith._n 5._o testard_n exact_o follow_v the_o conjecture_n of_o joseph_n mede_n 6._o james_n durrham_n do_v not_o much_o differ_v 7._o and_o dr._n more_o conjecture_n that_o here_o be_v signify_v the_o conjunction_n of_o the_o turk_n and_o jew_n as_o well_o as_o their_o conversion_n they_o all_o agree_v in_o interpret_n the_o three_o unclean_a spirit_n like_v unto_o frog_n to_o be_v the_o agent_n and_o ambassador_n of_o the_o pope_n or_o monk_n plague_n interpretation_n of_o the_o seven_o plague_n the_o seven_o viol_n fall_v upon_o the_o air_n and_o the_o plague_n consist_v in_o thunder_n lightning_n earthquake_n &_o the_o division_n of_o the_o city_n into_o three_o part_n 1._o forbes_n explain_v this_o to_o be_v the_o total_a ruin_n of_o popery_n but_o know_v not_o what_o to_o make_v of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o city_n into_o three_o part_n 2._o cocceius_n apply_v this_o to_o the_o war_n which_o have_v happen_v in_o this_o age_n in_o england_n scotland_n to_o the_o massacre_n in_o ireland_n to_o the_o death_n of_o king_n charles_n i._o to_o the_o war_n between_o the_o hollander_n and_o spaniard_n he_o confess_v also_o that_o he_o know_v not_o what_o the_o division_n of_o the_o city_n into_o three_o part_n mean_n by_o the_o city_n he_o understand_v the_o true_a church_n 3._o mede_n also_o explain_v all_o this_o to_o be_v the_o final_a destruction_n of_o popery_n but_o say_v nothing_o of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o city_n into_o three_o part_n 4._o de_fw-fr launay_n understand_v it_o after_o the_o same_o manner_n he_o say_v that_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o city_n have_v relation_n to_o the_o three_o great_a judgement_n by_o which_o god_n will_v destroy_v the_o antichristian_a empire_n 5._o testard_n follow_v mede_n and_o know_v no_o more_o than_o he_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o city_n into_o three_o part_n 6._o according_a to_o james_n durrham_n this_o plague_n comprehend_v all_o the_o calamity_n which_o must_v happen_v from_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n unto_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n the_o
the_o hand_n of_o god_n to_o inflict_v the_o plague_n thus_o in_o the_o second_o and_o three_o plague_n which_o be_v the_o croisades_n the_o pope_n be_v not_o the_o sufferer_n it_o be_v he_o who_o make_v other_o suffer_v it_o be_v he_o who_o send_v many_o million_o of_o his_o subject_n to_o be_v murder_v and_o slay_v yea_o this_o very_a thing_n prove_v a_o great_a augmentation_n of_o his_o power_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n this_o four_o plague_n fall_v upon_o the_o antichristian_a people_n and_o therefore_o in_o the_o follow_a plague_n the_o spirit_n say_v that_o the_o viol_n be_v pour_v on_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o signify_v that_o the_o people_n or_o subject_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v not_o be_v the_o chief_a sufferer_n by_o it_o ruin_n the_o abuse_n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n do_v tend_v to_o its_o ruin_n i_o answer_v in_o the_o second_o place_n that_o the_o prodigious_a advancement_n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n which_o in_o truth_n bring_v antichristianism_n unto_o its_o perfection_n yet_o not_o withstand_v be_v one_o step_v to_o its_o ruin_n if_o the_o pope_n have_v keep_v within_o the_o bound_n which_o they_o do_v in_o the_o precede_a age_n if_o they_o have_v not_o meddle_v with_o secular_a affair_n to_o dispose_v absolute_o concern_v they_o perhaps_o the_o see_v of_o rome_n have_v not_o be_v think_v to_o be_v antichrist_n but_o than_o it_o be_v that_o this_o truth_n become_v so_o sensible_a that_o every_o one_o perceive_v it_o the_o abuse_n of_o the_o ecclesiastical_a power_n in_o the_o nine_o age_n make_v some_o perceive_v that_o rome_n be_v the_o mystical_a babylon_n thus_o gontier_n bishop_n of_o colen_n and_o thetgaut_n archbishop_n of_o trier_n name_v it_o in_o the_o nine_o age._n but_o after_o the_o eleven_o age_n this_o truth_n be_v so_o demonstrate_v that_o we_o of_o this_o age_n do_v not_o speak_v it_o more_o plain_o and_o confident_o we_o may_v judge_v by_o that_o excellent_a passage_n of_o eberard_n bishop_n of_o saltsburg_n 330._o see_v aventin_n annal._n boior_n lib._n 4_o pag._n 330._o which_o we_o cite_v out_o of_o aventin_n in_o the_o ten_o chapter_n of_o the_o first_o part_n of_o our_o prejudg_n after_o that_o time_n there_o never_o want_v those_o who_o assert_v the_o same_o thing_n thus_o the_o dismal_a abuse_n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n be_v and_o be_v still_o a_o sore_a plague_n to_o that_o see_v for_o it_o be_v one_o of_o the_o strong_a argument_n by_o which_o we_o prove_v that_o it_o be_v antichrist_n man_n be_v scorch_v but_o they_o repent_v not_o to_o give_v glory_n to_o god._n the_o german_n cry_v out_o very_o much_o against_o babylon_n and_o antichrist_n but_o they_o do_v not_o forsake_v they_o or_o renounce_v their_o idolatry_n on_o the_o contrary_a they_o blaspheme_v the_o name_n of_o god_n who_o have_v power_n over_o these_o plague_n for_o those_o age_n be_v exceed_o wicked_a and_o corrupt_a v._o 10._o and_o the_o five_o angel_n pour_v out_o his_o viol_n upon_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o kingdom_n be_v full_a of_o darkness_n and_o they_o gnaw_v their_o tongue_n for_o pain_n v._o 11._o and_o blaspheme_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n because_o of_o their_o pain_n and_o their_o sore_n and_o repent_v not_o of_o their_o deed_n this_o be_v the_o five_o plague_n i_o ask_v not_o any_o favour_n for_o my_o conception_n about_o it_o let_v they_o be_v examine_v with_o the_o utmost_a rigour_n if_o they_o be_v not_o like_v let_v they_o be_v disregard_v but_o for_o my_o part_n i_o can_v abandon_v they_o until_o the_o time_n and_o event_n do_v undeceive_v i_o but_o those_o event_n shall_v never_o be_v see_v who_o can_v doubt_v that_o by_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v mean_v rome_n and_o when_o be_v it_o that_o the_o viol_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n fall_v upon_o this_o seat_n i.e._n rome_n it_o be_v when_o it_o lose_v its_o sun_n the_o sun_n which_o be_v speak_v of_o in_o the_o precede_a plague_n i.e._n its_o pope_n the_o papal_a court_n that_o like_o a_o gulf_n or_o whirl_n pool_n draw_v to_o it_o all_o the_o riches_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o europe_n avignon_n a_o prophecy_n of_o what_o fall_v out_o when_o the_o pope_n left_a rome_n to_o go_v to_o avignon_n in_o the_o year_n 1305_o clement_n v._o leave_v rome_n to_o go_v and_o dwell_v at_o avignon_n the_o city_n that_o be_v mistress_n of_o the_o world_n become_v desolate_a a_o very_a desert_n and_o a_o shadow_n of_o its_o self_n during_o those_o 74_o year_n when_o its_o master_n keep_v their_o seat_n at_o avignon_n the_o viol_n fall_v upon_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o kingdom_n be_v full_a of_o darkness_n it_o be_v not_o only_o say_v that_o his_o seat_n be_v darken_v but_o his_o kingdom_n and_o indeed_o till_o that_o time_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o authority_n of_o the_o pope_n the_o glory_n of_o the_o holy_a see_v as'tis_o call_v have_v never_o suffer_v such_o a_o strange_a and_o terrible_a a_o eclipse_n this_o removal_n of_o the_o papal_a seat_n unto_o avignon_n be_v the_o cause_n of_o a_o schism_n at_o the_o end_n of_o 74_o year_n gregory_n xi_o compel_v by_o the_o complaint_n of_o the_o roman_n bring_v back_o the_o seat_n to_o their_o city_n but_o after_o his_o death_n the_o cardinal_n who_o be_v almost_o all_o french_a resolve_v to_o have_v a_o pope_n of_o their_o own_o nation_n the_o citizen_n of_o rome_n fear_v lest_o a_o french_a pope_n shall_v return_v into_o france_n force_v the_o college_n of_o cardinal_n to_o choose_v a_o italian_a to_o be_v pope_n who_o call_v himself_o vurban_a vi_o the_o cardinal_n incense_v at_o the_o force_n which_o be_v use_v in_o the_o election_n contrive_v to_o revolt_n which_o they_o do_v and_o choose_v another_o pope_n who_o call_v himself_o clement_a vii_o he_o hold_v his_o seat_n at_o avignon_n and_o his_o successor_n for_o 40_o year_n in_o the_o mean_a while_n vrban_a vi_o and_o his_o successor_n at_o rome_n have_v one_o part_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n under_o their_o obedience_n at_o that_o time_n the_o sun_n of_o the_o antichristian_a world_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o empire_n the_o great_a schism_n of_o the_o west_n be_v a_o terrible_a plague_n to_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n as_o it_o happen_v to_o the_o sun_n and_o the_o moon_n when_o they_o be_v eclipse_v it_o be_v eclipse_v and_o darken_v the_o church_n of_o rome_n suffer_v the_o great_a reproach_n imaginable_a jesus_n christ_n have_v no_o less_o than_o three_o or_o four_o spouse_n at_o one_o time_n this_o be_v a_o piece_n of_o history_n which_o confound_v popery_n even_o at_o this_o day_n which_o destroy_v its_o foolish_a pretence_n unto_o a_o uninterrupted_a succession_n a_o undivided_a unity_n and_o infallibility_n from_o hence_o we_o draw_v a_o conclusion_n against_o it_o which_o can_v be_v avoid_v then_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v darken_v prince_n despise_v the_o pope_n and_o make_v themselves_o their_o judge_n whereas_o former_o pope_n have_v judge_v king_n they_o make_v they_o be_v depose_v they_o call_v by_o their_o own_o authority_n the_o council_n of_o constance_n where_o pope_n be_v subject_v to_o council_n and_o account_v deposable_a as_o in_o effect_n there_o be_v three_o who_o be_v there_o actual_o depose_v till_o that_o time_n censure_n and_o excommunication_n have_v be_v the_o strong_a beam_n of_o the_o antichristian_a sun_n the_o most_o efficacious_a method_n of_o his_o domination_n but_o than_o man_n begin_v to_o despise_v they_o there_o be_v nothing_o but_o excommunicate_v of_o one_o another_o the_o western_a church_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o obedience_n that_o which_o obey_v one_o pope_n be_v excommunicate_v by_o the_o other_o and_o by_o this_o mean_v all_o europe_n lie_v under_o excommunication_n which_o make_v it_o contemptible_a and_o the_o people_n who_o once_o respect_v the_o censure_n with_o incredible_a tremble_a begin_v to_o discern_v that_o these_o thunderbolt_n be_v vain_a and_o empty_a thing_n and_o this_o bring_v a_o considerable_a darkness_n upon_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o papal_a power_n for_o all_o europe_n groan_v under_o the_o slavery_n of_o the_o pope_n every_o one_o begin_v to_o think_v of_o recover_v their_o liberty_n germany_n refuse_v to_o submit_v to_o reservation_n and_o expectation_n mean_n which_o the_o court_n of_o rome_n make_v use_n of_o to_o make_v herself_o mistress_n of_o all_o benefice_n france_n not_o only_o reject_v reservation_n and_o expectation_n but_o annul_v annat_n provision_n and_o all_o other_o exaction_n of_o the_o court_n of_o rome_n then_o be_v lay_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o pragmatic_n sanction_n which_o give_v the_o pope_n so_o much_o trouble_v because_o it_o cut_v off_o all_o the_o simonaical_a trick_n which_o the_o court_n of_o rome_n use_v to_o enrich_v herself_o even_o italy_n itself_o during_o
constantinople_n against_o the_o turk_n but_o they_o leap_v over_o this_o barriere_n and_o spread_v themselves_o as_o far_o as_o the_o euxine_a sea_n and_o the_o bosphorus_n and_o the_o aegean_a sea_n or_o the_o archipelago_n the_o croisades_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o eleven_o age_n drive_v they_o back_o take_v from_o they_o nice_a and_o a_o part_n of_o the_o lesser_a asia_n but_o afterward_o they_o come_v again_o and_o waste_v the_o grecian_a empire_n they_o take_v all_o away_o from_o it_o as_o far_o as_o the_o sea_n call_v bosphorus_n and_o as_o far_o as_o the_o archipelago_n behold_v these_o be_v the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n which_o appear_v again_o in_o our_o six_o viol_n behold_v the_o euphrates_n which_o again_o come_v upon_o the_o stage_n but_o what_o be_v this_o euphrates_n turk_n here_o euphrates_n be_v the_o thracian_a bosphorus_n the_o second_o barriere_n of_o the_o turk_n in_o this_o prophecy_n whatever_o serve_v as_o a_o barriere_n to_o the_o turk_n be_v call_v euphrates_n because_o this_o river_n be_v the_o first_o barriere_n which_o do_v separate_v that_o people_n from_o christendom_n after_o the_o turk_n have_v get_v over_o that_o river_n they_o find_v another_o euphrates_n viz._n the_o bosphorus_n this_o in_o their_o last_o eruption_n be_v the_o same_o that_o euphrates_n have_v be_v in_o their_o first_o namely_o a_o barriere_n that_o for_o a_o little_a while_n stop_v their_o course_n though_o at_o last_o they_o leap_v over_o it_o this_o figure_n be_v very_o ordinary_a in_o orator_n and_o consequent_o there_o be_v ground_n to_o seek_v it_o in_o prophet_n who_o style_n be_v much_o more_o figurative_a thus_o one_o will_v say_v here_o be_v my_o herculis_n pillar_n meaning_n here_o i_o will_v bound_v my_o conquest_n another_o will_v say_v here_o be_v my_o east-indies_n meaning_n here_o i_o will_v bound_v my_o long_a voyage_n a_o three_o say_v this_o be_v my_o lowre_n meaning_n this_o be_v my_o palace_n or_o residence_n so_o it_o may_v be_v say_v of_o the_o turk_n stop_v behind_o the_o bosphorus_n this_o be_v their_o euphrates_n therefore_o the_o sea_n call_v archipel_n and_o the_o bosphorus_n of_o thrace_n in_o the_o thirteen_o age_n be_v the_o barriere_n that_o part_v the_o remainder_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n and_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o turk_n but_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 14_o age_n the_o turk_n under_o the_o conduct_n of_o the_o proud_a bajazet_n and_o by_o mean_n of_o the_o treachery_n of_o the_o genuese_n who_o let_v their_o galley_n to_o they_o they_o pass_v the_o bosphorus_n make_v themselves_o master_n of_o all_o thrace_n fix_v the_o seat_n of_o their_o empire_n at_o adrianople_n and_o plunder_v all_o greece_n insomuch_o that_o the_o greek_a emperor_n have_v scarce_o any_o thing_n leave_v beside_o the_o city_n of_o constantinople_n tamerlain_n tame_v the_o pride_n of_o bajazet_n and_o for_o a_o while_o stop_v the_o fury_n of_o this_o torrent_n but_o the_o child_n and_o successor_n of_o bajazet_n soon_o after_o carry_v on_o their_o conquest_n and_o 50_o year_n after_o quite_o ruin_v the_o remainder_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n mahomet_n ii_o take_v constantinople_n in_o the_o year_n 1452._o after_o which_o the_o turk_n overflow_v as_o a_o torrent_n conquer_v all_o greece_n macedonia_n albania_n slavonia_n croatia_n bulgaria_n hungary_n and_o extend_v the_o bound_n of_o their_o empire_n even_o unto_o the_o border_n of_o germany_n here_o therefore_o the_o archipel_n and_o the_o bosphorus_n which_o be_v join_v to_o it_o be_v call_v euphrates_n because_o this_o sea_n serve_v as_o a_o barriere_n against_o the_o turk_n as_o euphrates_n former_o have_v do_v this_o be_v the_o euphrates_n of_o that_o time_n and_o the_o holy_a ghost_n keep_v the_o name_n of_o euphrates_n in_o this_o second_o barriere_n that_o we_o may_v in_o this_o text_n the_o more_o certain_o discern_v the_o turk_n who_o have_v pass_v over_o euphrates_n when_o they_o first_o invade_v the_o greek_a empire_n and_o christendom_n europe_n the_o latin_a church_n suffer_v infinite_o by_o the_o passage_n of_o the_o turk_n into_o europe_n this_o be_v the_o six_o plague_n which_o may_v be_v well_o call_v the_o plague_n upon_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o that_o kingdom_n do_v infinite_o suffer_v by_o it_o it_o be_v true_a the_o first_o desolation_n fall_v upon_o the_o greek_a empire_n but_o as_o i_o have_v already_o remark_v the_o great_a idolatry_n which_o reign_v in_o the_o greek_a church_n have_v make_v it_o become_v a_o province_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n it_o be_v indeed_o separate_v by_o a_o schism_n from_o the_o latin_a church_n notwithstanding_o it_o be_v a_o province_n beside_o this_o the_o latin_a church_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v infinite_o a_o loser_n how_o many_o fair_a province_n and_o brave_a kingdom_n be_v rend_v off_o from_o the_o west_n by_o the_o turk_n how_o often_o have_v the_o turk_n vex_v italy_n nay_o even_o christian_a prince_n have_v use_v they_o to_o mortify_v the_o pope_n beside_o what_o they_o have_v already_o do_v we_o know_v not_o what_o they_o must_v do_v hereafter_o the_o holy_a ghost_n seem_v to_o intimate_v that_o god_n have_v place_v they_o there_o for_o some_o great_a work_n than_o that_o which_o they_o have_v already_o perform_v for_o the_o spirit_n say_v that_o the_o way_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n may_v be_v prepare_v without_o tell_v we_o what_o work_n they_o be_v to_o do_v and_o the_o reason_n be_v because_o their_o great_a work_n must_v not_o be_v do_v under_o the_o six_o plague_n but_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o seven_o god_n have_v think_v it_o sufficient_a to_o tell_v we_o that_o he_o have_v place_v they_o on_o this_o side_n the_o bosphorus_n and_o bring_v they_o even_o to_o the_o border_n of_o germany_n to_o be_v the_o instrument_n of_o his_o great_a work_n at_o least_o this_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o many_o who_o be_v take_v with_o the_o prophecy_n of_o drabicius_n they_o be_v persuade_v that_o the_o turk_n must_v destroy_v rome_n the_o present_a state_n of_o his_o affair_n do_v not_o promise_v this_o for_o since_o the_o ottoman_a empire_n be_v found_v he_o be_v never_o bring_v so_o low_a but_o i_o confess_v that_o this_o be_v far_o from_o weaken_v my_o opinion_n that_o the_o turk_n must_v be_v the_o instrument_n of_o the_o vengeance_n of_o god_n against_o rome_n for_o it_o be_v this_o that_o do_v confirm_v i_o in_o it_o for_o i_o look_v on_o this_o year_n 1685_o as_o a_o critical_a year_n in_o this_o great_a affair_n god_n have_v bring_v low_o the_o protestant_n and_o the_o turk_n at_o the_o same_o time_n that_o he_o may_v raise_v they_o up_o at_o the_o same_o time_n and_o make_v they_o the_o instrument_n of_o his_o vengeance_n against_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n notwithstanding_o as_o i_o do_v not_o find_v my_o prediction_n upon_o the_o vision_n of_o drabicius_n but_o upon_o those_o of_o saint_n john_n and_o he_o say_v nothing_o that_o do_v determine_v i_o i_o be_o in_o suspense_n whether_o the_o turk_n have_v be_v place_v so_o nigh_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o bear_v a_o part_n in_o destroy_v he_o or_o to_o be_v honour_v with_o the_o blessing_n of_o conversion_n upon_o the_o sight_n of_o that_o great_a work_n of_o god._n i_o be_o persuade_v that_o a_o few_o year_n will_v inform_v we_o which_o of_o these_o be_v the_o truth_n 1526._o from_o 1390_o until_o 1526._o the_o duration_n of_o this_o period_n be_v about_o 125_o or_o 130_o year_n in_o the_o year_n 1529_o the_o turk_n come_v and_o besiege_v vienna_n charles_n the_o five_o make_v they_o raise_v teir_n siege_n since_o that_o time_n they_o have_v not_o make_v any_o great_a progress_n into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o this_o six_o plague_n exact_o bring_v that_o kingdom_n unto_o the_o time_n of_o luther_n preach_v of_o which_o the_o consequence_n be_v foretold_v in_o the_o seven_o plague_n as_o i_o hope_v a_o parenthesis_n of_o a_o great_a depth_n and_o obscurity_n v._o 13._o and_o i_o see_v three_o unclean_a spirit_n like_o frog_n come_v out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o dragon_n and_o out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o false_a prophet_n v._o 14._o for_o they_o be_v the_o spirit_n of_o devil_n work_v miracle_n which_o go_v forth_o unto_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o of_o the_o whole_a world_n to_o gather_v they_o to_o the_o battle_n of_o that_o great_a day_n of_o god_n almighty_n v._o 15._o behold_v i_o come_v as_o a_o thief_n etc._n etc._n v._o 16._o and_o he_o gather_v they_o together_o into_o a_o place_n call_v in_o the_o hebrew_n tongue_n armegeddon_n behold_v great_a affair_n until_o now_o find_v nothing_o better_a i_o be_v content_v with_o the_o conjecture_n of_o those_o who_o by_o these_o three_o unclean_a spirit_n understand_v the_o
person_n that_o they_o may_v be_v take_v notice_n of_o will_v yet_o affirm_v that_o not_o so_o much_o as_o one_o of_o these_o seven_o plague_n be_v hitherto_o come_v to_o pass_v this_o singularity_n be_v neither_o too_o edify_v nor_o too_o comfortable_a i_o earnest_o entreat_v they_o to_o lay_v aside_o the_o desire_n of_o contradict_v and_o to_o consider_v without_o prejudice_n these_o two_o thing_n first_o that_o in_o the_o whole_a explication_n of_o this_o 16_o chapter_n there_o be_v not_o the_o least_o force_a application_n the_o emblem_n which_o the_o prophet_n make_v use_v of_o do_v exact_o resemble_v the_o event_n set_v down_o in_o history_n the_o second_o that_o in_o the_o application_n of_o these_o seven_o plague_n unto_o the_o event_n every_o thing_n do_v hang_v together_o no_o part_n of_o this_o system_n contradict_v another_o this_o be_v suppose_v i_o entreat_v they_o to_o consider_v if_o chance_n can_v do_v this_o and_o have_v ever_o do_v it_o chance_n may_v hit_v right_a in_o some_o point_n but_o never_o do_v so_o in_o all_o i_o say_v again_o that_o we_o be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o seven_o period_n for_o it_o ought_v to_o be_v well_o observe_v that_o there_o be_v not_o one_o viol_n which_o distinct_a and_o separate_v from_o other_o last_v 200_o year_n the_o great_a part_n do_v not_o come_v near_o that_o number_n this_o have_v already_o last_v 170_o year_n it_o can_v last_v much_o long_o it_o be_v true_a the_o papal_a authority_n who_o beam_n so_o scorch_v man_n under_o the_o four_o viol_n last_v above_o 200_o year_n but_o this_o be_v because_o it_o be_v inlayd_a or_o joint_v in_o those_o that_o precede_v and_o those_o that_o follow_v and_o its_o particular_a strict_a period_n must_v be_v reckon_v to_o be_v only_o 108_o year_n which_o begin_v at_o the_o year_n 1270_o when_o the_o croisades_n end_v and_o continue_v until_o the_o grand_a schism_n which_o happen_v in_o the_o year_n 1378._o for_o then_o begin_v the_o diminish_n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n and_o the_o darken_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o seven_o viol_n have_v already_o last_v long_o than_o any_o of_o the_o rest_n and_o it_o be_v probable_a that_o it_o must_v last_v about_o 200_o year_n which_o none_o of_o the_o other_o have_v do_v but_o we_o shall_v see_v the_o reason_n of_o this_o in_o the_o next_o chapter_n where_o we_o shall_v show_v that_o this_o seven_o period_n be_v itself_o divide_v into_o three_o other_o period_n the_o harvest_n the_o vintage_n and_o the_o time_n that_o be_v betwixt_o the_o harvest_n and_o the_o vintage_n the_o harvest_n be_v already_o past_a the_o time_n betwixt_o the_o harvest_n and_o the_o vintage_n be_v almost_o expire_v we_o be_v approach_v to_o the_o vintage_n and_o at_o this_o day_n ought_v to_o say_v come_v lord_n jesus_n come_v but_o within_o a_o little_a while_o we_o shall_v say_v he_o be_v come_v he_o be_v come_v chap._n xi_o the_o explication_n of_o the_o 14_o chapter_n the_o vision_n of_o the_o harvest_n and_o the_o vintage_n the_o harvest_n of_o the_o reformation_n make_v in_o the_o age_n last_o pass_v the_o vintage_n be_v the_o reformation_n which_o shall_v be_v make_v this_o present_a age_n the_o fourteen_o chapter_n be_v the_o second_o of_o those_o wherein_o we_o find_v the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o chapter_n we_o find_v the_o 140_o thousand_o mark_a one_o who_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o two_o witness_n who_o we_o shall_v discourse_v of_o hereafter_o the_o small_a number_n of_o faithful_a one_o who_o god_n preserve_v in_o spiritual_a babylon_n and_o who_o do_v not_o partake_v of_o her_o idolatry_n we_o find_v they_o i_o say_v who_o sing_v a_o song_n which_o none_o be_v able_a to_o learn_v but_o they_o i._n e._n they_o taste_v peculiar_a joy_n and_o pleasure_n which_o the_o antichristian_a christian_n be_v notable_a to_o taste_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n a_o angelappear_v fly_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o heaven_n chap._n 14.6_o have_v the_o everlasting_a gospel_n to_o preach_v unto_o they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n and_o to_o every_o nation_n and_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n and_o people_n this_o be_v the_o preparative_n unto_o that_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n which_o must_v be_v make_v to_o all_o nation_n when_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n shall_v be_v ablosht_v this_o preach_v be_v say_v to_o be_v of_o the_o everlasting_a gospel_n because_o it_o shall_v last_v until_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n all_o nation_n shall_v be_v convert_v and_o their_o purity_n shall_v suffer_v no_o alteration_n as_o long_o as_o the_o world_n shall_v last_v and_o to_o signify_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v fall_v through_o the_o preach_n of_o this_o everlasting_a gospel_n immediate_o after_o another_o angel_n cry_v babylon_n be_v fall_v be_v fall_v that_o great_a city_n which_o prove_v that_o in_o the_o vision_n that_o follow_v the_o harvest_n and_o the_o vintage_n be_v the_o two_o part_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n 11._o the_o persecution_n of_o the_o waldenses_n &_o albigenses_n foretell_v in_o the_o 14_o chap._n vers_fw-la 9.10_o 11._o in_o the_o three_o place_n we_o have_v in_o this_o chapter_n a_o angle_n who_o denounce_v the_o terrible_a judgement_n of_o god_n that_o must_v fall_v on_o those_o who_o worship_n the_o beast_n and_o his_o image_n and_o receive_v his_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n or_o in_o their_o hand_n and_o at_o the_o same_o time_n by_o these_o word_n here_o be_v the_o patience_n of_o the_o saint_n be_v signify_v a_o sore_a persecution_n that_o must_v go_v before_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n not_o that_o persecution_n which_o we_o suffer_v at_o this_o day_n and_o which_o must_v be_v the_o last_o but_o that_o which_o the_o church_n endure_v in_o the_o waldenses_n the_o albigenses_n the_o bohemian_o etc._n etc._n for_o this_o be_v the_o persecution_n which_o happen_v before_o the_o reformation_n of_o the_o last_o age_n because_o the_o fall_n of_o babylon_n which_o be_v speak_v of_o in_o this_o chapter_n begin_v by_o the_o reformation_n make_v in_o the_o last_o age_n therefore_o the_o persecution_n here_o speak_v of_o must_v be_v that_o which_o go_v before_o our_o reformation_n but_o there_o be_v no_o other_o beside_o that_o against_o the_o poor_a waldenses_n which_o last_v a_o full_a 100_o year_n before_o the_o preach_n of_o luther_n all_o these_o thing_n be_v only_o a_o preparative_n unto_o the_o last_o vision_n of_o this_o chapter_n which_o contain_v a_o new_a prediction_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n with_o new_a circumstance_n and_o it_o be_v this_o v._o 14._o and_o i_o look_v and_o behold_v a_o white_a can_v and_o upon_o the_o cloud_n one_o sit_v like_a unto_o the_o son_n of_o man_n have_v on_o his_o head_n a_o golden_a crown_n and_o in_o his_o hand_n a_o sharp_a sickle_n v._o 15._o and_o another_o angel_n come_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n cry_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n to_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o cloud_n thrust_v in_o thy_o sickle_n and_o reap_v for_o the_o time_n be_v come_v for_o thou_o to_o reap_v for_o the_o harvest_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v ripe_a v._o 16._o and_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o cloud_n thrust_v in_o his_o sickle_n on_o the_o earth_n and_o the_o earth_n be_v reap_v v._o 17._o and_o another_o angel_n come_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n which_o be_v in_o heaven_n he_o also_o have_v a_o sharp_a sickle_n v._o 18._o and_o another_o angel_n come_v out_o from_o the_o altar_n which_o have_v power_n over_o fire_n and_o cry_v with_o a_o loud_a cry_n to_o he_o that_o have_v the_o sharp_a sickle_n say_v thrust_v in_o thy_o sharp_a sickle_n and_o gather_v the_o cluster_n of_o the_o vine_n of_o the_o earth_n for_o her_o grape_n be_v full_o ripe_a v._o 19_o and_o the_o angel_n thrust_v in_o his_o sickle_n into_o the_o earth_n and_o gather_v the_o vine_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o great_a wine-press_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god._n v._o 20._o and_o the_o wine-press_n be_v tread_v without_o the_o city_n and_o blood_n come_v out_o of_o the_o wine-press_n even_o unto_o the_o horse_n bridle_v by_o the_o space_n of_o a_o thousand_o and_o six_o hundred_o furlong_n vision_n a_o distinction_n of_o circumstance_n and_o substance_n in_o this_o vision_n in_o this_o vision_n there_o be_v circumstance_n and_o substance_n the_o circumstance_n be_v these_o the_o angel_n who_o sit_v on_o a_o white_a cloud_n and_o his_o clothing_n another_o angel_n who_o bid_v he_o thrust_v in_o his_o sickle_n another_o angel_n who_o appear_v likewise_o have_v asickle_a the_o ripeness_n of_o the_o corn_n and_o grape_n the_o wine-press_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n the_o blood_n that_o flow_v out_o by_o the_o space_n of_o 1600_o furlong_n these_o i_o
appearance_n will_v be_v the_o last_o and_o as_o peter_n de_fw-fr lune_fw-fr after_o he_o have_v be_v depose_v by_o the_o council_n of_o constance_n go_v and_o hold_v his_o seat_n in_o the_o mountain_n of_o arragon_n where_o he_o continue_v a_o schism_n ten_o or_o twelve_o year_n so_o it_o be_v probable_a that_o the_o pope_n be_v drive_v out_o of_o the_o rest_n of_o europe_n will_v shelter_v themselves_o among_o the_o spaniard_n from_o who_o heart_n it_o will_v be_v a_o hard_a matter_n to_o pull_v popery_n away_o last_o it_o must_v be_v observe_v that_o it_o be_v true_a the_o harvest_n do_v spoil_v the_o earth_n of_o a_o part_n of_o her_o fruit_n but_o it_o do_v not_o of_o all_o it_o remain_v to_o be_v a_o fair_a and_o pleasant_a season_n the_o autumn_n which_o follow_v have_v its_o beauty_n its_o profit_n and_o advantage_n it_o be_v a_o second_o spring_n the_o meadow_n be_v crown_v with_o a_o after-growth_n the_o tree_n put_v forth_o new_a flower_n but_o the_o vintage_n make_v all_o waste_n popery_n a_o lively_a emblem_n in_o harvest_n and_o vintage_n of_o what_o have_v happen_v and_o shall_v happen_v in_o the_o ruin_n of_o popery_n it_o spoil_v the_o earth_n of_o the_o very_a remainder_n of_o its_o fruit_n and_o beauty_n and_o immediate_o winter_n come_v that_o put_v on_o the_o earth_n the_o very_a complexion_n of_o death_n and_o destruction_n this_o be_v a_o emblem_n of_o what_o fall_v out_o in_o the_o first_o destruction_n of_o popery_n and_o of_o what_o shall_v in_o the_o second_o the_o reformation_n cut_v down_o several_a fair_a country_n in_o the_o last_o age_n but_o notwithstanding_o many_o be_v leave_v to_o it_o nay_o it_o have_v great_a success_n massacre_v a_o infinite_a number_n of_o the_o faithful_a procure_v to_o itself_o the_o confirmation_n of_o a_o famous_a council_n engage_v those_o king_n who_o be_v its_o vassal_n to_o double_v their_o endeavour_n for_o the_o preservation_n of_o its_o worship_n and_o doctrine_n it_o have_v gain_v ground_n in_o the_o east_n in_o china_n in_o the_o indies_n in_o the_o west_n in_o america_n by_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o spaniard_n and_o portuguese_n it_o have_v send_v mission_n even_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n have_v make_v a_o infinite_a number_n of_o false_a christian_n it_o have_v regain_v on_o one_o side_n as_o much_o as_o it_o have_v lose_v on_o the_o other_o and_o have_v make_v its_o worship_n and_o idolatry_n to_o reign_v as_o much_o as_o ever_o for_o spain_n and_o italy_n be_v never_o more_o deep_o plunge_v in_o idolatry_n then_o since_o the_o reformation_n it_o have_v strengthen_v its_o tyranny_n for_o the_o pope_n since_o the_o council_n of_o trent_n have_v domineer_v and_o act_v as_o sovereign_n over_o king_n and_o as_o superior_n over_o council_n in_o the_o reform_n of_o the_o calendar_n gregory_n xiii_o do_v a_o act_n of_o a_o universal_a monarch_n which_o the_o pope_n have_v never_o do_v in_o the_o age_n of_o their_o great_a insolence_n they_o have_v depose_v king_n of_o england_n and_o in_o france_n henry_n iii_o and_o henry_n iu._n they_o have_v lay_v a_o interdict_v upon_o the_o commonwealth_n of_o venice_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o portugal_n in_o a_o word_n popery_n have_v have_v great_a prosperity_n that_o have_v comfort_v it_o under_o its_o disgrace_n but_o as_o for_o the_o blow_n or_o stroke_n which_o god_n be_v ready_a present_o to_o give_v it_o it_o will_v be_v a_o dispatch_a blow_n it_o will_v be_v a_o vintage_n that_o shall_v spoil_v it_o of_o all_o its_o fruit_n and_o utter_o take_v away_o all_o its_o beauty_n the_o winter_n shall_v come_v upon_o it_o and_o its_o desolation_n shall_v be_v irrecoverable_a this_o be_v the_o substance_n of_o the_o vision_n let_v we_o view_v the_o circumstance_n and_o i_o look_v and_o behold_v a_o white_a cloud_n and_o upon_o the_o cloud_n one_o sit_v like_a unto_o the_o son_n of_o man_n have_v on_o his_o head_n a_o golden_a crown_n and_o in_o his_o hand_n a_o sharp_a sickle_n revelation_n j._n christ_n himself_o often_o appear_v in_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o revelation_n this_o personage_n like_a unto_o a_o man_n be_v probable_o the_o son_n of_o god_n find_v in_o fashion_n as_o a_o man_n on_o the_o account_n of_o his_o incarnation_n the_o golden_a crown_n which_o he_o wear_v on_o his_o head_n do_v prove_v that_o it_o be_v he_o though_o he_o execute_v his_o judgement_n by_o his_o angel_n notwithstanding_o he_o often_o himself_o appear_v on_o the_o scene_n of_o the_o world_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n he_o be_v probable_o the_o hero_n in_o the_o six_o chapter_n who_o appear_v sit_v on_o a_o white_a horse_n 6.2_o chap._n 6.2_o and_o have_v a_o bow_n and_o a_o crown_n be_v give_v he_o and_o he_o go_v forth_o conquer_a and_o to_o conquer_v he_o be_v the_o same_o who_o appear_v again_o in_o the_o 19_o chapter_n sit_v a_o second_o time_n upon_o a_o white_a horse_n and_o be_v call_v faithful_a and_o true_a and_o in_o righteousness_n do_v he_o judge_v and_o make_v war._n he_o always_o sit_v upon_o something_o that_o be_v white_a sometime_o upon_o a_o white_a horse_n sometime_o upon_o a_o white_a cloud_n white_a be_v the_o symbol_n of_o innocence_n and_o mercy_n a_o white_a cloud_n be_v a_o throne_n of_o mercy_n a_o red_a cloud_n be_v that_o of_o justice_n but_o mark_v it_o must_v be_v some_o grand_a work_n for_o which_o jesus_n christ_n himself_o come_v for_o the_o holy_a ghost_n do_v not_o bring_v he_o upon_o the_o stage_n for_o some_o mean_a matter_n now_o since_o the_o apostle_n age_n no_o work_n have_v be_v do_v so_o great_a as_o that_o of_o the_o last_o age_n he_o have_v a_o sharp_a sickle_n in_o his_o hand_n he_o come_v upon_o a_o white_a cloud_n intend_v favour_n to_o his_o child_n but_o with_o a_o sickle_n for_o his_o enemy_n it_o be_v a_o great_a mercy_n to_o his_o own_o when_o he_o take_v they_o out_o of_o bahylon_n the_o last_o age_n but_o it_o be_v a_o terrible_a stroke_n of_o a_o sickle_n to_o antichrist_n and_o another_o angel_n come_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n cry_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n to_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o cloud_n thrust_v in_o thy_o sickle_n and_o reap_v for_o the_o time_n be_v come_v for_o thou_o to_o reap_v for_o the_o harvest_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v ripe_a he_o who_o sit_v upon_o the_o cloud_n give_v out_o order_n to_o the_o angel_n and_o receive_v none_o from_o they_o but_o he_o recieve_v from_o his_o father_n and_o the_o angel_n may_v be_v charge_v to_o carry_v these_o order_n to_o the_o son._n thus_o the_o angel_n who_o here_o give_v order_n to_o jesus_n christ_n speak_v not_o in_o his_o own_o name_n but_o in_o the_o name_n of_o he_o that_o send_v he_o the_o time_n to_o reap_v be_v come_v their_o iniquity_n be_v come_v to_o its_o height_n their_o measure_n be_v full_a another_o angel_n come_v out_o of_o heaven_n he_o also_o have_v a_o sharp_a sickle_n this_o be_v the_o destroy_a angel_n who_o go_v through_o egypt_n the_o executioner_n of_o the_o judgement_n of_o god_n this_o angel_n come_v only_o as_o a_o second_o for_o he_o who_o sit_v upon_o the_o white_a cloud_n disappear_v not_o he_o be_v the_o master_n and_o it_o be_v under_o his_o direction_n that_o this_o second_o angel_n give_v the_o last_o blow_n to_o popery_n another_o angel_n come_v out_o from_o the_o altar_n which_o have_v power_n over_o fire_n and_o cry_v with_o a_o loud_a cry_n to_o he_o that_o have_v the_o sharp_a sickle_n etc._n etc._n here_o mention_n be_v make_v of_o a_o angel_n who_o have_v power_n over_o fire_n and_o in_o the_o 16._o chapter_n we_o find_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o water_n shall_v we_o conclude_v that_o every_o element_n have_v its_o angel_n who_o preside_v over_o it_o and_o the_o event_n which_o fall_v out_o by_o its_o mean_n so_o that_o one_o angel_n preside_v over_o the_o sea_n and_o shipwreck_n another_o over_o fire_n and_o burn_n this_o seem_v very_o probable_a to_o i_o for_o the_o providence_n of_o god_n make_v the_o wind_n his_o angel_n and_o a_o flame_n of_o fire_n his_o minister_n the_o angel_n of_o the_o fire_n come_v out_o from_o the_o altar_n which_o popery_n have_v profane_v by_o its_o profane_a sacrifice_n and_o false_a worship_n and_o it_o be_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o fire_n who_o be_v here_o employ_v to_o signify_v that_o now_o the_o fire_n shall_v consume_v the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n without_o any_o hope_n of_o recovery_n blood_n it_o be_v not_o necessary_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v destroy_v with_o great_a shed_n of_o blood_n the_o wine-press_n be_v tread_v without_o the_o city_n and_o blood_n come_v out_o of_o the_o wine-press_n even_o unto_o the_o horse_n bridle_n by_o the_o space_n of_o a_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o furlong_n it_o be_v a_o great_a question_n
spiritual_o be_v call_v sodom_n and_o egypt_n where_o also_o our_o lord_n be_v crucify_v v._o 9_o and_o they_o of_o the_o people_n and_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n and_o nation_n shall_v see_v their_o dead_a body_n three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a and_o shall_v not_o suffer_v their_o dead_a body_n to_o be_v put_v into_o grave_n v._o 10._o and_o they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n shall_v rejoice_v over_o they_o and_o make_v merry_a and_o send_v gift_n one_o to_o another_o because_o these_o two_o prophet_n torment_v they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n v._o 11._o and_o after_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a the_o spirit_n of_o life_n from_o god_n enter_v into_o they_o and_o they_o stand_v upon_o their_o foot_n and_o great_a fear_n fall_v upon_o they_o which_o see_v they_o v._o 12._o and_o they_o hear_v a_o great_a voice_n from_o heaven_n say_v unto_o they_o come_v up_o hither_o and_o they_o ascend_v up_o to_o heaven_n in_o a_o cloud_n and_o their_o enemy_n behold_v they_o v._o 13._o and_o the_o same_o hour_n be_v there_o a_o great_a earthquake_n and_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n fall_v and_o in_o the_o earthquake_n be_v slay_v of_o man_n seven_o thousand_o and_o the_o remnant_n be_v affright_v and_o give_v glory_n to_o god._n cross_n the_o witness_n who_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n be_v the_o faithful_a who_o preach_v under_o the_o cross_n as_o to_o what_o concern_v these_o two_o witness_n i.e._n what_o be_v signify_v by_o they_o i_o have_v not_o change_v my_o opinion_n since_o i_o write_v the_o book_n entitle_v lawful_a prejudices_fw-la against_o popery_n though_o as_o to_o all_o the_o rest_n the_o studious_a attention_n which_o i_o have_v use_v in_o read_v these_o prophecy_n have_v give_v i_o quite_o different_a apprehension_n i_o do_v therefore_o still_o believe_v that_o these_o two_o witness_n who_o must_v prophesy_v 1260_o day_n clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n be_v the_o small_a number_n of_o the_o faithful_a who_o during_o the_o reign_n of_o antichristianism_n must_v keep_v themselves_o from_o its_o corruption_n and_o condemn_v its_o idolatry_n and_o tyranny_n god_n call_v they_o witness_n because_o these_o be_v they_o who_o bear_v witness_n to_o the_o truth_n which_o but_o for_o they_o will_v have_v be_v forget_v they_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n i._n e._n they_o preach_v under_o the_o cross_n for_o we_o must_v well_o observe_v that_o these_o two_o phrase_n one_o use_v in_o our_o language_n the_o other_o in_o that_o of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n to_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n and_o to_o preach_v under_o the_o cross_n be_v absolute_o of_o the_o same_o signification_n he_o make_v they_o only_o two_o in_o number_n to_o express_v that_o those_o faithful_a who_o shall_v preserve_v themselves_o from_o the_o corruption_n of_o idolatry_n shall_v be_v but_o a_o very_a small_a number_n and_o indeed_o experience_n have_v too_o much_o verify_v this_o prediction_n nevertheless_o he_o make_v they_o two_o in_o number_n to_o signify_v that_o however_o small_a the_o number_n of_o true_a christian_n be_v it_o shall_v notwithstanding_o be_v great_a enough_o to_o support_v the_o truth_n and_o keep_v it_o from_o fall_v for_o in_o the_o mouth_n of_o two_o witness_n every_o word_n shall_v be_v establish_v 6._o how_o these_o witness_n have_v power_n to_o change_v water_n into_o blood_n and_o shut_v up_o heaven_n v._o 6._o god_n ascribe_v to_o these_o two_o witness_n power_n to_o shut_v heaven_n that_o it_o rain_v not_o in_o the_o day_n of_o their_o prophesy_n and_o power_n over_o water_n to_o turn_v they_o into_o blood_n and_o to_o smite_v the_o earth_n with_o all_o plague_n as_o often_o as_o they_o will._n joseph_n mede_n give_v a_o very_a ingenious_a reason_n of_o this_o which_o i_o believe_v be_v very_o solid_a viz._n that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n borrow_v his_o emblem_n from_o the_o history_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n and_o allude_v unto_o several_a pair_n of_o eminent_a witness_n which_o god_n raise_v up_o at_o several_a time_n as_o aaron_n and_o moses_n at_o the_o come_n out_o of_o egypt_n joshua_n and_o caleb_n at_o the_o conquer_a of_o the_o promise_a land_n elijah_n and_o elisha_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o grand_a schism_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n zerubbabel_n and_o jehoshua_n at_o the_o return_n from_o the_o captivity_n among_o these_o witness_n elijah_n and_o elisha_n have_v power_n to_o shut_v heaven_n to_o hinder_v rain_n for_o three_o year_n and_o to_o make_v fire_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n moses_n and_o aaron_n turn_v the_o water_n of_o egypt_n into_o blood_n joshua_n and_o caleb_n bring_v the_o people_n of_o israel_n into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n and_o smite_v the_o ancient_a inhabitant_n with_o a_o sore_a plague_n to_o this_o the_o holy_a ghost_n allude_v but_o we_o must_v further_o add_v that_o god_n ascribe_v to_o these_o witness_n 1._o the_o shut_n of_o heaven_n that_o rain_n not_o in_o the_o day_n of_o their_o prophecy_n to_o signify_v that_o during_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o their_o prophecy_n and_o of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o great_a drought_n of_o grace_n and_o a_o barrenness_n of_o virtue_n and_o gift_n in_o the_o church_n 2._o the_o turn_n of_o water_n into_o blood_n and_o the_o smite_v of_o the_o earth_n with_o all_o plague_n because_o all_o the_o heavy_a judgement_n of_o god_n that_o during_o the_o course_n of_o these_o 1260_o year_n come_v upon_o the_o antichristian_a church_n be_v send_v on_o the_o account_n of_o these_o two_o witness_n and_o to_o punish_v oppression_n under_o which_o it_o hold_v both_o the_o truth_n and_o those_o who_o be_v willing_a to_o profess_v it_o reign_v here_o be_v foretold_v a_o last_o persecution_n that_o must_v happen_v before_o the_o end_n of_o antichrist_n reign_v the_o seven_o verse_n which_o we_o even_o now_o have_v read_v concern_v the_o persecution_n which_o these_o two_o witness_n must_v suffer_v and_o the_o consequent_a of_o that_o persecution_n contain_v a_o grand_a event_n which_o must_v come_v to_o pass_v before_o the_o last_o fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n and_o it_o be_v one_o of_o the_o principal_a circumstance_n of_o this_o fall_n first_o we_o must_v observe_v the_o circumstance_n of_o time_n and_o when_o they_o shall_v have_v finish_v their_o testimony_n mark_v this_o testimony_n must_v last_v a_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n my_o two_o witness_n shall_v prophesy_v a_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o threescore_o day_n clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n now_o these_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o sixty_o day_n of_o the_o prophesy_a of_o the_o witness_n be_v the_o forty_o two_o month_n of_o the_o antichristian_a reign_n for_o forty_o two_o month_n make_v exact_o 1260_o day_n all_o the_o world_n be_v agree_v that_o these_o be_v the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n and_o that_o antichrist_n and_o these_o two_o witness_n be_v absolute_o and_o exact_o contempory_n it_o be_v therefore_o the_o very_a same_o as_o if_o the_o holy_a ghost_n have_v say_v and_o when_o the_o beast_n or_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n shall_v have_v finish_v his_o reign_n of_o 1260_o year_n it_o shall_v make_v war_n against_o the_o two_o witness_n this_o be_v therefore_o a_o persecution_n of_o antichrist_n against_o the_o faithful_a and_o a_o persecution_n that_o must_v happen_v before_o the_o end_n of_o antichrist_n reign_v these_o word_n when_o they_o shall_v have_v finish_v must_v not_o be_v understand_v as_o if_o the_o holy_a ghost_n will_v say_v when_o the_o 1260_o year_n shall_v be_v finish_v for_o after_o the_o 1260_o year_n be_v finish_v there_o can_v be_v no_o persecution_n see_v the_o beast_n shall_v have_v lose_v his_o power_n so_o that_o this_o persecution_n must_v begin_v and_o end_v within_o the_o 1260_o year_n but_o yet_o at_o the_o end_n of_o they_o it_o be_v the_o ordinary_a custom_n not_o only_o of_o scripture_n but_o of_o all_o man_n to_o say_v that_o something_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o this_o or_o that_o be_v finish_v because_o it_o happen_v when_o that_o thing_n be_v finish_v and_o very_o near_o its_o end_n this_o be_v therefore_o the_o last_o persecution_n of_o antichrist_n against_o the_o church_n this_o persecution_n have_v its_o character_n 1._o it_o must_v continue_v a_o long_a time_n persecution_n character_n of_o the_o last_o persecution_n for_o it_o be_v compare_v to_o a_o war_n the_o beast_n that_o come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n shall_v make_v war_n against_o they_o 2._o this_o war_n or_o persecution_n must_v end_v in_o a_o victory_n over_o the_o two_o witness_n and_o shall_v overcome_v they_o and_o kill_v they_o mark_v that_o god_n do_v not_o reckon_v the_o death_n and_o martyrdom_n which_o the_o faithful_a suffer_v for_o the_o truth_n as_o a_o victory_n that_o the_o devil_n gain_v over_o they_o on_o the_o
all_o the_o protestant_a state_n of_o europe_n do_v concern_v themselves_o to_o obtain_v from_o the_o duke_n a_o peace_n for_o those_o poor_a people_n a_o persecution_n begin_v in_o poland_n a_o while_n after_o and_o the_o reform_a be_v involve_v in_o the_o same_o ruin_n with_o the_o heretic_n socinian_n and_o antitrinitarian_n they_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o that_o kingdom_n and_o be_v scatter_v in_o transilvania_n hungary_n and_o germany_n at_o the_o same_o time_n a_o persecution_n begin_v in_o france_n immediate_o after_o the_o pyrenaean_a peace_n the_o project_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o protestant_n be_v lay_v at_o court_n and_o have_v be_v prosecute_v till_o it_o have_v be_v execute_v as_o we_o see_v at_o this_o day_n in_o the_o year_n 1671._o begin_v the_o persecution_n of_o the_o church_n of_o silesia_n moravia_n hungary_n the_o consequent_n of_o which_o be_v the_o almost_o utter_a extinction_n of_o the_o true_a religion_n in_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o emperor_n the_o two_o witness_n will_v in_o a_o little_a time_n be_v dead_a through_o the_o total_a extinction_n of_o the_o profession_n of_o religion_n the_o beast_n that_o ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n shall_v make_v war_n against_o they_o this_o beast_n be_v the_o papacy_n where_o ever_o it_o be_v for_o it_o be_v not_o only_a in_o rome_n that_o the_o beast_n be_v find_v but_o it_o be_v in_o the_o whole_a extent_n of_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n it_o be_v not_o therefore_o necessary_a that_o a_o persecution_n shall_v be_v exact_o raise_v by_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n that_o so_o it_o may_v be_v ascribe_v to_o the_o beast_n it_o be_v enough_o that_o it_o be_v raise_v in_o the_o extent_n of_o the_o popish_a kingdom_n and_o their_o body_n shall_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n it_o be_v evident_a from_o these_o word_n that_o this_o last_o persecution_n must_v be_v raise_v only_o within_o the_o circumference_n of_o the_o great_a city_n i._n e._n the_o babylonian_a and_o popish_a kingdom_n in_o the_o country_n where_o it_o reign_v on_o this_o account_n probable_o those_o kingdom_n country_n and_o state_n who_o be_v out_o of_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o the_o popedom_n and_o who_o sovereign_n be_v protestant_n must_v have_v no_o share_n in_o it_o further_o the_o prophecy_n say_v that_o the_o war_n must_v be_v make_v against_o the_o two_o witness_n that_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n which_o be_v the_o same_o with_o what_o we_o call_v preach_v under_o the_o cross_n this_o therefore_o only_o concern_v the_o faithful_a who_o preach_v and_o be_v under_o the_o cross_n so_o that_o the_o persecution_n must_v only_o be_v raise_v within_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o city_n i._n e._n the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n and_o against_o those_o who_o preach_v under_o the_o cross_n holland_n sweden_n denmark_n and_o all_o other_o state_n which_o have_v reform_v prince_n and_o where_o the_o reformation_n be_v the_o roll_a religion_n shall_v not_o feel_v it_o and_o we_o have_v ground_n to_o hope_n that_o the_o torch_n of_o the_o reformation_n shall_v not_o be_v extinguish_v and_o though_o at_o present_a the_o king_n of_o england_n be_v of_o the_o romish_a religion_n i_o dare_v notwithstanding_o persuade_v myself_o that_o his_o kingdom_n can_v be_v reckon_v as_o one_o of_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n see_v popery_n be_v not_o the_o roll_a religion_n there_o though_o it_o be_v the_o religion_n of_o he_o that_o rule_v therefore_o i_o do_v not_o believe_v that_o we_o must_v understand_v the_o prophesy_n of_o usher_n in_o the_o letter_n or_o strict_a sense_n who_o say_v that_o the_o persecution_n must_v be_v general_a over_o all_o the_o church_n of_o europe_n for_o we_o may_v understand_v it_o of_o all_o those_o where_fw-mi popery_n do_v rule_v it_o be_v true_a he_o foretells_a a_o massacre_n in_o england_n but_o beside_o that_o those_o who_o write_v this_o prophesy_n from_o his_o mouth_n may_v be_v mistake_v it_o be_v also_o possible_a that_o this_o holy_a man_n through_o the_o violence_n of_o his_o sorrow_n go_v further_a than_o the_o spirit_n do_v carry_v he_o notwithstanding_o the_o english_a ought_v to_o remember_v the_o massacre_n in_o ireland_n circumstance_n than_o be_v not_o near_o so_o favourable_a to_o popery_n as_o they_o be_v now_o man_n must_v not_o trust_v to_o this_o that_o the_o king_n of_o england_n will_v never_o consent_v to_o so_o barbarous_a a_o action_n i_o believe_v he_o will_v not_o but_o the_o papist_n do_v not_o trouble_v themselves_o about_o the_o pleasure_n of_o their_o sovereign_n when_o they_o see_v any_o prospect_n of_o advance_v their_o cause_n by_o any_o kind_n of_o method_n therefore_o if_o the_o protestant_n be_v wise_a they_o will_v not_o put_v weapon_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o their_o enemy_n the_o body_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n shall_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o in_o the_o text_n it_o be_v not_o in_o the_o street_n in_o the_o plural_a as_o the_o french_a translation_n read_v it_o be_v in_o the_o street_n in_o the_o singular_a and_o i_o can_v hinder_v myself_o from_o believe_v that_o this_o have_v a_o particular_a regard_n to_o france_n which_o at_o this_o day_n be_v certain_o the_o most_o eminent_a country_n which_o belong_v to_o the_o popish_a kingdom_n her_o king_n be_v call_v the_o elder_a son_n of_o the_o church_n the_o most_o christian_n king_n i._n e._n the_o most_o popish_a according_a to_o the_o dialect_n of_o rome_n the_o king_n of_o france_n have_v by_o their_o liberality_n make_v the_o pope_n great_a at_o this_o day_n it_o be_v the_o most_o flourish_a state_n of_o europe_n it_o be_v in_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o popish_a empire_n betwixt_o italy_n spain_n germany_n england_n exact_o as_o a_o street_n or_o place_n of_o concourse_n be_v in_o the_o middle_n of_o a_o city_n it_o be_v also_o foursquare_n as_o such_o a_o place_n i._n e._n almost_o as_o long_o as_o broad_a in_o a_o word_n it_o be_v the_o place_n or_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n and_o i_o believe_v that_o it_o be_v particular_o in_o france_n that_o the_o witness_n must_v remain_v dead_a i.e._n that_o the_o profession_n of_o the_o true_a religion_n must_v be_v utter_o abolish_v this_o be_v already_o do_v by_o the_o revocation_n of_o the_o edict_n of_o nantes_n and_o by_o the_o enormous_a cruclty_n of_o the_o soldier_n who_o have_v be_v let_v loose_a upon_o the_o protestant_n of_o whatsoever_o sex_n quality_n and_o condition_n if_o any_o stand_v firm_a they_o must_v either_o leave_v the_o kingdom_n or_o be_v destroy_v thus_o within_o a_o little_a while_n the_o external_a profession_n of_o the_o reform_a religion_n will_v be_v whole_o abolish_v there_o and_o they_o of_o the_o people_n and_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n and_o nation_n shall_v see_v their_o dead_a body_n and_o shall_v not_o suffer_v their_o dead_a body_n to_o be_v put_v into_o grave_n i.e._n the_o truth_n shall_v be_v slay_v but_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v bury_v burial_n be_v a_o degree_n beyond_o death_n and_o be_v always_o join_v with_o a_o total_a corruption_n and_o destruction_n and_o so_o it_o be_v not_o a_o office_n of_o charity_n which_o be_v deny_v to_o these_o two_o witness_n but_o a_o degree_n of_o ruin_n from_o which_o they_o be_v exempt_v destroy_v the_o witness_n shall_v not_o be_v bury_v i.e._n the_o truth_n shall_v not_o be_v destroy_v and_o observe_v who_o they_o be_v who_o hinder_v their_o burial_n they_o be_v not_o the_o same_o with_o those_o who_o kill_v they_o those_o who_o kill_v they_o be_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n i._n e._n those_o who_o dwell_v in_o the_o most_o eminent_a part_n of_o the_o popish_a kingdom_n which_o at_o this_o day_n be_v france_n those_o who_o hinder_v their_o burial_n be_v the_o tribe_n language_n people_n and_o nation_n i.e._n several_a neighbour_n nation_n yea_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o the_o propheey_n say_v not_o simple_o the_o tribe_n language_n and_o nation_n but_o they_o of_o the_o language_n tribe_n and_o nation_n i._n e._n some_o choose_a and_o elect_v out_o of_o the_o nation_n the_o faithful_a scatter_v in_o all_o the_o nation_n of_o europe_n shall_v hinder_v the_o burial_n and_o total_a destruction_n of_o the_o reformation_n in_o france_n nevertheless_o this_o do_v not_o whole_o exclude_v those_o among_o the_o tribe_n language_n and_o nation_n who_o be_v not_o elect._n for_o it_o be_v probable_a that_o all_o europe_n shall_v contribute_v to_o hinder_v france_n from_o execute_v her_o design_n of_o extirpate_v the_o truth_n but_o this_o signify_v that_o the_o reform_a and_o the_o true_a christian_n shall_v awaken_v europe_n as_o well_o that_o part_n which_o be_v roman_a catholic_n as_o that_o which_o be_v protestant_a to_o oblige_v it_o to_o look_v to_o
who_o number_n it_o be_v not_o easy_a to_o define_v and_o which_o the_o holy_a ghost_n denote_v by_o the_o number_n seven_o which_o be_v the_o number_n of_o perfection_n to_o signify_v that_o the_o order_n of_o monk_n and_o nun_n shall_v perish_v for_o ever_o this_o be_v a_o institution_n so_o degenerate_v from_o its_o first_o original_a that_o it_o be_v become_v the_o arm_n of_o antichrist_n these_o order_n can_v perish_v one_o without_o another_o if_o any_o will_v have_v it_o that_o these_o seven_o thousand_o slay_v signify_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v bloodshed_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v great_a for_o the_o number_n seven_o put_v for_o a_o indifinite_a number_n never_o signify_v a_o great_a one_o de_fw-fr launay_n be_v very_o much_o mistake_v when_o he_o say_v that_o the_o seven_o thousand_o who_o have_v not_o bow_v the_o knee_n to_o baal_n 19.18_o â—_o king._n 19.18_o signify_v a_o great_a multitude_n on_o the_o contrary_a the_o signify_v a_o very_a small_a number_n indeed_o the_o number_n be_v so_o small_a that_o elijah_n do_v not_o know_v of_o they_o he_o say_v i_o be_o leave_v alone_o the_o king_n of_o france_n at_o this_o day_n do_v lift_v their_o authority_n so_o high_a that_o nothing_o can_v resist_v it_o it_o be_v therefore_o probable_a religion_n the_o authority_n of_o the_o king_n of_o franc_n shall_v prevail_v over_o the_o rule_n religion_n that_o every_o thing_n will_v bend_v under_o the_o yoke_n of_o their_o will_n when_o they_o shall_v resolve_v to_o break_v with_o rome_n and_o it_o seem_v as_o if_o the_o providence_n of_o god_n be_v prepare_v the_o way_n unto_o this_o thing_n by_o the_o clergy_n declaration_n confirm_v by_o that_o of_o the_o king_n viz._n that_o king_n depend_v on_o none_o in_o any_o thing_n which_o concern_v temporal_n and_o that_o it_o be_v never_o lawful_a to_o deny_v obedience_n to_o they_o upon_o a_o pretext_n of_o religion_n for_o if_o this_o be_v once_o fix_v when_o ever_o it_o shall_v please_v the_o king_n of_o france_n to_o forsake_v the_o communion_n of_o rome_n by_o this_o principle_n of_o the_o present_a bishop_n it_o can_v be_v allow_v that_o the_o people_n shall_v rebel_v against_o they_o i_o look_v on_o that_o which_o be_v happen_v in_o england_n as_o another_o preparation_n unto_o this_o event_n a_o king_n of_o a_o religion_n contrary_n to_o that_o of_o the_o state_n reign_v peaceable_o the_o reason_n be_v that_o providence_n will_v accustom_v the_o subject_n to_o pay_v subjection_n to_o prince_n who_o be_v enemy_n of_o the_o rule_v religion_n and_o the_o remnant_n be_v affright_v and_o give_v glory_n to_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n this_o be_v the_o total_a conversion_n and_o reformation_n of_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n i.e._n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o france_n that_o shall_v quick_o follow_v after_o the_o king_n of_o france_n shall_v have_v break_v with_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n v._o 14._o the_o second_o woe_n be_v past_a and_o behold_v she_o three_o woe_n come_v quick_o namely_o the_o second_o of_o the_o three_o woe_n which_o have_v be_v denounce_v after_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o four_o trumpet_n 8.13_o chap._n 8.13_o and_o i_o hear_v a_o angel_n fly_v through_o the_o midst_n of_o heaven_n cry_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n wo_n wo_n wo_n to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o other_o voice_n of_o the_o trumpet_n which_o be_v yet_o to_o sound_v the_o first_o of_o these_o three_o woe_n be_v the_o grasshopper_n grasshopper_n saracen_n denote_v by_o grasshopper_n who_o come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n with_o their_o head_n apollyon_n and_o in_o hebrew_n ahaddon_n these_o grasshopper_n be_v plain_o the_o saracen_n 14._o chap._n 14._o arabian_n with_o their_o head_n mahomet_n the_o second_o woe_n be_v the_o domination_n of_o the_o turk_n who_o pass_v from_o the_o other_o side_n of_o euphrates_n at_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n and_o the_o three_o woe_n be_v the_o fall_n of_o the_o antichristan_n empire_n these_o three_o great_a event_n deserve_v to_o be_v distinguish_v from_o all_o other_o for_o they_o have_v change_v or_o shall_v change_v the_o whole_a face_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o seven_o angel_n sound_v etc._n etc._n this_o which_o follow_v concern_v the_o kingdom_n or_o reign_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o the_o church_n and_o consequent_o must_v be_v reserve_v to_o another_o place_n chap._n fourteen_o observation_n upon_o the_o 17_o 18_o 19_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n concern_v the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n a_o brief_a methodize_n of_o the_o event_n which_o the_o holy_a ghost_n have_v displace_v in_o the_o vision_n the_o seventeen_o chapter_n contain_v something_o that_o relate_v to_o the_o destruction_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n v._o 16._o and_o the_o ten_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v upon_o the_o beast_n these_o shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n and_o make_v her_o desolate_a and_o naked_a and_o shall_v eat_v her_o flesh_n and_o burn_v she_o with_o fire_n v._o 17._o for_o god_n have_v put_v in_o their_o heart_n to_o fulfil_v his_o will_n and_o to_o agree_v and_o give_v their_o kingdom_n unto_o the_o beast_n until_o the_o word_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v fulfil_v there_o be_v nothing_o in_o this_o passage_n that_o have_v not_o be_v open_v or_o be_v obscure_a it_o be_v clear_a that_o these_o king_n who_o through_o ignorance_n or_o weakness_n suffer_v their_o power_n to_o be_v usurp_v by_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o papacy_n shall_v take_v it_o again_o they_o shall_v eat_v her_o flesh_n i.e._n shall_v enrich_v themselves_o with_o her_o benefice_n &_o revenue_n and_o burn_v she_o with_o fire_n i.e._n shall_v abolish_v the_o the_o memory_n of_o this_o romish_a empire_n so_o that_o nothing_o but_o ash_n shall_v remain_v of_o it_o the_o 18_o chapter_n be_v a_o long_a description_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o antichristian_a and_o babylonian_a empire_n i_o have_v no_o need_n to_o enter_v into_o this_o chap._n because_o i_o find_v nothing_o in_o it_o of_o that_o which_o i_o principal_o seek_v which_o be_v those_o certain_a character_n which_o can_v inform_v we_o of_o the_o time_n of_o this_o fall_n namely_o whether_o it_o be_v night_n at_o hand_n or_o afar_o off_o there_o be_v nothing_o there_o concern_v it_o except_o that_o which_o be_v general_a as_o to_o this_o chapter_n i_o will_v say_v only_o first_o we_o must_v remember_v the_o remark_n which_o have_v be_v often_o make_v by_o we_o that_o babylon_n here_o do_v not_o signify_v strict_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n as_o most_o have_v imagine_v it_o be_v the_o whole_a babylonian_a empire_n as_o appear_v from_o these_o word_n come_v out_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n i_o do_v not_o think_v that_o any_o great_a number_n of_o god_n people_n have_v come_v out_o of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n hitherto_o we_o have_v not_o see_v it_o my_o second_o remark_n be_v we_o must_v not_o as_o be_v usual_o do_v over_o much_o press_n the_o mystical_a sense_n of_o divers_a merchandise_n which_o be_v reckon_v up_o and_o be_v sell_v it_o that_o city_n i_o do_v not_o believe_v babylon_n we_o must_v not_o over_o much_o seelt_v mystery_n in_o the_o particular_a merchandise_n of_o babylon_n that_o there_o be_v any_o other_o mystery_n in_o this_o thing_n than_o that_o this_o babylonian_a empire_n be_v set_v forth_o under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o great_a city_n it_o be_v necessary_a to_o represent_v it_o as_o a_o city_n of_o great_a commerce_n for_o that_o be_v inseparable_a from_o great_a city_n not_o but_o that_o these_o merchandise_n and_o the_o many_o instrument_n of_o luxury_n and_o pleasure_n which_o be_v say_v to_o have_v be_v in_o this_o city_n do_v not_o very_o fit_o signify_v and_o according_a to_o the_o design_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n both_o the_o simony_n and_o debauchery_n of_o this_o corrupt_a church_n in_o the_o general_a but_o i_o believe_v not_o that_o it_o be_v necessary_a to_o inquire_v particular_o what_o be_v mean_v for_o example_n by_o the_o silk_n the_o precious_a stone_n the_o fine_a linen_n etc._n etc._n literal_o the_o burn_a of_o babylon_n must_v not_o be_v understand_v literal_o my_o three_o observation_n upon_o this_o 18_o chapter_n be_v we_o must_v not_o interpret_v literal_o the_o metaphor_n of_o burn_a fire_n blood_n and_o slaughter_n which_o the_o holy_a ghost_n set_v before_o we_o certain_o these_o be_v not_o the_o method_n which_o god_n make_v use_v of_o to_o establish_v his_o kingdom_n i_o think_v indeed_o as_o i_o have_v already_o say_v that_o god_n will_v suffer_v rome_n to_o be_v sack_v as_o he_o suffer_v jerusalem_n to_o be_v i_o further_o believe_v that_o this_o great_a change_n in_o religion_n will_v not_o be_v make_v without_o blood_n shed_v as_o it_o happen_v in_o the_o last_o age_n but_o see_v the_o city_n in_o this_o chapter_n and_o general_o in_o the_o revelation_n take_v in_o
of_o the_o truth_n shall_v be_v whole_o suppress_v but_o the_o truth_n itself_o shall_v not_o be_v bury_v nor_o lay_v in_o the_o grave_n nor_o forget_v 10._o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a shall_v begin_v the_o three_o period_n of_o the_o seven_o viol_n which_o the_o holy_a ghost_n call_v the_o vintage_n this_o be_v the_o total_a ruin_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n and_o this_o period_n shall_v last_v 20_o or_o 25_o year_n it_o be_v probable_a that_o it_o will_v begin_v about_o the_o year_n 1690_o or_o a_o little_a while_n after_o 11._o the_o first_o thing_n which_o shall_v be_v do_v in_o the_o three_o period_n of_o the_o seven_o vial_n be_v the_o fall_n of_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n i._n e._n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o france_n which_o shall_v break_v with_o the_o kourt_n of_o rome_n and_o whole_o change_v the_o face_n of_o religion_n in_o that_o kingdom_n this_o be_v the_o first_o action_n of_o the_o vintage_n 12._o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n the_o pope_n and_o his_o agent_n shall_v rally_v all_o their_o force_n but_o god_n shall_v muster_v all_o his_o together_o and_o give_v the_o last_o blow_n to_o popery_n then_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n shall_v be_v throw_v into_o the_o lake_n and_o plunge_v into_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n babylon_n shall_v whole_o fall_v and_o it_o shall_v be_v say_v she_o be_v fall_v she_o be_v fall_v chap._n xv._o the_o reason_n why_o in_o this_o work_n we_o speak_v of_o some_o thing_n so_o positive_o the_o link_a together_o of_o our_o principle_n suffer_v we_o not_o to_o doubt_v that_o we_o now_o be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o papacy_n in_o the_o first_o edition_n of_o this_o work_n i_o do_v here_o finish_v what_o i_o have_v to_o say_v about_o those_o event_n past_a and_o future_a which_o concern_v the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n second_o edition_n have_v this_o advantage_n that_o they_o may_v be_v suit_v to_o the_o palate_n of_o the_o reader_n of_o who_o a_o trial_n have_v be_v make_v and_o be_v it_o possible_a for_o i_o to_o do_v it_o i_o will_v glad_o use_v this_o piece_n of_o prudence_n with_o respect_n to_o a_o remark_n which_o very_o many_o have_v make_v namely_o that_o in_o this_o discourse_n we_o speak_v over_o positive_o and_o which_o too_o much_o confidence_n concern_v thing_n which_o at_o the_o most_o ought_v to_o be_v propound_v only_o as_o conjecture_n perhaps_o some_o time_n or_o other_o man_n shall_v know_v the_o principal_a reason_n which_o make_v i_o speak_v in_o so_o confident_a a_o manner_n and_o with_o such_o token_n of_o assurance_n in_o the_o mean_a while_o i_o desire_v their_o attention_n to_o several_a thing_n which_o i_o have_v to_o say_v conjecture_n there_o be_v some_o thing_n that_o be_v propound_v only_o as_o strong_a conjecture_n the_o first_o be_v that_o i_o do_v not_o speak_v so_o confident_o as_o it_o be_v believe_v concern_v the_o most_o part_n of_o those_o thing_n which_o be_v yet_o to_o come_v for_o example_n i_o say_v not_o down_o the_o exact_a time_n of_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o witness_n i_o do_v not_o say_v that_o it_o shall_v be_v exact_o in_o such_o a_o year_n for_o i_o have_v declare_v and_o do_v still_o declare_v that_o i_o know_v not_o from_o what_o time_n god_n shall_v please_v to_o begin_v the_o reckon_n of_o the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a not_o but_o that_o i_o strong_o hope_v that_o god_n intend_v to_o begin_v it_o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o revocation_n of_o the_o edict_n of_o nantes_n but_o this_o do_v not_o rise_v to_o a_o full_a assurance_n that_o which_o concern_v the_o rise_n again_o of_o our_o reformation_n by_o way_n of_o inspiration_n the_o approach_a reformation_n of_o france_n by_o way_n of_o authority_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n i._n e._n of_o france_n which_o shall_v forsake_v the_o papal_a kingdom_n this_o i_o say_v seem_v to_o i_o to_o be_v more_o than_o a_o conjecture_n i_o confess_v it_o and_o if_o thing_n shall_v fall_v out_o otherwise_o i_o shall_v be_v very_o much_o mistake_v but_o however_o if_o the_o fall_n of_o popery_n shall_v begin_v in_o some_o other_o place_n i_o will_v ingenous_o confess_v that_o i_o be_v deceive_v that_o the_o country_n kingdom_n and_o state_n which_o be_v not_o under_o the_o papacy_n ought_v not_o to_o be_v account_v the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n and_o that_o they_o must_v not_o feel_v a_o persecution_n seem_v to_o i_o more_o than_o probable_a and_o i_o believe_v it_o but_o notwithstanding_o i_o declare_v that_o i_o do_v not_o make_v it_o a_o article_n of_o faith_n and_o if_o it_o shall_v fall_v out_o that_o god_n shall_v send_v his_o desolate_v scourge_n upon_o all_o the_o reform_a church_n in_o europe_n without_o except_v the_o place_n where_o our_o religion_n at_o this_o day_n bear_v sway_n i_o grant_v that_o man_n will_v have_v right_a to_o accuse_v i_o that_o i_o have_v guess_v wrong_a but_o not_o that_o i_o make_v rash_a conclusion_n and_o true_o when_o i_o consider_v the_o horrible_a looseness_n which_o every_o where_n prevail_v i_o confess_v that_o i_o can_v but_o fear_v lest_o good_a shall_v throw_v all_o into_o the_o same_o furnace_n certain_a what_o be_v propound_v as_o certain_a behold_v therefore_o what_o i_o assert_v namely_o that_o this_o be_v the_o last_o persecution_n which_o antichrist_n must_v raise_v against_o the_o church_n and_o that_o we_o be_v near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o twelve_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n which_o be_v the_o period_n of_o his_o empire_n and_o that_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o next_o age_n this_o empire_n must_v see_v its_o end_n if_o i_o shall_v be_v mistake_v nine_o or_o ten_o year_n and_o that_o this_o empire_n shall_v instead_o of_o end_v in_o the_o year_n 1710_o or_o thereabouts_o run_v on_o until_o the_o year_n 1720_o i_o do_v not_o think_v that_o any_o can_v just_o treat_v i_o as_o a_o false_a prophet_n and_o accuse_v i_o of_o rashness_n many_o will_v not_o forbear_v to_o judge_v i_o rash_a because_o i_o propound_v my_o conjecture_n about_o these_o thing_n as_o certain_a conclusion_n to_o this_o i_o have_v a_o second_o thing_n to_o say_v that_o none_o have_v reason_n to_o be_v offend_v that_o i_o be_o possess_v with_o and_o persuade_v of_o that_o which_o i_o think_v i_o evident_o see_v and_o that_o i_o find_v the_o proof_n of_o what_o i_o propound_v convince_a to_o myself_o i_o shall_v do_v ill_a to_o demand_v of_o other_o the_o same_o assurance_n and_o oblige_v they_o to_o entertain_v the_o same_o persuasion_n i_o declare_v the_o contrary_a in_o express_a term_n i_o be_o well_o content_a as_o i_o have_v say_v that_o my_o reader_n shall_v account_v these_o assertion_n to_o be_v conjecture_n provide_v that_o i_o may_v have_v the_o liberty_n to_o believe_v what_o i_o see_v or_o what_o i_o believe_v i_o see_v in_o the_o writing_n of_o the_o prophet_n beside_o it_o seem_v that_o there_o be_v no_o great_a necessity_n of_o punish_v i_o for_o this_o pretend_a rashness_n see_v if_o so_o be_v that_o i_o be_o mistake_v time_n be_v prepare_v for_o i_o a_o mortification_n sore_a enough_o let_v we_o leave_v providence_n to_o work_v it_o will_v discover_v who_o be_v guilty_a of_o rashness_n and_o fond_a credulity_n consider_v our_o principle_n must_v be_v consider_v the_o last_o thing_n which_o i_o will_v say_v for_o my_o justification_n be_v that_o before_o any_o condemn_v i_o of_o rashness_n as_o to_o what_o i_o hold_v that_o we_o be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o antichrist_n reign_v my_o principle_n must_v be_v due_o weigh_v and_o that_o not_o each_o apart_o as_o perhaps_o some_o have_v do_v but_o conjoint_o behold_v the_o principle_n and_o their_o connexion_n 1._o the_o first_o be_v that_o the_o papacy_n be_v the_o antichristian_a empire_n of_o which_o these_o prophecy_n speak_v 2._o that_o idolatry_n be_v the_o principal_a character_n of_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n 3._o that_o this_o empire_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v begin_v when_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n and_o when_o that_o head_n the_o emperor_n which_o be_v in_o the_o apostle_n paul_n time_n be_v destroy_v here_o be_v three_o principle_n which_o i_o know_v not_o how_o any_o protestant_n can_v doubt_v of_o we_o shall_v present_o see_v whither_o they_o will_v lead_v we_o 4._o my_o four_o principle_n be_v that_o i_o have_v hit_v the_o truth_n in_o the_o explication_n of_o the_o seven_o viol_n so_o that_o stink_a ulcer_n in_o the_o first_o be_v the_o horrible_a corruption_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n in_o the_o ten_o age._n the_o sea_n and_o river_n of_o blood_n in_o the_o two_o follow_a plague_n be_v the_o butchery_n act_v
by_o the_o croisades_n the_o increase_n of_o the_o sun_n heat_n in_o the_o four_o plague_n be_v the_o increase_n of_o the_o papal_a authority_n the_o eclipse_n and_o darken_n of_o this_o sun_n in_o the_o five_o plague_n be_v the_o grand_a schism_n between_o rome_n and_o avignon_n the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n who_o pass_v over_o euphrates_n in_o the_o six_o plague_n be_v the_o turk_n who_o pass_v over_o the_o bosphorus_n to_o invade_v the_o remainder_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n and_o a_o part_n of_o that_o of_o the_o latin_n and_o last_o the_o divide_v of_o the_o great_a city_n into_o three_o part_n in_o the_o seven_o plague_n be_v the_o divide_v of_o the_o latin_a church_n into_o three_o communion_n papist_n lutheran_n and_o reform_v i_o lay_v down_o as_o a_o principle_n which_o i_o can_v doubt_v of_o that_o i_o have_v it_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o explication_n of_o these_o plague_n but_o this_o it_o be_v say_v seem_v rash_a to_o assert_v so_o confident_o that_o which_o can_v only_o be_v a_o strong_a conjecture_n man_n may_v object_v what_o they_o please_v against_o this_o exposition_n but_o i_o can_v recant_v it_o and_o i_o desire_v the_o world_n serious_o to_o consider_v only_o these_o two_o thing_n 1._o that_o my_o explication_n very_o well_o agree_v with_o the_o word_n and_o metaphor_n of_o the_o prophecy_n 2._o that_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o chance_n shall_v produce_v a_o explication_n so_o universal_o lucky_a it_o must_v be_v remember_v what_o we_o say_v concern_v the_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n on_o the_o question_n whether_o they_o be_v prophetical_a we_o grant_v that_o there_o be_v some_o passage_n that_o agree_v well_o with_o the_o application_n which_o be_v make_v but_o we_o observe_v that_o these_o application_n be_v far_o from_o be_v universal_o true_a it_o be_v therefore_o chance_n that_o produce_v those_o lucky_a agreement_n but_o if_o any_o one_o come_v who_o shall_v make_v such_o a_o measure_a division_n of_o time_n and_o such_o a_o just_a application_n of_o these_o time_n and_o the_o event_n in_o they_o unto_o the_o character_n with_o which_o these_o seven_o church_n be_v mark_v so_o that_o nothing_o be_v defective_a then_o i_o shall_v remain_v perfect_o satisfy_v that_o this_o last_o interpreter_n have_v exact_o hit_v the_o truth_n it_o will_v be_v no_o long_o a_o conjecture_n let_v i_o therefore_o be_v permit_v to_o remain_v persuade_v that_o i_o have_v hit_v the_o truth_n as_o to_o the_o seven_o plague_n see_v they_o so_o perfect_o agree_v with_o though_o event_n which_o be_v past_a my_o five_o principle_n be_v that_o i_o have_v not_o be_v less_o happy_a in_o hit_v the_o true_a sense_n of_o the_o harvest_n and_o vintage_n in_o the_o fourteen_o chapter_n a_o man_n must_v be_v blind_a if_o he_o see_v not_o that_o these_o be_v the_o two_o part_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o babylon_n babylon_n be_v fall_v be_v fall_v that_o great_a city_n and_o immediate_o after_o this_o fall_n be_v divide_v into_o harvest_n and_o vintage_n i_o can_v hinder_v myself_o from_o see_v that_o this_o signify_v the_o first_o fall_n of_o popery_n by_o a_o first_o reformation_n which_o certain_o be_v come_v to_o pass_v and_o the_o final_a fall_n of_o popery_n by_o a_o second_o reformation_n which_o must_v come_v to_o pass_v none_o can_v i_o think_v serious_o consider_v the_o perfect_a agreement_n between_o the_o representation_n and_o the_o original_a but_o be_v will_v be_v persuade_v that_o it_o be_v so_o 6._o my_o six_o and_o last_o principle_n be_v that_o we_o be_v in_o the_o last_o persecution_n which_o the_o church_n must_v suffer_v from_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n and_o this_o last_o conclusion_n so_o natural_o and_o necessary_o flower_n from_o the_o forego_v one_o that_o none_o can_v acknowledge_v the_o precede_a but_o he_o must_v likewise_o own_o the_o truth_n of_o this_o let_v we_o now_o see_v whither_o these_o principle_n do_v lead_v we_o reign_v all_o our_o principle_n lead_v we_o unto_o the_o eighteen_o age_n to_o find_v the_o end_n of_o antichrist_n reign_v if_o the_o papacy_n be_v the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n then_o certain_o the_o period_n of_o 1260_o prophetic_a day_n or_o 1260_o year_n which_o be_v assign_v to_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n belong_v to_o it_o if_o the_o principal_a character_n of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v idolatry_n it_o be_v clear_a we_o must_v begin_v to_o reckon_v the_o duration_n of_o this_o kingdom_n from_o that_o time_n in_o which_o idolatry_n be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o church_n now_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o the_o idolatrous_a worship_n of_o relic_n and_o of_o saint_n be_v full_o establish_v in_o the_o five_o age_n reckon_v 1260_o year_n since_o the_o five_o age_n this_o will_v bring_v you_o to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o eighteen_o age._n if_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o papacy_n be_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o beast_n we_o must_v begin_v it_o at_o the_o time_n when_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n before_o the_o holy_a ghost_n speak_v so_o in_o express_a and_o clear_a term_n reckon_v 1260_o year_n since_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o be_v do_v in_o the_o five_o age_n and_o this_o will_v lead_v you_o to_o the_o eighteen_o age._n if_o the_o roman-papist_n see_n be_v that_o man_n of_o sin_n of_o who_o st._n paul_n speak_v in_o the_o 2d_o chap._n of_o the_o epist_n to_o the_o thessalonian_o we_o must_v reckon_v the_o 1260_o year_n assign_v to_o his_o empire_n from_o the_o time_n that_o the_o imperial_a dignity_n which_o hold_v at_o rome_n cease_v to_o hold_v 7._o â—_o 6_o 7._o or_o withhold_v which_o happen_v in_o the_o five_o age._n reckon_v again_o your_o 1260_o year_n since_o that_o time_n and_o you_o will_v see_v that_o you_o fall_v upon_o the_o eighteen_o age._n if_o we_o have_v hit_v right_a in_o explain_v the_o seven_o viol_n and_o the_o seven_o plague_n the_o last_o viol_n have_v be_v pour_v out_o since_o the_o time_n of_o luther_n and_o its_o influence_n be_v run_v still_o according_a to_o the_o proportion_n of_o the_o precede_a viol_n it_o can_v be_v run_v out_o above_o two_o hundred_o year_n reckon_v again_o by_o this_o rule_n and_o you_o will_v fall_v into_o the_o eighteen_o age._n if_o the_o harvest_n and_o the_o vintage_n in_o the_o fourteen_o chapter_n be_v real_o the_o first_o and_o second_o part_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a papacy_n which_o must_v be_v produce_v by_o as_o many_o reformation_n than_o the_o reformation_n in_o the_o last_o age_n must_v have_v be_v the_o harvest_n lengthen_v as_o much_o as_o you_o please_v the_o space_n of_o time_n between_o the_o harvest_n and_o vintage_n you_o can_v make_v it_o long_o than_o two_o hundred_o year_n reckon_v and_o you_o will_v fall_v upon_o the_o eighteen_o age_n the_o find_v there_o the_o vintage_n and_o the_o final_a ruin_n of_o the_o papacy_n last_o if_o all_o that_o we_o have_v say_v be_v rational_a it_o be_v impossible_a that_o this_o shall_v not_o be_v the_o last_o persecution_n for_o the_o reformation_n can_v be_v raise_v again_o so_o as_o to_o fall_v down_o a_o second_o time_n see_v we_o have_v prove_v that_o the_o period_n of_o 1260_o year_n be_v about_o to_o expire_v therefore_o reckon_v this_o persecution_n as_o the_o last_o and_o make_v it_o to_o be_v as_o long_o as_o you_o will_v provide_v you_o observe_v the_o measure_n which_o god_n have_v set_v to_o the_o long_a persecution_n that_o the_o church_n have_v suffer_v and_o this_o however_o will_v bring_v you_o unto_o the_o eighteen_o age._n observe_v i_o pray_v you_o how_o many_o thing_n do_v bring_v you_o to_o this_o eighteen_o age._n admire_v the_o meeting_n of_o so_o many_o path_n which_o do_v all_o bring_v you_o to_o the_o same_o point_n and_o remember_v this_o undoubted_a principle_n that_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o false_a conjecture_n shall_v hit_v right_a in_o every_o thing_n i_o entreat_v above_o all_o the_o roman-catholic_n to_o consider_v serious_o this_o principle_n how_o can_v they_o persuade_v themselves_o that_o system_fw-la of_o lie_n and_o false_a supposition_n shall_v hang_v well_o together_o that_o we_o shall_v find_v in_o their_o roman_a see_v exact_o all_o the_o character_n which_o be_v give_v to_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n to_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n to_o spiritual_a babylon_n to_o the_o whore_n clothe_v in_o scarlet_a that_o â—ve_n shall_v meet_v with_o the_o character_n of_o the_o papacy_n in_o its_o birth_n exact_o in_o the_o time_n that_o the_o prophet_n have_v mark_v out_o for_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n that_o we_o shall_v find_v so_o exact_a these_o seven_o great_a judgement_n of_o god_n denote_v by_o seven_o plague_n that_o god_n shall_v exact_o at_o this_o time_n permit_v that_o f._n
14_o 15_o 16_o etc._n etc._n thus_o say_v the_o lord_n the_o labour_n of_o egypt_n and_o merchandise_n of_o ethiopia_n and_o of_o the_o sabean_o man_n of_o stature_n shall_v come_v over_o unto_o thou_o and_o they_o shall_v be_v thin_a they_o shall_v come_v after_o thou_o in_o chain_n they_o shall_v come_v over_o and_o they_o shall_v fall_v down_o unto_o thou_o they_o shall_v make_v supplication_n unto_o thou_o say_v sure_o god_n be_v in_o thou_o &_o there_o be_v none_o else_o etc._n etc._n v._n 23_o 25._o i_o have_v swear_v by_o myself_o the_o word_n be_v go_v out_o of_o my_o mouth_n in_o righteousness_n and_o shall_v not_o return_v that_o unto_o i_o every_o knee_n shall_v bow_v every_o tongue_n shall_v swear_v in_o the_o lord_n shall_v all_o the_o seed_n of_o israel_n be_v justify_v and_o glory_n in_o the_o 49._o chapter_n throughout_o and_o especial_o from_o the_o thirteen_o verse_n sing_v o_o heaven_n and_o be_v joyful_a o_o earth_n and_o break_v forth_o into_o sing_v o_o mountain_n for_o god_n have_v comfort_v his_o people_n and_o will_v have_v mercy_n upon_o his_o afflict_a but_o zion_n have_v say_v the_o lord_n have_v forsake_v i_o and_o my_o lord_n have_v forget_v i_o can_v a_o woman_n forget_v her_o suck_a child_n etc._n etc._n thy_o child_n shall_v make_v haste_n and_o thy_o destroyer_n and_o they_o that_o make_v thou_o waste_n shall_v go_v forth_o of_o thou_o lift_v up_o thy_o eye_n round_o about_o and_o behold_v all_o these_o gather_v themselves_o together_o and_o come_v to_o thou_o as_o i_o live_v say_v the_o lord_n thou_o shall_v sure_o clothe_v thou_o with_o they_o all_o as_o with_o a_o ornament_n and_o bound_v they_o on_o thou_o as_o a_o bride_n do_v etc._n etc._n then_o shall_v thou_o say_v in_o thy_o heart_n who_o have_v beget_v i_o these_o seeing_z i_o have_v lose_v my_o child_n and_o be_o desolate_a a_o captive_a and_z removing_z to_z and_o fro_o and_o who_o have_v bring_v up_o these_o behold_v i_o be_v leave_v alone_o these_o where_o have_v they_o be_v etc._n etc._n and_o king_n shall_v be_v thy_o nurse_n father_n and_o queen_n thy_o nurse_v mother_n and_o they_o shall_v bow_v down_o to_o thou_o with_o their_o face_n towards_o the_o earth_n and_o lick_v up_o the_o dust_n of_o thy_o foot_n and_o thou_o shall_v know_v that_o i_o be_o the_o lord_n for_o they_o shall_v not_o be_v ashamed_a that_o wait_v for_o i_o one_o may_v transcribe_v the_o whole_a prophet_n for_o he_o be_v fill_v with_o these_o great_a promise_n read_v the_o 54_o the_o 61_o the_o 65_o the_o 66_o and_o above_o all_o the_o 60_o chapter_n where_o he_o speak_v to_o jerusalem_n arise_v shine_v for_o thy_o light_n be_v come_v and_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v rise_v upon_o thou_o for_o behold_v the_o darkness_n shall_v cover_v the_o earth_n and_o gross_a darkness_n the_o people_n but_o the_o lord_n shall_v arise_v upon_o thou_o &_o his_o glory_n shall_v be_v see_v upon_o thou_o and_o the_o gentile_n shall_v come_v to_o thy_o light_n and_o king_n to_o the_o brightness_n of_o thy_o rise_n lift_v up_o thy_o eye_n round_o about_o and_o see_v all_o they_o gather_v themselves_o together_o they_o come_v to_o thou_o thy_o son_n shall_v come_v from_o far_o and_o thy_o daughter_n shall_v be_v nurse_v at_o thy_o side_n then_o thou_o shall_v see_v and_o flow_v together_o and_o thy_o heart_n shall_v fear_v and_o be_v enlarge_v because_o the_o abundance_n of_o the_o sea_n shall_v be_v convert_v unto_o thou_o and_o the_o force_n of_o the_o gentile_n shall_v come_v unto_o thou_o etc._n etc._n and_o the_o son_n of_o the_o stranger_n shall_v build_v up_o thy_o wall_n and_o their_o king_n shall_v minister_v unto_o thou_o for_o in_o my_o wrath_n i_o smite_v thou_o but_o in_o my_o favour_n have_v i_o have_v mercy_n on_o thou_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o chapter_n have_v the_o same_o strength_n and_o the_o same_o sense_n captivity_n these_o oracle_n can_v be_v apply_v to_o the_o resettle_n of_o this_o people_n after_o the_o babylonian_a captivity_n we_o ask_v when_o these_o oracle_n have_v be_v fulfil_v be_v it_o when_o this_o people_n be_v bring_v back_o out_o of_o the_o babylonian_a captivity_n but_o how_o can_v any_o man_n speak_v at_o this_o rate_n what_o extravagant_a figure_n will_v these_o be_v because_o this_o people_n rebuilt_a the_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o the_o temple_n and_o form_v a_o petty_a state_n in_o syria_n under_o the_o maccabee_n can_v any_o one_o say_v that_o their_o empire_n shall_v be_v as_o large_a as_o the_o whole_a world_n that_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v pay_v they_o homage_n that_o their_o child_n shall_v be_v without_o number_n &_o c_o beside_o have_v not_o all_o these_o oracle_n a_o character_n of_o spirituality_n which_o show_v we_o that_o god_n promise_v to_o give_v the_o jew_n light_n knowledge_n holiness_n righteousness_n thy_o people_n also_o shall_v be_v all_o righteous_a say_v the_o prophet_n but_o it_o be_v well_o know_v the_o government_n of_o the_o maccabee_n be_v not_o of_o this_o nature_n it_o be_v therefore_o certain_a yea_o it_o be_v own_v by_o all_o that_o be_v able_a to_o pierce_v into_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o prophet_n that_o all_o these_o blessing_n have_v relation_n unto_o the_o time_n of_o the_o messiah_n let_v any_o one_o tell_v we_o what_o blessing_n the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n have_v receive_v by_o the_o messiah_n messiah_n these_o oracle_n have_v not_o be_v accomplish_v since_o the_o come_n of_o the_o messiah_n for_o almost_o two_o thousand_o year_n this_o miserable_a nation_n be_v scatter_v throughout_o the_o earth_n it_o be_v the_o excrement_n the_o curse_n &_o offscouring_a of_o all_o it_o sigh_v under_o a_o long_a and_o cruel_a captivity_n matter_n shall_v they_o then_o go_v off_o thus_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n will_v come_v the_o jew_n shall_v perish_v in_o their_o misery_n if_o this_o be_v so_o certain_o all_o these_o prophecy_n be_v cheat_n the_o holy_a spirit_n have_v deceive_v this_o nation_n all_o their_o oracle_n be_v false_a and_o god_n have_v bear_v they_o up_o with_o vain_a hope_n for_o this_o be_v trifle_v with_o god_n and_o man_n to_o say_v that_o these_o promise_n be_v accomplish_v in_o that_o small_a number_n of_o jew_n who_o be_v convert_v to_o christianity_n when_o those_o jewish_a christian_n be_v so_o bad_a christian_n that_o they_o only_o serve_v to_o found_v a_o curse_a heresy_n and_o sect_n which_o have_v bear_v the_o name_n of_o ebionates_n and_o nazarene_o it_o will_v without_o doubt_v be_v say_v that_o the_o jew_n shall_v have_v the_o fulfil_n the_o these_o great_a promise_n through_o their_o return_n and_o calling_n which_o will_v be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n indeed_o it_o be_v a_o position_n in_o true_a christianity_n that_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v call_v again_o a_o thousand_o oracle_n some_o of_o which_o we_o have_v cite_v promise_v this_o the_o miracle_n by_o which_o god_n do_v preserve_v this_o nation_n prove_v it_o as_o i_o think_v most_o irresistable_o for_o last_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n that_o have_v no_o example_n and_o can_v be_v imagine_v that_o god_n shall_v for_o two_o thousand_o year_n preserve_v this_o people_n scatter_v among_o other_o nation_n yet_o without_o mix_v itself_o with_o they_o or_o learn_v their_o manner_n their_o religion_n their_o fashion_n which_o all_o other_o disperse_v nation_n do_v this_o plain_o speak_v that_o god_n preserve_v they_o for_o some_o great_a work_n now_o this_o be_v suppose_v that_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v convert_v if_o present_o after_o the_o world_n shall_v end_v and_o if_o neither_o the_o present_a jew_n nor_o their_o posterity_n do_v enjoy_v the_o glorious_a advantage_n that_o be_v promise_v to_o they_o how_o shall_v they_o see_v the_o effect_n and_o accomplishment_n of_o so_o many_o oracle_n here_o be_v infinite_a million_o of_o soul_n of_o jew_n which_o perish_v for_o seventeen_o hundred_o year_n together_o only_o a_o small_a number_n of_o this_o people_n shall_v be_v save_v in_o the_o last_o year_n of_o the_o world._n be_v this_o enough_o to_o answer_v those_o great_a idea_n raise_v by_o the_o magnificent_a promise_n make_v to_o this_o nation_n they_o the_o messiah_n be_v promise_v to_o the_o jew_n and_o hitherto_o he_o have_v only_o bring_v evil_a upon_o they_o beside_o we_o must_v observe_v that_o the_o messiah_n belong_v to_o the_o jew_n he_o be_v promise_v to_o the_o jew_n this_o nation_n from_o its_o very_a original_n have_v be_v feed_v with_o the_o hope_n of_o the_o mesiah_n come_v as_o of_o such_o a_o good_a which_o be_v too_o great_a to_o be_v describe_v at_o last_o he_o come_v and_o this_o people_n instead_o of_o see_v those_o great_a promise_n accomplish_v see_v their_o temple_n burn_v their_o capital_a city_n raze_v their_o service_n abolish_v their_o
posterity_n disperse_v throughout_o the_o world_n and_o make_v the_o execration_n and_o contempt_n of_o mankind_n thus_o the_o messiah_n the_o glory_n of_o their_o nation_n bring_v they_o nothing_o but_o shame_n desolation_n and_o infinite_a misery_n which_o have_v no_o parallel_n in_o any_o other_o people_n all_o the_o advantage_n they_o have_v be_v that_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n some_o thousand_o of_o jew_n shall_v be_v convert_v and_o escape_v the_o be_v damn_v if_o this_o be_v so_o i_o confess_v that_o i_o understand_v nothing_o in_o the_o providence_n and_o oracle_n of_o god._n there_o must_v therefore_o come_v a_o time_n that_o shall_v be_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o messiah_n and_o the_o jew_n in_o which_o this_o nation_n shall_v be_v exalt_v as_o have_v be_v promise_v they_o above_o all_o the_o nation_n they_o must_v reign_v in_o their_o saint_n prophet_n and_o apostle_n otherwise_o i_o be_o bold_a to_o say_v that_o all_o the_o oracle_n give_v to_o this_o people_n be_v cheat_n and_o be_v give_v only_o to_o be_v a_o snare_n to_o they_o but_o some_o will_v say_v all_o these_o glorious_a promise_n have_v be_v accomplish_v in_o the_o church_n gentile_n these_o oracle_n have_v not_o be_v accomplish_v in_o the_o church_n take_v from_o among_o the_o gentile_n which_o have_v be_v gather_v among_o the_o gentile_n it_o be_v she_o who_o have_v enlarge_v the_o cord_n of_o her_o tent_n who_o child_n have_v be_v call_v from_o all_o the_o part_n of_o the_o world._n to_o she_o must_v be_v apply_v every_o thing_n which_o be_v say_v to_o make_v the_o church_n great_a and_o glorious_a but_o do_v they_o not_o perceive_v that_o in_o the_o oracle_n before_o we_o the_o gentile_n be_v evident_o distinguish_v from_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n israel_n rule_v over_o the_o gentile_n the_o nation_n must_v rejoice_v in_o her_o light_n all_o nation_n must_v come_v day_n and_o night_n unto_o mount_n zion_n and_o to_o the_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n the_o king_n of_o the_o gentile_n must_v be_v her_o protector_n her_o nurse_v father_n zion_n must_v suck_v their_o milk_n zion_n must_v be_v serve_v the_o gentile_n must_v serve_v she_o in_o a_o word_n let_v all_o these_o oracle_n be_v view_v and_o it_o will_v be_v see_v that_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n must_v be_v the_o roll_a the_o choose_a the_o holy_a people_n and_o that_o the_o gentile_n must_v be_v make_v happy_a because_o they_o shall_v be_v incorporate_v into_o this_o israel_n beside_o this_o how_o can_v this_o thought_n be_v entertain_v that_o all_o the_o terrible_a threaten_n that_o have_v be_v denounce_v against_o the_o earthly_a jerusalem_n and_o against_o the_o people_n of_o the_o israel_n according_a to_o the_o flesh_n have_v be_v accomplish_v in_o the_o literal_a and_o strict_a sense_n upon_o she_o and_o her_o child_n and_o that_o the_o promise_n of_o grace_n and_o glory_n have_v not_o must_v not_o be_v accomplish_v but_o only_o typical_o in_o those_o foreign_a nation_n with_o who_o she_o have_v real_o no_o communion_n i_o shall_v as_o soon_o choose_v to_o say_v that_o some_o advantageous_a promise_n make_v to_o the_o french_a be_v fulfil_v because_o they_o be_v make_v good_a to_o the_o spaniard_n jew_n and_o gentile_n have_v always_o be_v in_o a_o direct_a opposition_n the_o grace_n promise_v to_o the_o one_o be_v not_o the_o grace_n belong_v to_o the_o other_o it_o be_v foretold_v to_o israel_n that_o god_n will_v scatter_v they_o in_o his_o anger_n and_o disperse_v they_o throughout_o the_o earth_n that_o they_o shall_v see_v sad_a day_n in_o which_o they_o shall_v be_v without_o a_o king_n 3.4_o hos_fw-la 3.4_o and_o without_o a_o prince_n and_o without_o a_o sacrifice_n and_o without_o a_o image_n and_o without_o a_o ephod_n and_o without_o teraphim_n this_o have_v be_v fulfil_v in_o the_o letter_n and_o strict_a sense_n at_o the_o foot_n of_o these_o threaten_n which_o be_v in_o almost_o every_o page_n of_o the_o prophet_n we_o like_v wise_a read_v of_o great_a and_o emphatical_a promise_n of_o resettle_v return_n of_o a_o glory_n a_o reign_n and_o of_o a_o empire_n the_o threaten_n have_v have_v their_o accomplishment_n upon_o the_o jew_n and_o shall_v the_o promise_n have_v they_o only_o upon_o the_o gentile_n this_o be_v not_o probable_a at_o all_o and_o that_o certain_a call_n of_o some_o jew_n which_o they_o say_v must_v be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n be_v not_o sufficient_a to_o salve_v the_o veracity_n of_o god._n we_o need_v only_o consult_v the_o 63_o chapter_n of_o isaiah_n where_o the_o present_a state_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o paint_a in_o such_o lively_a colour_n that_o it_o be_v not_o possible_a to_o mistake_v but_o they_o rebel_v and_o vex_v his_o holy_a spirit_n 63.10_o cha._n 63.10_o therefore_o he_o be_v turn_v to_o be_v their_o enemy_n and_o fight_v against_o they_o behold_v their_o sin_n it_o be_v the_o sin_n against_o the_o holy_a ghost_n this_o be_v to_o be_v well_o observe_v to_o vex_v the_o holy_a spirit_n to_o quench_v the_o spirit_n to_o sin_n against_o the_o holy_a ghost_n to_o do_v despite_n to_o the_o spirit_n of_o grace_n be_v the_o same_o thing_n in_o the_o style_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n and_o here_o isaiah_n foretells_a that_o this_o people_n in_o their_o apostasy_n from_o god_n will_v vex_v his_o holy_a spirit_n i.e._n will_v sin_v against_o the_o holy_a ghost_n this_o be_v exact_o the_o sin_n with_o which_o our_o saviour_n reproach_n they_o in_o the_o 13_o of_o matthew_n it_o be_v a_o unpardonable_a sin_n that_o be_v not_o forgive_v either_o in_o this_o world_n or_o in_o that_o which_o be_v to_o come_v that_o generation_n which_o be_v contemporary_a with_o jesus_n christ_n have_v be_v punish_v with_o eternal_a torment_n their_o crime_n be_v never_o pardon_v to_o they_o yea_o their_o child_n bear_v their_o iniquity_n in_o the_o wilderness_n for_o forty_o year_n see_v in_o what_o language_n the_o prophet_n paint_v out_o the_o punishment_n which_o the_o jew_n lie_v under_o at_o this_o day_n 17._o v._o 17._o why_o have_v thou_o make_v we_o to_o err_v from_o thy_o way_n and_o harden_v our_o heart_n from_o thy_o fear_n the_o people_n of_o thy_o holiness_n have_v possess_v it_o but_o a_o little_a while_n our_o adversary_n have_v tread_v down_o thy_o sanctuary_n we_o be_v thou_o thou_o never_o bear_v rule_v over_o they_o they_o be_v not_o call_v by_o thy_o name_n here_o we_o have_v 1._o the_o dismal_a harden_v into_o which_o god_n suffer_v they_o to_o fall_v manner_n the_o present_a state_n of_o the_o jew_n foretell_v in_o a_o admirable_a manner_n why_o have_v thou_o make_v we_o to_o err_v from_o thy_o way_n 2._o their_o long_a expulsion_n and_o exile_n out_o of_o their_o own_o land_n the_o people_n of_o thy_o holiness_n have_v possess_v it_o but_o a_o little_a while_n our_o adversary_n have_v tread_v down_o thy_o sanctuary_n 3_o the_o total_a abandon_v of_o this_o nation_n by_o god_n we_o be_v as_o those_o among_o who_o thou_o bear_v vo_o rule_n so_o the_o french_a version_n 4_o and_o last_o the_o continue_a impiety_n of_o this_o nation_n thy_o name_n be_v not_o call_v upon_o by_o we_o so_o the_o french_a version_n nothing_o of_o all_o this_o agree_v to_o the_o babylonish_n captivity_n it_o be_v not_o long_o it_o last_v but_o 59_o year_n it_o be_v not_o attend_v with_o induration_n on_o the_o contrary_a this_o people_n be_v so_o touch_v with_o this_o terrible_a correction_n that_o after_o that_o time_n they_o never_o return_v to_o that_o idolatry_n which_o have_v bring_v such_o great_a punishment_n upon_o they_o and_o those_o record_n which_o we_o have_v concern_v their_o conversation_n in_o their_o captivity_n as_o the_o book_n of_o ezra_n nehemiah_n and_o esther_n inform_v we_o that_o they_o repent_v very_o serious_o and_o in_o their_o captivity_n do_v not_o partake_v of_o the_o impurity_n of_o the_o gentile_n it_o can_v therefore_o be_v say_v that_o god_n do_v not_o bear_v rule_n over_o they_o and_o that_o his_o name_n be_v not_o call_v upon_o by_o they_o during_o this_o captivity_n it_o be_v therefore_o the_o present_a captivity_n of_o the_o jew_n which_o the_o prophet_n describe_v here_o but_o what_o say_v the_o afterward_o and_o as_o a_o consequence_n of_o this_o captivity_n i_o will_v mention_v the_o love_a kindness_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o praise_n of_o the_o lord_n estate_n v._o 7_o 8._o after_o the_o present_a state_n of_o the_o jew_n god_n promise_v they_o all_o glorious_a estate_n according_a to_o all_o that_o the_o lord_n have_v bestow_v on_o we_o and_o the_o great_a goodness_n towards_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n which_o he_o have_v bestow_v on_o they_o according_a to_o his_o mercy_n and_o according_a to_o the_o multitude_n of_o his_o love_a kindness_n for_o he_o say_v sure_o they_o be_v my_o people_n child_n that_o will_v not_o
prove_v our_o notion_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n and_o the_o triumphant_a state_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o earth_n before_o its_o final_a glorious_a triumph_n in_o heaven_n we_o may_v be_v furnish_v from_o these_o last_o chapter_n for_o they_o be_v not_o as_o be_v common_o suppose_v a_o description_n of_o the_o church_n in_o heaven_n apocalypse_n the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o nine_o last_o chapter_n of_o ezekiel_n be_v the_o same_o with_o that_o of_o the_o last_o chapt._n of_o the_o apocalypse_n they_o exact_o answer_v to_o the_o nine_o last_o chapter_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o ezekiel_n that_o prophet_n in_o those_o nine_o last_o chapter_n set_v forth_o in_o a_o figurative_a manner_n the_o condition_n of_o the_o church_n of_o israel_n after_o its_o restoration_n their_o glorious_a kingdom_n and_o the_o wonderful_a peace_n they_o shall_v enjoy_v after_o their_o return_n which_o return_n or_o recall_v be_v to_o be_v after_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n st._n john_n give_v a_o account_n what_o the_o church_n shall_v be_v after_o with_o relation_n to_o that_o fall_n after_o it_o shall_v have_v be_v accomplish_v so_o that_o both_o these_o prophet_n describe_v the_o church_n as_o to_o the_o same_o period_n and_o the_o same_o condition_n this_o will_v easy_o appear_v if_o we_o brief_o run_v over_o that_o which_o remain_v of_o the_o apocalypse_n it_o can_v be_v question_v but_o that_o our_o prophet_n conclude_v the_o 20_o chapter_n with_o a_o description_n of_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n the_o war_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n follow_v upon_o the_o reign_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n to_o the_o revolt_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n succeed_v their_o defeat_n after_o their_o defeat_n there_o be_v nothing_o but_o the_o last_o day_n which_o shall_v come_v and_o surprise_v the_o world_n in_o the_o twinkle_n of_o a_o eye_n this_o be_v signify_v by_o those_o word_n v._n 11._o 20._o chap._n 20._o then_o i_o see_v a_o great_a white_a throne_n and_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o it_o from_o who_o face_n the_o earth_n and_o heaven_n flee_v way_n and_o there_o be_v find_v no_o place_n for_o they_o white_a as_o well_o as_o purple_a be_v a_o royal_a colour_n and_o withal_o a_o priestly_a for_o the_o priest_n be_v clothe_v in_o white_a the_o holy_a priest_n garment_n on_o the_o day_n of_o expiation_n according_a to_o the_o tradition_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v call_v bigdei_n lavan_n white_a garment_n in_o like_a manner_n he_o that_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n be_v our_o king_n and_o priest_n the_o earth_n and_o the_o heaven_n flee_v from_o his_o face_n for_o they_o shall_v be_v burn_v that_o they_o may_v be_v renew_v v._o 12._o and_o i_o see_v the_o dead_a small_a and_o great_a stand_n before_o god_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v a_o description_n of_o the_o last_o judgement_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n all_o this_o be_v plain_a the_o 21._o 1._o v._o 1._o chapter_n begin_v with_o these_o word_n and_o i_o see_v a_o new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n for_o the_o first_o heaven_n and_o the_o first_o earth_n be_v pass_v away_o world_n the_o first_o vision_n of_o 21_o chapt._n to_o the_o 9th_o v._n respect_v that_o which_o follow_v the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n these_o word_n do_v evident_o allude_v to_o what_o he_o have_v say_v just_a before_o and_o the_o heaven_n and_o the_o earth_n flee_v away_o as_o that_o be_v interpret_v of_o what_o shall_v happen_v at_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o these_o new_a heaven_n and_o this_o new_a earth_n must_v be_v understand_v in_o a_o literal_a and_o not_o a_o figurative_a sense_n for_o the_o new_a world_n after_o it_o have_v be_v refine_v by_o fire_n and_o so_o the_o description_n we_o read_v of_o here_o even_o to_o the_o nine_o verse_n be_v that_o of_o eternal_a reward_n and_o punishment_n it_o be_v true_a that_o which_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o h._n city_n 4._o v._o 3_o 4._o of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n prepare_v as_o a_o bride_n adorn_v for_o her_o husband_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o god_n with_o man_n of_o his_o dwell_n with_o they_o and_o they_o with_o he_o and_o that_o god_n shall_v wipe_v away_o all_o tear_n from_o their_o eye_n and_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o death_n or_o sorrow_n or_o cry_v or_o pain_n all_o this_o i_o say_v may_v very_o well_o be_v apply_v to_o the_o church_n as_o victorious_a upon_o earth_n but_o this_o description_n be_v determine_v by_o what_o precede_v and_o by_o what_o follow_v to_o eternal_a glory_n by_o that_o which_o precede_v which_o be_v the_o description_n of_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n and_o by_o that_o which_o follow_v which_o be_v the_o description_n of_o everlasting_a punishment_n but_o the_o fearful_a and_o unbelieving_a etc._n etc._n 8._o v._o 8._o shall_v have_v their_o part_n in_o the_o lake_n which_o burn_v with_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n which_o be_v the_o second_o death_n vision_n the_o 9th_o v._o begin_v a_o new_a vision_n the_o nine_o verse_n begin_v a_o new_a vision_n and_o a_o more_o particular_a description_n of_o the_o bless_a reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o earth_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n as_o the_o h._n spirit_n after_o he_o have_v in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n give_v a_o enigmatical_a and_o general_a description_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n under_o the_o image_n of_o the_o two_o beast_n give_v a_o more_o ample_a account_n of_o it_o in_o the_o 17_o chapt._n so_o have_v in_o the_o 20_o chapt._n describe_v the_o reign_n of_o christ_n though_o in_o few_o word_n he_o set_v forth_o that_o reign_n more_o at_o length_n afterward_o that_o state_n of_o the_o deliver_v church_n under_o the_o image_n of_o a_o great_a city_n call_v jerusalem_n as_o after_o have_v set_v out_o the_o antichristian_a church_n under_o the_o image_n of_o a_o beast_n and_o of_o a_o empire_n he_o represent_v it_o under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o great_a city_n call_v babylon_n v._o 9_o and_o there_o come_v unto_o i_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o angel_n which_o have_v the_o seven_o viol_n full_a of_o the_o seven_o last_o plague_n and_o talk_v with_o i_o say_v come_v hither_o i_o will_v show_v thou_o the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n it_o be_v in_o all_o likelihood_n the_o last_o of_o those_o seven_o angel_n who_o have_v pour_v out_o the_o viol_n and_o the_o same_o who_o show_v unto_o the_o prophet_n the_o great_a city_n the_o mother_n of_o fornication_n 17.1_o cha._n 17.1_o then_o come_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o angel_n unto_o i_o which_o have_v the_o seven_o viol_n and_o talk_v with_o i_o say_v come_v hither_o i_o will_v show_v thou_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o great_a whore_n that_o sit_v on_o many_o water_n as_o it_o be_v this_o seven_o and_o last_o angel_n who_o have_v the_o viol_n by_o who_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n be_v effect_v it_o do_v most_o proper_o belong_v to_o he_o to_o show_v babylon_n fall_v and_o jerusalem_n rebuilt_a v._o 10._o and_o he_o carry_v i_o away_o in_o the_o spirit_n to_o a_o great_a and_o high_a mountain_n and_o show_v i_o that_o great_a city_n the_o holy_a jerusalem_n descend_v out_o of_o heaven_n from_o god._n this_o be_v somewhat_o like_o what_o the_o devil_n do_v unto_o jesus_n christ_n when_o he_o carry_v he_o up_o into_o a_o high_a mountain_n and_o show_v he_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n what_o the_o devil_n make_v appear_v by_o illusion_n st._n john_n see_v by_o vision_n that_o he_o be_v carry_v or_o seem_v to_o be_v carry_v up_o into_o a_o high_a mountain_n make_v it_o plain_a that_o the_o jerusalem_n he_o be_v to_o be_v make_v see_v from_o thence_o be_v here_o upon_o earth_n and_o not_o the_o triumphant_a church_n in_o heaven_n though_o it_o be_v call_v the_o holy_a jerusalem_n descend_v out_o of_o heaven_n from_o god._n she_o shall_v be_v descend_v from_o heaven_n because_o she_o shall_v abound_v in_o grace_n which_o come_v from_o thence_o she_o be_v call_v the_o great_a city_n and_o it_o be_v the_o first_o time_n she_o be_v so_o call_v it_o be_v a_o detestable_a name_n which_o in_o all_o the_o precede_a prophecy_n be_v give_v only_o to_o spiritual_a babylon_n but_o it_o be_v on_o this_o account_n that_o then_o the_o church_n shall_v possess_v the_o multitude_n of_o the_o nation_n as_o antichristianism_n do_v at_o present_a v._o 11._o have_v the_o glory_n of_o god_n and_o her_o light_n wus_fw-mi like_o unto_o a_o stone_n most_o precious_a even_o like_o a_o jasper_n stone_n clear_a as_o crystal_n v._o 12._o and_o have_v a_o wall_n great_a and_o high_a and_o have_v twelve_o gate_n and_o at_o the_o gate_n twelve_o angel_n and_o name_n write_v thereon_o which_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n v._o 13._o
on_o the_o east_n three_o gate_n on_o the_o north_n three_o gate_n on_o the_o south_n three_o gate_n and_o on_o the_o west_n three_o gate_n in_o the_o description_n of_o this_o city_n we_o have_v every_o thing_n that_o be_v rich_a and_o precious_a all_o signify_v its_o great_a holiness_n excellent_a virtue_n and_o perfect_a peace_n for_o they_o be_v the_o substantial_a good_n and_o real_a treasure_n of_o the_o church_n it_o have_v a_o great_a &_o high_a wall_n by_o that_o be_v mean_v divine_a protection_n which_o show_v also_o that_o it_o be_v the_o church_n upon_o earth_n which_o be_v speak_v of_o for_o the_o church_n in_o heaven_n have_v no_o need_n of_o wall_n be_v out_o of_o the_o reach_n of_o enemy_n and_o have_v twelve_o gate_n we_o have_v observe_v before_o that_o the_o number_n twelve_o be_v frequent_o to_o be_v meet_v with_o in_o this_o description_n and_o that_o it_o be_v a_o sacred_a number_n because_o of_o the_o twelve_o patriarch_n the_o twelve_o tribe_n and_o the_o twelve_o apostle_n the_o gate_n be_v the_o entry_n into_o this_o city_n and_o so_o denote_v the_o recall_v of_o the_o jew_n according_a to_o their_o twelve_o tribe_n from_o that_o great_a dispersion_n they_o be_v now_o under_o foretell_v the_o recall_v of_o the_o jew_n foretell_v that_o these_o twelve_o gate_n have_v a_o particular_a relation_n to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v plain_a by_o what_o follow_v that_o on_o the_o twelve_o gate_n be_v write_v the_o name_n of_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n of_o israel_n for_o by_o those_o tribe_n of_o israel_n we_o may_v not_o understand_v the_o church_n of_o the_o convert_a gentile_n they_o have_v a_o distinct_a place_n in_o what_o remain_v of_o the_o description_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n so_o the_o twelve_o gate_n at_o the_o four_o cardinal_n point_n of_o the_o world_n east_n north_n south_n west_n be_v to_o the_o same_o effect_n as_o what_o god_n have_v say_v in_o another_o place_n i_o will_v call_v my_o son_n from_o far_o and_o my_o daughter_n from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o earth_n i_o will_v say_v unto_o the_o north_n give_v up_o and_o to_o the_o south_n keep_v not_o back_o at_o every_o one_o of_o those_o twelve_o gate_n be_v twelve_o angel_n these_o be_v the_o twelve_o apostle_n call_v angel_n or_o pastor_n who_o whether_o they_o shall_v be_v raise_v from_o the_o dead_a or_o no_o shall_v by_o their_o preach_n and_o doctrine_n guide_v the_o jew_n to_o enter_v again_o into_o the_o church_n and_o open_v the_o gate_n unto_o they_o for_o they_o be_v here_o describe_v as_o keeper_n of_o the_o gate_n who_o both_o open_a and_o shut_v they_o v._o 14._o and_o the_o wall_n of_o the_o city_n have_v twelve_o foundation_n and_o in_o they_o the_o name_n of_o the_o twelve_o apostle_n of_o the_o lamb._n the_o protection_n safety_n and_o the_o wall_n of_o the_o church_n depend_v on_o the_o foundation_n whereon_o she_o shall_v be_v build_v those_o foundation_n be_v article_n of_o faith_n and_o christian_a verity_n according_a to_o the_o idea_n of_o st._n paul_n who_o say_v there_o be_v but_o one_o foundation_n which_o be_v jesus_n christ_n but_o on_o this_o foundation_n some_o build_v hay_n and_o stubble_n but_o other_o gold_n and_o precious_a stone_n 3._o â—_o cor._n 3._o these_o precious_a stone_n and_o this_o gold_n signify_v pure_a doctrine_n as_o the_o apostle_n do_v sufficient_o explain_v it_o these_o be_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o church_n which_o be_v build_v upon_o truth_n the_o prophet_n give_v twelve_o for_o the_o number_n of_o these_o foundation_n because_o of_o the_o twelve_o article_n of_o faith_n contain_v in_o the_o creed_n on_o these_o foundation_n be_v write_v the_o name_n of_o the_o twelve_o apostle_n because_o they_o be_v the_o person_n who_o publish_v the_o gospel_n and_o maintain_v those_o article_n of_o faith_n by_o their_o preach_n and_o by_o their_o blood_n the_o holy_a ghost_n in_o what_o follow_v describe_v these_o foundation_n and_o assign_v a_o precious_a stone_n to_o each_o of_o of_o they_o v._o 19_o and_o the_o foundation_n of_o the_o wall_n of_o the_o city_n be_v garnish_v with_o all_o manner_n of_o precious_a stone_n the_o first_o foundation_n be_v jasper_n the_o second_o saphire_n the_o three_o a_o chalcedony_n the_o four_o and_o emerald_n v._o 20._o the_o five_o a_o sardonyx_n the_o six_o sardius_n the_o seven_o chrysolite_n the_o eight_o beryl_n the_o nine_o a_o topaz_n the_o ten_o a_o chrysoprasus_fw-la the_o eleven_o a_o jacinth_n the_o twelve_o a_o amethyst_n if_o we_o have_v leisure_n and_o time_n to_o spare_v we_o may_v compare_v the_o twelve_o article_n of_o the_o christian_a creed_n to_o those_o twelve_o stone_n and_o see_v wherein_o every_o article_n of_o faith_n may_v symbolize_v with_o every_o stone_n suppose_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n have_v regard_n to_o the_o order_n in_o which_o the_o church_n have_v place_v the_o twelve_o article_n but_o i_o fear_v lest_o we_o shall_v herein_o go_v beyond_o the_o intention_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n and_o deliver_v thing_n rather_o curious_a than_o solid_a for_o the_o true_a design_n and_o scope_n of_o figure_n and_o mystery_n be_v lose_v by_o stretch_v they_o too_o far_o i_o suppose_v the_o design_n of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n be_v only_o to_o show_v we_o in_o general_a how_o valuable_a and_o precious_a be_v the_o christian_a verity_n they_o who_o let_v go_v those_o truth_n unto_o heretic_n and_o reckon_v the_o secinian_n heresy_n to_o be_v tolerable_a be_v far_o from_o esteem_v they_o thus_o precious_a and_o do_v not_o sufficient_o understand_v the_o worth_n and_o excellence_n of_o truth_n i_o now_o returnto_a the_o description_n of_o the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n i._n e._n of_o the_o church_n in_o its_o last_o period_n here_o on_o earth_n v._o 15._o and_o he_o that_o talk_v with_o i_o have_v a_o golden_a reed_n to_o measure_v the_o city_n and_o the_o gate_n thereof_o and_o the_o wall_n thereof_o v._o 16._o and_o the_o city_n lie_v foursquare_n and_o the_o length_n be_v as_o large_a as_o the_o breadth_n and_o he_o measure_v the_o city_n with_o a_o reed_n twelve_o thousand_o furlong_n the_o length_n and_o the_o breadth_n and_o the_o height_n of_o it_o be_v equal_a v._o 17._o and_o he_o measure_v the_o wall_n thereof_o 144_o cubit_n according_a to_o the_o measure_n of_o a_o man_n that_o be_v of_o the_o angel._n v._o 18._o and_o the_o build_n of_o the_o wall_n of_o it_o be_v of_o jasper_n and_o the_o city_n be_v pure_a gold_n like_v unto_o clear_a glass_n sense_n what_o it_o be_v to_o measure_v in_o a_o prophetical_a sense_n to_o measure_v be_v to_o make_v account_n of_o to_o esteem_v to_o reckon_v among_o thing_n that_o be_v considerable_a wherefore_o in_o the_o eleven_o chapt._n st._n john_n be_v order_v to_o measure_v only_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o altar_n and_o those_o who_o worship_v there_o not_o to_o value_v or_o make_v account_n of_o any_o but_o true_a believer_n but_o for_o the_o outer_a court_n it_o be_v say_v unto_o he_o measure_v it_o not_o i_o have_v leave_v it_o unto_o the_o gentile_n as_o to_o the_o outward_a part_n of_o the_o church_n make_v no_o account_n of_o it_o for_o the_o paganism_n of_o antichrist_n and_o popery_n shall_v be_v there_o establish_v and_o shall_v reign_v for_o the_o space_n of_o 42._o prophetic_a month_n i._n e._n 1260_o year_n here_o the_o h._n spirit_n measure_v the_o holy_a jerusalem_n throughout_o not_o only_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o altar_n but_o the_o court_n that_o be_v before_o abandon_v to_o the_o new_a pagan_n and_o not_o only_o the_o court_n but_o the_o whole_a city_n to_o measure_v the_o city_n the_o gate_n thereof_o and_o the_o wall_n thereof_o it_o be_v to_o signify_v that_o in_o this_o last_o christian_a church_n of_o the_o last_o period_n every_o thing_n therein_o shall_v be_v great_a and_o good_a worthy_a to_o be_v esteem_v and_o measure_v and_o reckon_v as_o thing_n of_o value_n and_o consideration_n man_n do_v not_o measure_v waste_n and_o barren_a heath_n sand_n and_o rubbish_n it_o be_v not_o worth_a the_o while_n but_o palace_n and_o fruitful_a ground_n vineyard_n and_o orchard_n and_o the_o building_n of_o a_o city_n this_o be_v the_o mystery_n of_o the_o measure_n but_o observe_v the_o difference_n between_o the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o first_o measure_n in_o the_o 11_o chap._n and_o those_o of_o this_o second_o here_o beside_o those_o we_o have_v already_o take_v notice_n of_o 1._o that_o the_o first_o measure_n reach_v only_o to_o the_o court_n and_o the_o altar_n that_o be_v the_o christian_a church_n for_o the_o 3_o first_o age_n as_o have_v be_v say_v but_o here_o the_o measure_n extend_v to_o all_o and_o even_o to_o the_o city_n which_o denote_v the_o primitive_a christian_a church_n to_o be_v very_o inconsiderable_a compare_v with_o the_o church_n of_o this_o last_o period_n 2._o
it_o be_v s._n john_n that_o receive_v the_o reed_n in_o the_o 11_o chap._n to_o measure_v the_o temple_n and_o the_o altar_n there_o be_v give_v i_o a_o reed_n like_o unto_o a_o rod_n and_o the_o angel_n stand_v and_o say_v rise_v and_o measure_v the_o temple_n but_o here_o it_o be_v a_o angel_n that_o measure_v a_o agent_n of_o a_o high_a order_n than_o the_o apostle_n 3._o last_o s._n john_n have_v only_o a_o rod_n give_v he_o a_o reed_n to_o measure_v with_o a_o weak_a justrument_n and_o of_o little_a value_n but_o here_o the_o angel_n measure_v with_o a_o golden_a reed_n all_o which_o set_v forth_o the_o great_a excellence_n of_o the_o church_n in_o this_o last_o period_n that_o it_o shall_v surpass_v even_o the_o primitive_a church_n as_o much_o as_o a_o city_n exceed_v a_o temple_n a_o angel_n a_o man_n or_o a_o golden_a rod_n a_o ordinary_a cane_n or_o reed_n the_o city_n be_v build_v foursquare_n the_o square_n be_v a_o emblem_n of_o rest_n because_o that_o figure_n of_o all_o other_o be_v most_o proper_a to_o keep_v firm_a which_o signify_v the_o tranquillity_n and_o immutable_a peace_n of_o this_o church_n the_o square_a also_o relate_v to_o the_o number_n twelve_o which_o occur_v so_o often_o in_o this_o description_n for_o 12_o be_v a_o square_a number_n that_o show_v three_o on_o all_o side_n three_o a_o number_n of_o perfection_n as_o well_o as_o seven_o to_o signify_v that_o on_o what_o side_n soever_o you_o look_v upon_o this_o church_n whether_o in_o regard_n of_o its_o holiness_n or_o knowledge_n or_o peace_n or_o glory_n she_o shall_v be_v every_o way_n perfect_a these_o be_v the_o four_o side_n of_o the_o square_n holiness_n knowledge_n peace_n and_o glory_n and_o this_o perfection_n she_o have_v from_o the_o number_n twelve_o viz._n from_o the_o twelve_o apostle_n he_o measure_v the_o city_n with_o the_o reed_n 12_o thousand_o furlong_n this_o be_v not_o to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o circumference_n of_o her_o wall_n or_o of_o their_o diameter_n or_o their_o height_n but_o of_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o city_n take_v together_o as_o a_o cube_n that_o contain_v 12_o thousand_o furlong_n count_v every_o thing_n there_o be_v 12_o foundation_n which_o be_v the_o 12_o apostle_n or_o rather_o the_o 12_o article_n of_o faith_n every_o foundation_n answer_v to_o a_o thousand_o cubit_n i._n e._n that_o every_o of_o the_o apostle_n by_o his_o doctrine_n and_o preach_v do_v increase_v the_o church_n and_o contribute_v to_o its_o build_n and_o to_o the_o gather_n of_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o same_o proportion_n which_o a_o foundation_n of_o one_o cubical_a foot_n or_o thereabouts_o have_v to_o a_o thousand_o furlong_n this_o signify_v the_o great_a increase_n and_o multiplication_n of_o the_o church_n the_o length_n the_o breadth_n the_o height_n of_o the_o city_n be_v equal_a that_o be_v it_o be_v in_o all_o account_v a_o perfect_a cube_n throw_v a_o die_v where_o you_o please_v it_o will_v always_o find_v a_o place_n to_o rest_v so_o shall_v be_v the_o church_n of_o the_o last_o period_n what_o ever_o commotion_n may_v happen_v she_o shall_v not_o lose_v her_o rest_n nothing_o shall_v be_v able_a to_o destroy_v or_o hinder_v it_o interpreter_n have_v no_o reason_n to_o make_v a_o objection_n here_o that_o a_o city_n that_o be_v as_o high_a as_o large_a will_v be_v a_o monstrous_a pile_n for_o every_o thing_n here_o be_v beyond_o the_o ordinary_a rule_n among_o man_n to_o signify_v that_o this_o holy_a society_n shall_v not_o be_v govern_v as_o humane_a society_n now_o be_v beside_o this_o the_o great_a equality_n of_o this_o city_n in_o all_o its_o dimension_n seem_v to_o i_o to_o denote_v that_o admirable_a equality_n between_o all_o the_o saint_n which_o shall_v take_v place_n in_o the_o seven_o period_n of_o the_o church_n not_o that_o all_o difference_n of_o condition_n shall_v be_v absolute_o lay_v aside_o there_o shall_v still_o be_v superior_n and_o inferior_n rich_a and_o poor_a some_o to_o govern_v and_o other_o to_o obey_v but_o those_o great_a distance_n between_o man_n condition_n shall_v then_o be_v fill_v up_o by_o charity_n and_o love_n whereas_o now_o they_o be_v enlarge_v and_o widen_v by_o pride_n and_o vanity_n then_o he_o measure_v the_o wall_n 144_o cubit_n here_o be_v the_o number_n 144_o which_o be_v sacred_a because_o of_o the_o number_n 12_o which_o be_v its_o root_n it_o be_v easy_a to_o apprehend_v why_o the_o wall_n be_v 144_o cubit_n it_o be_v because_o it_o be_v raise_v upon_o 12_o foundation_n and_o the_o wall_n of_o the_o city_n have_v twelve_o foundation_n build_v upon_o twelve_o raise_v another_o number_n by_o multiply_v this_o by_o itself_o and_o you_o make_v 144._o for_o 12_o be_v the_o square_a root_n of_o 144._o every_o building_n of_o the_o church_n be_v raise_v upon_o the_o 12_o apostle_n and_o in_o its_o raise_n she_o be_v multiply_v as_o in_o building_n upon_o 12_o you_o make_v 144._o and_o these_o 144_o cubit_n be_v not_o to_o be_v take_v for_o the_o same_o thing_n with_o the_o 144_o thousand_o who_o be_v mark_v which_o be_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o saint_n these_o 144_o cubit_n be_v in_o the_o wall_n of_o the_o city_n and_o not_o in_o the_o whole_a city_n this_o wall_n be_v that_o which_o give_v protection_n to_o the_o city_n and_o the_o church_n it_o be_v truth_n and_o the_o holy_a ministry_n by_o who_o that_o truth_n be_v preach_v so_o that_o the_o 12_o foundation_n be_v the_o principal_a pastor_n with_o the_o truth_n they_o teach_v viz._n the_o 12_o apostle_n and_o the_o 144_o cubit_n be_v the_o whole_a evangelical_n ministry_n build_v upon_o the_o 12_o apostle_n as_o their_o first_o teacher_n he_o measure_v the_o wall_n according_a to_o the_o measure_n of_o a_o man_n i._n e._n of_o the_o angel_n that_o denote_v that_o the_o angel_n in_o give_v to_o a_o wall_n one_o hundred_o forty_o four_o cubit_n found_v upon_o twelve_o have_v therein_o follow_v the_o ordinary_a way_n of_o computation_n among_o arithmetician_n who_o by_o multiply_v twelve_o by_o itself_o make_v one_o hundred_o forty_o four_o and_o the_o build_n of_o the_o wall_n be_v of_o jaspar_n and_o the_o city_n be_v of_o pure_a gold_n like_o unto_o clear_a glass_n the_o distinction_n of_o man_n according_a to_o their_o different_a quality_n be_v convenient_o and_o common_o enough_o make_v by_o the_o emblem_n of_o metal_n man_n of_o low_a and_o base_a spirit_n sink_v into_o degeneracy_n and_o vice_n be_v well_o represent_v by_o lead_n iron_n be_v the_o emblem_n of_o cruel_a and_o hard-hearted_a person_n who_o be_v void_a of_o pity_n brass_n do_v well_o enough_o represent_v such_o as_o glitter_v and_o make_v a_o show_n of_o more_o than_o they_o be_v or_o have_v for_o brass_n imitate_v the_o colour_n of_o gold_n but_o be_v short_a in_o value_n silver_n be_v a_o emblem_n of_o those_o who_o be_v in_o some_o sort_n virtuous_a but_o not_o in_o the_o first_o rank_n last_o gold_n be_v the_o emblem_n of_o such_o spirit_n as_o be_v pure_a solid_a firm_a and_o true_o virtuous_a this_o be_v that_o which_o the_o h._n ghost_n will_v teach_v we_o that_o the_o church_n in_o this_o last_o period_n shall_v be_v make_v up_o of_o such_o person_n as_o be_v of_o sincere_a and_o approve_a piety_n of_o a_o virtue_n that_o be_v bright_a and_o solid_a therefore_o the_o city_n be_v say_v not_o only_o to_o be_v of_o gold_n but_o of_o gold_n clear_a as_o crystal_n nevertheless_o as_o in_o every_o church_n the_o ministry_n ought_v to_o possess_v a_o more_o eminent_a degree_n of_o christian_a virtue_n than_o other_o the_o wall_n which_o signify_v the_o ministry_n of_o the_o church_n in_o the_o seven_o period_n be_v say_v to_o be_v of_o jaspar_n and_o precious_a stone_n more_o valuable_a than_o gold_n v._o 21._o and_o the_o 12_o gate_n be_v of_o 12_o pearl_n every_o several_a gate_n be_v of_o one_o pearl_n we_o have_v see_v how_o the_o 12_o gate_n signify_v the_o 12_o apostle_n the_o guard_n guide_n and_o porter_n as_o it_o be_v of_o the_o church_n we_o may_v easy_o discover_v a_o resemblance_n between_o the_o apostle_n and_o pearl_n but_o it_o be_v sufficient_a to_o understand_v that_o the_o design_n of_o the_o h._n ghost_n be_v to_o show_v that_o these_o 12_o man_n be_v of_o a_o inestimable_a value_n all_o the_o riches_n of_o the_o world_n can_v be_v a_o sufficient_a price_n for_o 12_o pearl_n big_a enough_o to_o make_v 12_o gate_n of_o city_n and_o herewith_o we_o must_v know_v that_o when_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n put_v so_o high_a a_o price_n upon_o weak_a man_n like_o ourselves_o when_o he_o call_v they_o jaspars_n and_o precious_a stone_n the_o gate_n and_o foundation_n of_o a_o city_n he_o do_v not_o look_v upon_o they_o in_o themselves_o but_o consider_v they_o with_o that_o treasure_n
of_o late_o have_v give_v it_o they_o say_v the_o time_n of_o the_o regeneration_n be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o church_n from_o jesus_n christ_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n that_o during_o all_o that_o time_n for_o 1600_o year_n the_o apostle_n have_v sit_v as_o it_o be_v on_o throne_n to_o judge_v the_o church_n because_o we_o consult_v they_o and_o have_v recourse_n to_o their_o oracle_n but_o 1._o it_o be_v a_o strange_a abuse_n of_o word_n to_o call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o regeneration_n such_o corrupt_a time_n as_o those_o of_o the_o church_n for_o the_o last_o twelve_o hundred_o year_n 2._o it_o be_v to_o take_v the_o word_n in_o a_o very_a figurative_a sense_n indeed_o to_o call_v that_o which_o the_o writing_n of_o the_o apostle_n do_v at_o this_o day_n sit_v upon_o throne_n and_o judge_v the_o twelve_o tribe_n of_o israel_n 3._o last_o i_o know_v not_o why_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n of_o israel_n shall_v come_v into_o this_o promise_n and_o why_o they_o only_a since_o they_o be_v altogether_o exclude_v from_o the_o covenant_n and_o be_v not_o govern_v by_o the_o writing_n of_o the_o apostle_n i_o confess_v then_o that_o i_o find_v nothing_o therein_o but_o what_o be_v obscure_a but_o all_o be_v plain_a if_o by_o regeneration_n i_o understand_v the_o happy_a reign_n of_o peace_n and_o righteousness_n and_o charity_n for_o the_o church_n must_v be_v great_o renew_v to_o reach_v that_o bless_a state_n then_o indeed_o the_o son_n of_o man_n shall_v be_v sit_v on_o the_o throne_n of_o his_o glory_n he_o shall_v then_o have_v the_o full_a dominion_n whereas_o now_o he_o reign_v as_o it_o be_v but_o by_o half_n and_o after_o the_o end_n of_o this_o world_n he_o shall_v reign_v no_o long_o for_o than_o he_o shall_v have_v deliver_v up_o the_o kingdom_n to_o god_n his_o father_n if_o we_o suppose_v that_o then_o the_o raise_a apostle_n shall_v be_v at_o the_o head_n of_o the_o twelve_o convert_a tribe_n and_o shall_v govern_v they_o and_o send_v their_o order_n by_o they_o to_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o world_n according_a to_o which_o all_o other_o governor_n throughout_o the_o earth_n shall_v manage_v themselves_o if_o i_o say_v this_o be_v suppose_v no_o text_n can_v be_v plain_o the_o word_n throne_n will_v then_o be_v take_v in_o its_o natural_a signification_n and_o to_o judge_n will_v signify_v the_o same_o as_o it_o do_v throughout_o the_o scripture_n particular_o in_o the_o book_n of_o judge_n where_o we_o read_v that_o jephta_n and_o samson_n and_o samuel_n judge_v israel_n so_o many_o year_n last_o by_o this_o mean_v we_o shall_v understand_v why_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n of_o israel_n be_v mention_v it_o be_v because_o the_o apostle_n be_v to_o have_v a_o particular_a care_n and_o oversight_n of_o they_o as_o be_v their_o own_o people_n although_o their_o authority_n shall_v be_v universal_a i_o confess_v this_o seem_v to_o i_o most_o probable_a nevertheless_o i_o determine_v nothing_o but_o suspend_v my_o judgement_n rebuilt_a 4._o doubtful_a character_n whether_o jerusalem_n shall_v be_v rebuilt_a 4._o i_o leave_v it_o also_o as_o doubtful_a whether_o jerusalem_n shall_v be_v rebuilt_a to_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n to_o say_v the_o truth_n as_o i_o believe_v that_o the_o jew_n shall_v meet_v together_o in_o their_o own_o country_n i_o see_v no_o reason_n why_o they_o shall_v not_o rebuild_v the_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n which_o be_v rebuilt_a will_v doubtless_o be_v the_o most_o illustrious_a city_n in_o the_o world_n and_o if_o you_o will_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o universal_a empire_n not_o of_o a_o earthly_a monarchy_n that_o have_v its_o army_n tribute_n custom_n fort_n and_o governor_n spread_v throughout_o the_o earth_n but_o it_o shall_v be_v the_o principal_a seat_n whence_o shall_v flow_v the_o order_n and_o oracle_n of_o jesus_n christ_n whereby_o the_o whole_a world_n shall_v be_v govern_v kingdom_n 5._o doubtful_a character_n the_o duration_n of_o this_o kingdom_n 5._o last_o i_o will_v not_o determine_v how_o long_o this_o kingdom_n shall_v last_v a_o thousand_o year_n be_v express_v oftentimes_o determinate_a number_n be_v put_v for_o indefinite_a but_o i_o see_v no_o inconvenience_n will_v follow_v if_o we_o take_v that_o number_n in_o its_o natural_a signification_n and_o i_o be_o of_o that_o opinion_n after_o this_o reign_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n there_o be_v a_o great_a event_n to_o be_v bring_v about_o set_v forth_o in_o these_o word_n v._o 7._o 20._o chap._n 20._o and_o when_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v expire_v satan_n shall_v be_v loose_v out_o of_o his_o prison_n v._o 8._o and_o shall_v go_v out_o to_o deceive_v the_o nation_n which_o be_v in_o the_o four_o quarter_n of_o the_o earth_n gog_n and_o magog_n to_o gather_v they_o together_o to_o battle_n the_o number_n of_o who_o be_v as_o the_o sand_n of_o the_o sea._n v._o 9_o and_o they_o go_v up_o on_o the_o breadth_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o compass_v the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n about_o and_o the_o belove_a city_n and_o fire_n come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n and_o devour_v they_o explain_v what_o shall_v happen_v after_o the_o thousand_o year_n explain_v i_o see_v but_o one_o sense_n can_v be_v give_v to_o this_o that_o you_o may_v comprehend_v it_o you_o must_v know_v that_o we_o be_v not_o to_o take_v those_o promise_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o all_o nation_n and_o of_o all_o man_n in_o particular_a in_o such_o a_o strict_a and_o rigid_a sense_n as_o to_o admit_v of_o no_o exception_n i_o have_v already_o tell_v you_o that_o the_o church_n shall_v then_o as_o far_o exceed_v the_o world_n and_o the_o good_a the_o wicked_a as_o now_o the_o world_n and_o the_o man_n of_o the_o world_n do_v the_o good._n therefore_o there_o shall_v then_o be_v some_o remain_a people_n not_o convert_v they_o shall_v be_v suppress_v and_o keep_v under_o during_o the_o thousand_o year_n and_o shall_v not_o molest_v either_o the_o peace_n or_o purity_n of_o the_o church_n but_o at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o period_n their_o number_n shall_v be_v increase_v and_o become_v very_o considerable_a and_o before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n a_o cruel_a persecution_n against_o the_o church_n shall_v arise_v from_o they_o and_o because_o the_o number_n of_o three_o and_o half_o be_v fatal_a for_o persecution_n it_o be_v not_o unlikely_a that_o this_o shall_v also_o last_v three_o year_n and_o half_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n during_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o half_a the_o sanctuary_n be_v shut_v up_o and_o profane_v by_o antiochus_n for_o three_o year_n and_o half_a jesus_n christ_n preach_v in_o a_o afflict_a state_n for_o three_o prophetical_a year_n and_o half_a the_o two_o witness_n prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n for_o three_o prophetical_a day_n and_o half_a i._n e._n three_o natural_a year_n and_o half_a these_o two_o witness_n shall_v remain_v dead_a in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o city_n so_o to_o i_o it_o seem_v probable_a that_o the_o last_o persecution_n after_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o rest_n shall_v last_v three_o year_n and_o half_a and_o then_o may_v come_v the_o antichrist_n of_o st._n irenaeus_n who_o i_o will_v so_o far_o honour_n as_o to_o believe_v that_o he_o have_v learn_v the_o mystery_n of_o this_o last_o persecution_n from_o some_o apostolical_a person_n which_o he_o confound_v with_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o apocaliptical_a beast_n for_o 1260_o day_n neither_o be_v it_o improbable_a but_o that_o the_o ringleader_n of_o this_o last_o persecution_n may_v be_v a_o jew_n for_o there_o be_v no_o mean_a to_o be_v find_v among_o that_o people_n they_o be_v all_o either_o very_a good_a or_o very_a bad._n they_o who_o shall_v live_v when_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v convert_v shall_v be_v able_a to_o divine_a something_o of_o it_o for_o if_o they_o then_o see_v a_o remnant_n of_o obstinate_a jew_n cantonize_v themselves_o in_o some_o corner_n of_o the_o world_n and_o resist_v the_o general_a stream_n of_o conversion_n there_o will_v be_v some_o ground_n to_o believe_v that_o this_o shall_v be_v the_o first_o bud_n of_o that_o great_a rebellion_n which_o the_o providence_n of_o god_n reserve_v for_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n and_o so_o it_o may_v be_v there_o shall_v arise_v a_o jew_n as_o st._n irenaeus_n say_v pretend_v to_o be_v the_o messiah_n who_o shall_v persecute_v the_o church_n and_o reign_v for_o three_o year_n and_o half_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o be_v destroy_v within_o a_o few_o day_n before_o the_o last_o judgement_n this_o shall_v be_v the_o diminutive_a of_o the_o great_a antichrist_n which_o shall_v not_o be_v confound_v with_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n of_o who_o saint_n paul_n speak_v nor_o with_o the_o beast_n in_o revel_n 13._o nor_o with_o the_o woman_n chap._n